hyundai i30 manual

All information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of publication.However, in line with the Hyundai policy of continual product improvement,the right to amend or change specifications without prior notice or obliga-tion to incorporate such amendments or changes into vehicles already pro-duced, is reserved.

This manual applies to all current Hyundai models and includes descrip-tions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As aresult, you may find material in this manual that does not apply to your spe-cific vehicle.

OOWWNNEERR''SS MMAANNUUAALL

OperationMaintenanceSpecifications

F2

Your Hyundai should not be modified in any way without the approval of Hyundai. Any modificationsmay adversely affect the safety, durability and performance of your Hyundai. In addition, those com-ponents which are subjected to modification or are added to the vehicle specification, and any result-ant consequential damage will not be covered by the vehicle manufacturer's warranty.

Your vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injection and other electronic components. It is possiblefor an improperly installed/adjusted two-way radio to adversely affect electronic systems. For this rea-son, we recommend that you carefully follow the radio manufacturer's instructions or consult yourHyundai dealer for precautionary measures or special instructions.

CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAI

TWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR TELEPHONE INSTALLATION

F3

This manual includes information titled as WARNING, CAUTION and NOTICE.

These titles indicate the following:

✽✽ NOTICEThis indicates that interesting or helpful information is being provided.

SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING

WARNING This indicates that a condition may result in harm, serious injury or death to you or otherpersons if the warning is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the warning.

CAUTIONThis indicates that a condition may result in damage to your vehicle or its equipment if thecaution is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the caution.

F4

FOREWORD

Thank you for choosing Hyundai. We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number of discriminating people who driveHyundai. The advanced engineering and high-quality construction of each Hyundai we build is something of which we're veryproud.

Your Owner's Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new Hyundai. It is suggested that you read it care-fully because the information it contains can contribute greatly to the satisfaction you receive from your new car.

The manufacturer also recommends that all service and maintenance on your car be performed by an authorised Hyundai deal-er. Hyundai dealers are prepared to provide high-quality service, maintenance and any other assistance that may be required.

HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY

Note : If for any reason in the future you should sell your Hyundai, please leave this manual in the vehicle for the new owner's use.

Copyright 2010 Hyundai Motor Company. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in any retrievalsystem or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of Hyundai Motor Company.

CAUTIONSevere engine and transaxle damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels and lubricants that do not meet Hyundaispecifications.You must always use high quality fuels and lubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 9-4 in theVehicle Specifications section of the Owner's Manual.

F5

Guide to Hyundai Genuine Parts1. What are Hyundai Genuine Parts?

Hyundai Genuine Parts are the sameparts used by Hyundai MotorCompany to manufacture vehicles.They are designed and tested for theoptimum safety, performance, and reli-ability to our customers.

2.Why should you use genuine parts?Hyundai Genuine Parts are engi-neered and built to meet rigid manu-facturing requirements. Using imita-tion, counterfeit or used salvage partsis not covered under the Hyundai NewVehicle Limited Warranty or any otherHyundai warranty.

In addition, any damage to or failure ofHyundai Genuine Parts caused by theinstallation or failure of an imitation,counterfeit or used salvage part is notcovered by any Hyundai Warranty.

3. How can you tell if you are purchas-ing Hyundai Genuine Parts? Look for the Hyundai Genuine PartsLogo on the package (see below).

Hyundai Genuine Parts exported toare packaged with labels written onlyin English.

Hyundai Genuine Parts are only soldthrough authorised HyundaiDealerships.

A100A01L A100A02L A100A04L

A100A03L

The compliance plate shows that your vehicle has been tested and found to comply with all relevantAustralian Design Rules (ADR's) applicable at its date of manufacture.

Any part, that is subject to these ADR's, must not be removed or altered and is to be maintained ingood order at all times for the vehicle to be roadworthy and re-registerable by all registerable author-ities.

Consult an Authorised Hyundai Motors Dealer before conducting any repairs that may affect theseareas or if requiring further classification on design rules or safety features. Failure to observe theabove warning may render the vehicle compliance invalid and result in personal injury which may haveotherwise been avoided.

AUSTRALIAN DESIGN RULES

F6

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Introduction

Your vehicle at a glance

Safety system of your vehicle

Features of your vehicle

Driving your vehicle

What to do in an emergency

Maintenance

Consumer information

Specifications

IIndex

table of contents

1How to use this manual / 1-2Fuel requirements / 1-2Vehicle run-in process / 1-5Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster / 1-6

Introduction

Introduction

21

A010000AUN-EA

We want to help you get the greatestpossible driving pleasure from your vehi-cle. Your Owner’s Manual can assist youin many ways. We strongly recommendthat you read the entire manual. In orderto minimise the chance of death or injury,you must read the WARNING and CAU-TION sections in the manual.Illustrations complement the words in thismanual to best explain how to enjoy yourvehicle. By reading your manual, you willlearn about features, important safetyinformation, and driving tips under vari-ous road conditions.The general layout of the manual is pro-vided in the Table of Contents. A goodplace to start is the index; it has an alpha-betical listing of all information in yourmanual.Sections: This manual has nine sectionsplus an index. Each section begins with abrief list of contents so you can tell at aglance if that section has the informationyou want.

You’ll find various WARNINGS, CAU-TIONS, and NOTICES in this manual.These were prepared to enhance yourpersonal safety.You should carefully readand follow ALL procedures and recom-mendations provided in these WARN-INGS, CAUTIONS and NOTICES.

✽✽ NOTICEA NOTICE indicates interesting or help-ful information is being provided.

Petrol engineA020101AFD-EA

UnleadedYour new vehicle is designed to use onlyunleaded fuel having an Octane Ratingof RON (Research Octane Number) 91 /AKI (Anti-Knock Index) 87 or higher.

Your new vehicle is designed to obtainmaximum performance with UNLEADEDFUEL, as well as minimise exhaust emis-sions and spark plug fouling.

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

WARNING A WARNING indicates a situation inwhich harm, serious bodily injury ordeath could result if the warning isignored.

CAUTIONA CAUTION indicates a situation inwhich damage to your vehicle couldresult if the caution is ignored.

CAUTIONNEVER USE LEADED FUEL. Theuse of leaded fuel is detrimental tothe catalytic converter and willdamage the engine control sys-tem’s oxygen sensor and affectemission control.Never add any fuel system cleaningagents to the fuel tank other thanwhat has been specified. (Consultan authorised HYUNDAI dealer fordetails.)

FUEL REQUIREMENTS

1 3

Introduction

A020103AUN-EA

Petrol containing alcohol andmethanolEthanol [E-10], a mixture of petrol andethanol (also known as grain alcohol),and petrol or ethanol containingmethanol (also known as wood alcohol)are being marketed along with or insteadof leaded or unleaded petrol.Do not use ethanol containing more than10% ethanol, and do not use petrol orethanol containing any methanol. Eitherof these fuels may cause drivability prob-lems and damage to the fuel system.Discontinue using ethanol of any kind ifdrivability problems occur.Vehicle damage or driveability problemsmay not be covered by the manufactur-er’s warranty if they result from the useof:1. Ethanol containing more than 10%.2. Petrol or ethanol containing methanol.3. Leaded fuel or leaded ethanol.

A020104AUN-EA

Use of MTBEWe recommend that fuels containingMTBE (Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether) over15.0% vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7%weight) should not be used in your vehi-cle.Fuel containing MTBE over 15.0% vol.(Oxygen Content 2.7% weight) mayreduce vehicle performance and producevapour lock or hard starting.

WARNING • Do not "top off" after the nozzle

automatically shuts off whenrefuelling.

• Always check that the fuel cap isinstalled securely to prevent fuelspillage in the event of an acci-dent.

CAUTIONNever use ethanol which containsmethanol. Discontinue use of anyethanol product which impairs dri-vability.

CAUTIONYour New Vehicle Limited Warrantymay not cover damage to the fuelsystem and any performance prob-lems that are caused by the use offuels containing methanol or fuelscontaining MTBE (Methyl TertiaryButyl Ether) over 15.0% vol.(Oxygen Content 2.7% weight.)

Introduction

41

A020105AUN-EA

Do not use methanolFuels containing methanol (wood alco-hol) should not be used in your vehicle.This type of fuel can reduce vehicle per-formance and damage components ofthe fuel system.

A020106AUN-EA

Petrols for cleaner airTo help contribute to cleaner air, we rec-ommend that you use petrols treatedwith detergent additives, which help pre-vent deposit formation in the engine.These petrols will help the engine runcleaner and enhance performance of theEmission Control System.

A020107AUN

Operation in foreign countriesIf you are going to drive your vehicle inanother country, be sure to:• Observe all regulations regarding reg-

istration and insurance.• Determine that acceptable fuel is avail-

able.

Diesel engineA020201AUN-EA

Diesel fuelDiesel engine must be operated only oncommercially available diesel fuel thatcomplies with EN 590 or comparablestandard. (EN stands for "EuropeanNorm"). Do not use marine diesel fuel,heating oils, or non-approved fuel addi-tives, as this will increase wear andcause damage to the engine and fuelsystem. The use of non-approved fuelsand/or fuel additives will result in a limita-tion of your warranty rights.Diesel fuel of above cetane 51 is used inyour vehicle. If two types of diesel fuelare available, use summer or winter fuelproperly according to the following tem-perature conditions.

• Above -5°C (23°F) ... Summer typediesel fuel.

• Below -5°C (23°F) ... Winter type dieselfuel.

Watch the fuel level in the tank very care-fully : If the engine stops through fuel fail-ure, the circuits must be completelypurged to permit restarting.

CAUTION• Do not let any petrol or water

enter the tank. This would make itnecessary to drain it out and tobleed the lines to avoid jammingthe injection pump and damagingthe engine.

• In winter, in order to cut downincidents due to freezing, paraffinoil may be added to the fuel if thetemperature drops to below -10°C(14°F). Never use more than 20%paraffin oil.

CAUTIONHyundai Warranty Policy will notcover damage to the fuel systemand performance problems that arecaused by the use of methanol orfuels containing methanol.

1 5

Introduction

A020202AUN

Biodiesel Commercially supplied Diesel blends ofno more than 7% biodiesel, commonlyknown as "B7 Diesel" may be used inyour vehicle if Biodiesel meets EN 14214or equivalent specifications. (EN standsfor "European Norm"). The use of biofu-els exceeding 7% made from rapeseedmethyl ester (RME), fatty acid methylester (FAME), vegetable oil methyl ester(VME) etc. or mixing diesel exceeding7% with biodiesel will cause increasedwear or damage to the engine and fuelsystem. Repair or replacement of worn ordamaged components due to the use ofnon approved fuels will not be covered bythe manufactures warranty.

Biodiesel (for New Zealand)Commercially supplied Diesel blends ofno more than 7% biodiesel, commonlyknown as "B7 Diesel" may be used inyour vehicle if Biodiesel meets EN 14214or equivalent specifications. (EN standsfor "European Norm"). The use of biofu-els exceeding 7%, made from rapeseedmethyl ester (RME), vegetable oil methylester (VME) etc. or mixing diesel exceed-ing 7% with biodiesel will causeincreased wear or damage to the engineand fuel system. Repair or replacementof worn or damaged components due tothe use of non approved fuels will not becovered by the manufactures warranty.

A030000AUN-EA

No special run-in period is needed. Byfollowing a few simple precautions for thefirst 1,000 km (600 miles) you may add tothe performance, economy and life ofyour vehicle.• Do not race the engine.• While driving, keep your engine speed

(rpm, or revolutions per minute)between 2,000 rpm and 4,000 rpm.

• Do not maintain a single speed for longperiods of time, either fast or slow.Varying engine speed is needed toproperly run-in the engine.

• Avoid hard stops, except in emergen-cies, to allow the brakes to seat prop-erly.

• Don't let the engine idle longer than 3minutes at one time.

• Don't tow a trailer during the first 2,000km (1,200 miles) of operation.

CAUTION• Never use any fuel, whether

diesel, B7 biodiesel or otherwise,that fails to meet the latest petro-leum industry specification.

• Never use any fuel additives ortreatments that are not recom-mended or approved by the vehi-cle manufacturer.

VEHICLE RUN-IN PROCESS

CAUTION - Diesel Fuel(if equipped with DPF)

It is recommended to use the regu-lated automotive diesel fuel fordiesel vehicle equipped with theDPF system.If you use diesel fuel including highsulfur (more than 50 ppm sulfur)and unspecified additives, it cancause the DPF system to be dam-aged and white smoke can be emit-ted.

Introduction

61

INDICATOR SYMBOLS ON THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Door and tailgate ajar warninglight

Seat belt warning light

High beam indicator

Turn signal indicator

Front fog light indicator (if equipped)

Rear fog light indicator (if equipped)

ABS warning light (if equipped)

Hand brake & Brake fluid warn-ing light

Engine oil pressure warninglight

Charging system warning light

ESP indicator (if equipped)

ESP OFF indicator (if equipped)

Malfunction indicator (if equipped)

Air bag warning light (if equipped)

Cruise indicator (if equipped)

Cruise SET indicator (if equipped)

Immobiliser indicator (if equipped)

Low fuel level warning light

Glow indicator (Diesel only)

Fuel filter warning light (Diesel only)

Electric power steering (EPS)system warning light

Low windshield washer fluidlevel warning light (if equipped)

* For more detailed explanations, refer tosection 4, “Instrument cluster”.

A050000AFD-EA

2Interior overview / 2-2Instrument panel overview / 2-3



22

INTERIOR OVERVIEW

B010001AFD-EA

1. Door lock/unlock button ............................4-8

2. Outside rearview mirror folding button* ..4-33

3. Outside rearview mirror control switch*.....4-32

4. Central door lock switch* ..........................4-9

5. Power window lock switch*.....................4-17

6. Power window switches* ........................4-15

7. Fuse box ..................................................7-57

8. ESP OFF button*....................................5-22

9. Front windshield deicer button* ..............4-63

10. Instrument panel illumination................4-35

11. Steering wheel tilt .................................4-29

12. Bonnet release lever.............................4-19

13. Brake pedal ..........................................5-17

14. Accelerator pedal....................................5-5

15. Clutch pedal* ..........................................5-9

* : if equipped

OFD027001EA

2 3


INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW

1. Driver’s air bag* ..............................3-372. Light control / Turn signals ..............4-513. Instrument cluster ...........................4-344. Wiper/Washer..................................4-565. Auto cruise controls* .......................5-276. Ignition switch ...................................5-47. Steering wheel ................................4-288. Digital clock* .......................................4-929. Audio controls* ...................4-102, 4-10610. Climate control system* ................4-6411. Hazard warning flasher switch......4-5212. Shift lever ........................................5-813. Cigarette lighter.............................4-8914. Power outlet ..................................4-9115. Ashtray ..........................................4-8916. Passenger’s air bag* .....................3-3717. Multi box* ......................................4-8718. Vent controls .................................4-6719. Glove box ......................................4-85* : if equipped

OFD027002EA

B020001AFD-EA

3

Seat / 3-2

Seat belts / 3-13

Child restraint system / 3-26

Airbag-supplemental restraint system / 3-34



23

C010000AFD-EA

Front seat(1) Forward and backward (driver seat)(2) Seatback angle (driver seat)(3) Seat cushion height (driver seat)*(4) Lumbar support (driver seat)*(5) Headrest (driver seat)(6) Forward and backward (passenger

seat)(7) Seatback angle (passenger seat)(8) Headrest (passenger seat)

Rear seats(9) Centre armrest*(10) Headrest (outboard and/or centre*)(11) Seatback folding lever

* : if equipped

SEAT

OFD037001EA

3 3


WARNING - Driver’s seat• Never attempt to adjust seat

while the vehicle is moving. Thiscould result in loss of control,and an accident causing death,serious injury, or property dam-age.

• Do not allow anything to interferewith the normal position of theseatback. Storing items against aseatback or in any other wayinterfering with proper locking ofa seatback could result in seriousor fatal injury in a sudden stop orcollision.

• Always drive and ride with yourseatback upright and the lap por-tion of the seat belt snug and lowacross the hips. This is the bestposition to protect you in case ofan accident.

• In order to avoid unnecessaryand perhaps severe air baginjuries, always sit as far back aspossible from the steering wheelwhile maintaining comfortablecontrol of the vehicle. It is recom-mended that your chest is at least250 mm (10 inches) away fromthe steering wheel.

WARNING - Uprightingseat

When you return the seatback to itsupright position, hold the seatbackand return it slowly and be surethere are no other occupantsaround the seat. If the seatback isreturned without being held andcontrolled, the back of the seatcould spring forward resulting inaccidental injury to a person struckby the seatback.

WARNING - Loose objectsLoose objects in the driver’s footarea could interfere with the opera-tion of the foot pedals, possiblycausing an accident. Do not placeanything under the front seats.

WARNING - Driver respon-sibility for front seat pas-senger

Riding in a vehicle with a front seat-back reclined could lead to seriousor fatal injury in an accident. If afront seat is reclined during anaccident, the occupant’s hips mayslide under the lap portion of theseat belt applying great force to theunprotected abdomen. Serious orfatal internal injuries could result.The driver must advise the frontpassenger to keep the seatback inan upright position whenever thevehicle is in motion.


43

Front seat adjustmentC010101AUN

Forward and backwardTo move the seat forward or backward:1. Pull the seat slide adjustment lever

under the front edge of the seat cush-ion up and hold it.

2. Slide the seat to the position youdesire.

3. Release the lever and make sure theseat is locked in place.

Adjust the seat before driving, and makesure the seat is locked securely by tryingto move forward and backward withoutusing the lever. If the seat moves, it is notlocked properly.

C010102AUN

Seatback angleTo recline the seatback:1. Lean forward slightly and lift up on the

seatback recline lever located on theoutside of the seat at the rear.

2. Carefully lean back on the seat andadjust the seatback of the seat to theposition you desire.

3. Release the lever and make sure theseatback is locked in place. (The leverMUST return to its original position forthe seatback to lock.)

OFD037003MOFD037002M

WARNINGAfter adjusting the seat, alwayscheck that it is securely locked intoplace by attempting to move theseat forward or reverse withoutusing the lock release lever.Sudden or unexpected movementof the driver's seat could cause youto lose control of the vehicle result-ing in an accident.

3 5


C010103AUN

Seat cushion height (for driver’s seat)(if equipped)To change the height of the seat cushion,push the lever that is located on the out-side of the seat cushion upwards ordownwards.• To lower the seat cushion, push down

the lever several times.• To raise the seat cushion, pull up the

lever several times.

C010104AFD

HeadrestThe driver's and front passenger's seatsare equipped with a headrest for theoccupant's safety and comfort.The headrest not only provides comfortfor the driver and front passenger, butalso helps to protect the head and neckin the event of a collision.

Active headrest (if equipped)

The active headrest is designed to moveforward and upward during a rear impact.This helps to prevent the driver's andfront passenger’s head from movingbackward and thus helps prevent neckinjuries.

OFD037004M

WARNING • For maximum effectiveness in case

of an accident, the headrest shouldbe adjusted so the middle of theheadrest is at the same height ofthe center of gravity of an occu-pant's head. Generally, the center ofgravity of most people's head issimilar with the height of the top oftheir eyes. Also, adjust the headrestas close to your head as possible.For this reason, the use of a cush-ion that holds the body away fromthe seatback is not recommended.

• Do not operate the vehicle with theheadrests removed as severeinjury to the occupants may occurin the event of an accident.Headrests may provide protectionagainst neck injuries when proper-ly adjusted.

• Do not adjust the headrest positionof the driver's seat while the vehicleis in motion.

B083D01NF-E

WARNINGA gap between the seat and theheadrest release button mayappear when seating on the seat orwhen you push or pull the seat. Becareful not to get your finger, etc.caught in the gap.


63

Forward and backward adjustment (if equipped)

The headrest may be adjusted forward to3 different positions by pulling the head-rest forward to the desired detent. Toadjust the headrest to it’s furthest back-wards position, pull it fully forward to thefarthest position and release it. Adjust theheadrest so that it properly supports thehead and neck.

Adjusting the height up and down

To raise the headrest, pull it up to thedesired position (1). To lower the head-rest, push and hold the release button (2)on the headrest support and lower theheadrest to the desired position (3).

Removal

To remove the headrest, raise it as far asit can go then press the release button (1)while pulling upward (2).To reinstall the headrest, put the head-rest poles (3) into the holes while press-ing the release button (1). Then adjust itto the appropriate height.

OFD037039 OFD039038OFD037037

WARNINGMake sure the headrest locks inposition after adjusting it to proper-ly protect the occupants.

3 7


C010105AFD

Lumbar support (for driver’s seat, if equipped)The lumbar support can be adjusted bymoving the lever on the outside of the dri-ver’s seatback. Pivoting the lever increas-es or decreases lumbar support.

C010108AUN

Seatback pocket (if equipped)The seatback pocket is provided on theback of the front passenger’s and driver’sseatbacks.

Rear seat adjustmentC010303AFD

HeadrestThe rear seat is equipped with headrestsin all the seating positions for the occu-pant's safety and comfort.The headrest not only provides comfort forpassengers, but also helps to protect thehead and neck in the event of a collision.

OFD037005R

WARNING - Seatbackpockets

Do not put heavy or sharp objectsin the seatback pockets. In an acci-dent they could come loose fromthe pocket and injure vehicle occu-pants.

OFD037040WARNING

• For maximum effectiveness incase of an accident, the headrestshould be adjusted so the middleof the headrest is at the sameheight of the center of gravity ofan occupant's head. Generally, thecenter of gravity of most people'shead is similar with the height ofthe top of their eyes. Also, adjustthe headrest as close to your headas possible. The use of a cushionthat holds the body away from theseatback is not recommended.

• Do not operate the vehicle withthe headrests removed as severeinjury to an occupant may occurin the event of an accident.Headrests may provide protectionagainst severe neck injuries whenproperly adjusted.


83

Adjusting the height up and down

To raise the headrest, pull it up to thedesired position (1). To lower the head-rest, push and hold the release button (2)on the headrest support and lower theheadrest to the desired position (3).

Removal

To remove the headrest, raise it as far asit can go then press the release button(1) while pulling upward (2).To reinstall the headrest, put the head-rest poles (3) into the holes while press-ing the release button (1). Then adjust itto the appropriate height.

C010304AFD-EA

Armrest (if equipped)To use the armrest, pull it forward fromthe seatback.

OHD039012OHD036011

WARNINGMake sure the headrest locks inposition after adjusting it to proper-ly protect the occupants.

OFD037007

3 9


WARNING The purpose of the fold-down rearseatbacks (or cushions) is to allowyou to carry longer objects thancould otherwise be accommodated.Never allow passengers to sit ontop of the folded down seatbackwhile the car is moving as this isnot a proper seating position andno seat belts are available for use.This could result in serious injuryor death in case of an accident or asudden stop. Objects carried on thefolded down seatback should notextend higher than the top of thefront seats. This could allow cargoto slide forward and cause injury ordamage during sudden stops.

C010307BFD-EA

Folding the rear seatThe rear seatbacks (or cushions) may befolded to facilitate carrying long items orto increase the luggage capacity of thevehicle.

To fold the rear seat cushion and back

- 5 Door1. Set the front seatback to the upright

position and if necessary, slide thefront seat forward.

2. Pull the cushion folding strap (1) andlift the front portion of the seat cushion.

CAUTION• Make sure the engine is off, the

transaxle is in P and the handbrake is applied whenever load-ing or unloading cargo. Vehiclemay move if shift lever is inadver-tently moved to another position.

• Be careful when loading cargothrough the rear passenger seatsto prevent damage to the vehicleinterior.

• When cargo is loaded through therear passenger seats, ensure thecargo is properly secured to pre-vent it from moving while driving.Unsecured cargo in the passen-ger compartment can cause dam-age to the vehicle or injury to it’soccupants.

OFD037008


103

3. Lift the rear portion of the seat cush-ion. Stand the rear seat cushion verti-cally.

4. Remove the headrest from the rearseatback.

5. Stow the headrest by inserting theheadrest poles into the holder on thebottom of the seat cushion.

6. Pull the lock release lever (red visible)and fold the rear seatback forward anddown firmly.

7. To use the rear seat, lift and push theseatback backward firmly until it clicksinto place. Make sure the seatback islocked in place (red invisible).

8. Reposition the headrest on the seat-back and adjust it to the desired posi-tion.

OFD037010

OFD037011

OFD037012

OFD037035

OFD037009

OFD037034

3 11


9. Return the seat cushion to the originalposition by pushing down the rear sideof the seat cushion first. Make sure theseat cushion is locked in place.

10. Return the rear seat belt to the prop-er position.

- Wagon1. Pull the lock release lever (red visible)

and fold the rear seatback forward anddown firmly.

2. To use the rear seat, lift and push theseatback backward firmly until it clicksinto place. Make sure the seatback islocked in place (red invisible).

3. Return the rear seat belt to the properposition.

OFD037013

OFD037051 OFD037052


123

WARNING - Cargo loadingMake sure the engine is off, thetransaxle is in P and the hand brakeis applied whenever loading orunloading cargo. Failure to takethese steps may allow the vehicleto move if shift lever is inadvertent-ly moved to another position.

WARNING When you return the rear seatbackto its upright position after beingfolded down:Be careful not to damage the seatbelt webbing or buckle. Do notallow the seat belt webbing orbuckle to get caught or pinched inthe rear seat. Ensure that the seat-back is completely locked into itsupright position by pushing on thetop of the seatback. Otherwise, inan accident or sudden stop, theseat could fold down and allowcargo to enter the passenger com-partment, which could result inserious injury or death.

CAUTION - Rear seat beltsWhen returning the rear seatbacksto the upright position, rememberto return the rear shoulder belts totheir proper position.

WARNING - CargoCargo should always be secured toprevent it from being thrown aboutthe vehicle in a collision and caus-ing injury to the vehicle occupants.Special care should be taken ofobjects placed in the rear seats,since those may hit the front seatoccupants in a frontal collision.

3 13


C020100AUN-EA

Seat belt restraint systemThe use of seat belts reduces the risk ofaccident injury by avoiding collision withthe interior of the car and by preventingthe occupants from being thrown out ofthe car.This makes them the most impor-tant safety feature available for you andyour passengers. Adequate protection isafforded only when the belt is worn cor-rectly. You should always fasten andadjust your seatbelts before the car is putin motion and encourage your passen-gers to do the same.

SEAT BELTS

WARNING• For maximum restraint system

protection, the seat belts mustalways be used whenever the caris moving.

• Seat belts are most effectivewhen seatbacks are in theupright position.

• Children age 12 and youngermust always be properlyrestrained in the rear seat. Neverallow children to ride in the frontpassenger seat. If a child over 12must be seated in the front seat,he/she must be properly beltedand the seat should be moved asfar back as possible.

• Never wear the shoulder beltunder your arm or behind yourback. An improperly positionedshoulder belt can cause seriousinjuries in a crash. The shoulderbelt should be positioned midwayover your shoulder across yourcollarbone.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Avoid wearing twisted seat belts.

A twisted belt can't do its job aswell. In a collision, it could evencut into you. Be sure the beltwebbing is straight and not twist-ed.

• Be careful not to damage the beltwebbing or hardware. If the beltwebbing or hardware is dam-aged, replace it.

WARNINGSeat belts are designed to bearupon the bony structure of thebody, and should be worn lowacross the front of the pelvis or thepelvis, chest and shoulders, asapplicable; wearing the lap sectionof the belt across the abdominalarea must be avoided.Seat belts should be adjusted asfirmly as possible, consistent withcomfort, to provide the protectionfor which they have been designed.A slack belt will greatly reduce theprotection afforded to the wearer.

(Continued)


143

C020101AFD-EA

Seat belt warningAs a reminder to the driver and front pas-senger, the driver’s and front passenger’sseat belt warning lights will illuminate forapproximately 6 seconds each time youturn the ignition switch ON regardless ofbelt fastening.If the driver’s or front passenger’s seatbelt is not fastened when the ignitionswitch is turned ON or if it is unfastenedafter the ignition switch is turned ON, thecorresponding seat belt warning light willilluminate or blink until the belt is fas-tened.If the driver's or front passenger’s seatbelt is not fastened when the ignitionswitch is turned ON and you drive over20 km/h, the seat belt warning chime willsound for approximately 100 seconds.If the driver's or front passenger’s seatbelt is unfastened after the ignition switchis turned ON and you drive over 20 km/h,the seat belt warning chime will sound forapproximately 100 seconds.After 100 seconds, if the seat belt is con-nected and disconnected again, the seatbelt warning chime will sound again.

(Continued)Care should be taken to avoid con-tamination of the webbing with pol-ishes, oils and chemicals, and par-ticularly battery acid. Cleaning maysafely be carried out using mildsoap and water. The belt should bereplaced if webbing becomesfrayed, contaminated or damaged.It is essential to replace the entireassembly after it has been worn ina severe impact even if damage tothe assembly is not obvious. Beltsshould not be worn with strapstwisted. Each seat belt assemblymust only be used by one occu-pant; it is dangerous to put a beltaround a child being carried on theoccupant's lap.

WARNINGNo modifications or additionsshould be made by the user whichwill either prevent the seat beltadjusting devices from operating toremove slack, or prevent the seatbelt assembly from being adjustedto remove slack.

1GQA2083

OFD037014EA

3 15


✽✽ NOTICE• You can find the front passenger’s

seat belt warning light on the centrefascia panel.

• Although the front passenger seat isnot occupied, the seat belt warninglight will blink or illuminate for 6 sec-onds.

• The front passenger's seat belt warn-ing may operate when luggage isplaced on the front passenger seat.

C020102AFD-EA

Lap/shoulder beltTo fasten your seat belt:

To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of theretractor and insert the metal tab (1) intothe buckle (2). There will be an audible"click" when the tab locks into the buckle.The seat belt automatically adjusts to theproper length only after the lap belt por-tion is adjusted manually so that it fitssnugly around your hips. If you lean for-ward in a slow, easy motion, the belt willextend and let you move around. If thereis a sudden stop or impact, however, thebelt will lock into position. It will also lockif you try to lean forward too quickly.

✽✽ NOTICEIf you are not able to pull out the seatbelt from the retractor, firmly pull thebelt out and release it. Then you will beable to pull the belt out smoothly.

B180A01NF-E

1

2


163

You can adjust the height of the shoulderbelt anchor to one of 4 positions for max-imum comfort and safety.If the height of the adjusting seat belt istoo near your neck, you will not be gettingthe most effective protection. The shoul-der portion should be adjusted so that itlies across your chest and midway overyour shoulder nearest the door and notyour neck.To adjust the height of the seat beltanchor, lower or raise the height adjusterinto an appropriate position.

To raise the height adjuster, pull it up (1).To lower it, push it down (3) while press-ing the height adjuster button (2).Release the button to lock the anchorinto position. Try sliding the heightadjuster to make sure that it has lockedinto position.

WARNING• Verify the shoulder belt anchor is

locked into position at the appro-priate height. Never position theshoulder belt across your neck orface. Improperly positioned seatbelts can cause serious injuriesin an accident.

• Failure to replace seat belts afteran accident could leave you withdamaged seat belts that will notprovide protection in the event ofanother collision leading to per-sonal injury or death. Replaceyour seat belts after being in anaccident as soon as possible.

B200A01NF-E

WARNINGYou should place the lap belt por-tion as low as possible and snuglyacross your hips, not on your waist.If the lap belt is located too high onyour waist, it may increase thechance of injury in the event of acollision. Both arms should not beunder or over the belt. Rather, oneshould be over and the other under,as shown in the illustration.Never wear the seat belt under thearm nearest the door.

OHD036019

3 17


To release the seat belt:

The seat belt is released by pressing therelease button (1) in the locking buckle.When it is released, the belt should auto-matically draw back into the retractor.If this does not happen, check the belt tobe sure it is not twisted, then try again.If the seat belt does not draw back intothe retractor after checking for any twistshave the belt inspected by a HYUNDAIdealer.

C020104AUN-EA

3-point rear centre seat belt (if equipped)To fasten the rear centre seat belt:

1. Pull the webbing slowly out from theretractor on the top of the seatback toconnect the rear centre belt.

2. Insert the metal tab (1) into the openend of the anchor connector (2) untilan audible “click" is heard, indicatingthe latch is locked. Make sure the beltis not twisted.

B210A01NF-E1

OFD037054OFD037053

CAUTION - Cargo Be sure that cargo is securelyloaded in the rear cargo area.Failing to do so may cause damageto the rear centre seat belt in sud-den stops or collisions.


183

3. Pull the webbing and insert the tongueplate (1) into the open end of the buck-le (2) until an audible “click” is heard,indicating the latch is locked. Makesure the belt is not twisted.

There will be an audible “click” when thetab locks in the buckle. The seat beltautomatically adjusts to the proper lengthonly after the lap belt is adjusted manu-ally so that it fits snugly around your hips.If you lean forward in a slow, easymotion, the belt will extend and let youmove around. If there is a sudden stop orimpact, the belt will lock into position. Itwill also lock if you try to lean forward tooquickly.

When using the rear centre seat belt, thebuckle with the “CENTER” mark must beused.

OFD037055 OFD037056

WARNINGNever let anyone ride in the rearcentre seat without fastening allmetal tab (or tongue plate) andanchor connector (or buckle) asdescribed in this section. This seatbelt is designed to function as atypical 3-point restraint (lap/shoul-der belt). Using only the shoulderportion or lap portion of the beltcan result in serious or fatalinjuries in the event of a collision orsudden stop.

3 19


To unfasten the rear centre seat belt:

1. Press the release button (5) on thebuckle (4) and remove the tongueplate (3) from the buckle (4).

2. Allow the webbing to draw back auto-matically into the retractor.

3. If necessary, disconnect the metal tab(1) from the anchor connector (2) byinserting a key or similar small rigiddevice into the release button (6) onthe anchor connector (2) and allow thewebbing to draw back automaticallyinto the retractor.

C020200AFD-EA

Pre-tensioner seat belt (if equipped)Your vehicle is equipped with driver's andfront passenger's pre-tensioner seatbelts. The purpose of the pre-tensioner isto make sure that the seat belts fit tightlyagainst the wearer’s body in certainfrontal collisions. The pre-tensioner seatbelts can be activated, where the frontalcollision is severe enough, together withthe air bags.

OFD037057 OFD037058 OED030300/H


203

When the vehicle stops suddenly, or ifthe occupant tries to lean forward tooquickly, the seat belt retractor will lockinto position. In certain frontal collisions,the pre-tensioner will activate and pullthe seat belt into tighter contact againstthe occupant's body.If the system senses excessive seat belttension on the driver or passenger's seatbelt when the pre-tensioner activates, theload limiter inside the pre-tensioner willrelease some of the pressure on theaffected seat belt. (if equipped)

The seat belt pre-tensioner system con-sists mainly of the following components.Their locations are shown in the illustra-tion:1. SRS air bag warning light2. Retractor pre-tensioner assembly3. SRS control module

1LDE3100R

WARNINGTo obtain maximum benefit from apre-tensioner seat belt:1. The seat belt must be working

correctly and adjusted to theproper position. Please read andfollow all of the important infor-mation and precautions aboutyour vehicle’s occupant safetyfeatures – including seat beltsand air bags – that are providedin this manual.

2. Be sure you and your passen-gers always wear seat belts prop-erly.

3 21


✽✽ NOTICE• Both the driver's and front passen-

ger's pre-tensioner seat belts will beactivated in certain frontal collisions.The pre-tensioner seat belts can beactivated where the frontal collision issevere enough, together with the airbags.The pre-tensioners will not be activat-ed if the seat belts are not being wornat the time of the collision.

• When the pre-tensioner seat belts areactivated, a loud noise may be heardand fine dust, which may appear to besmoke, may be visible in the passengercompartment. These are normal oper-ating conditions and are not haz-ardous.

• Although it is harmless, the fine dustmay cause skin irritation and shouldnot be breathed for prolonged peri-ods. Wash all exposed skin areas thor-oughly after an accident in which thepre-tensioner seat belts were activat-ed.

✽✽ NOTICEBecause the sensor that activates theSRS air bag is connected with the pre-tensioner seat belt, the SRS air bagwarning light on the instrument panelwill illuminate for approximately 6 sec-onds after the ignition switch has beenturned to the "ON" position, and then itshould turn off.

WARNING• Pre-tensioners are designed to

operate only one time. After acti-vation, pre-tensioner seat beltsmust be replaced. All seat belts,of any type, should always bereplaced after they have beenworn during a collision.

• The pre-tensioner seat beltassembly mechanisms becomehot during activation. Do nottouch the pre-tensioner seat beltassemblies for several minutesafter they have been activated.

• Do not attempt to inspect orreplace the pre-tensioner seatbelts yourself. This must be doneby an authorised HYUNDAI deal-er.

• Do not strike the pre-tensionerseat belt assemblies.

• Improper handling of the pre-ten-sioner seat belt assemblies, andfailure to heed the warnings notto strike, modify, inspect, replace,service or repair the pre-tension-er seat belt assemblies may leadto improper operation or inadver-tent activation and serious injury.

(Continued)

CAUTIONIf the pre-tensioner seat belt is notworking properly, this warning lightwill illuminate even if there is nomalfunction of the SRS air bag. Ifthe SRS air bag warning light doesnot illuminate when the ignition keyis turned to "ON", or if it remainsilluminated after illuminating forapproximately 6 seconds, or if itilluminates while the vehicle isbeing driven, please have an autho-rised HYUNDAI dealer inspect thepre-tensioner seat belt or SRS airbag system as soon as possible.


223

C020300AUN

Seat belt precautions

C020306AUN

Infant or small childYou should be aware of the specificrequirements in your country. Childand/or infant seats must be properlyplaced and installed in the rear seat. Formore information about the use of theserestraints, refer to “Child restraint sys-tem” in this section.

✽✽ NOTICESmall children are best protected frominjury in an accident when properlyrestrained in the rear seat by a childrestraint system that meets the require-ments of the Safety Standards of yourcountry. Before buying any childrestraint system, make sure that it has alabel certifying that it meets SafetyStandards of your country. The restraintmust be appropriate for your child'sheight and weight. Check the label onthe child restraint for this information.Refer to “Child restraint system” in thissection.

(Continued)• Always wear the seat belts when

driving or riding in a motor vehi-cle.

• If the vehicle or pre-tensionerseat belt must be discarded, con-tact an authorised Hyundai deal-er.

WARNINGAll occupants of the vehicle mustwear their seat belts at all times.Seat belts and child restraintsreduce the risk of serious or fatalinjuries for all occupants in theevent of a collision or sudden stop.Without a seat belt, occupantscould be shifted too close to adeploying air bag, strike the interiorstructure or be thrown from thevehicle. Properly worn seat beltsgreatly reduce these hazards.Always follow the precautionsabout seat belts, air bags and occu-pant seat contained in this manual.

WARNINGEvery person in your vehicle needsto be properly restrained at alltimes, including infants and chil-dren. Never hold a child in yourarms or lap when riding in a vehi-cle. The violent forces created dur-ing a crash will tear the child fromyour arms and throw the childagainst the interior. Always use achild restraint appropriate for yourchild's height and weight.

3 23


C020301AUN-EA

Larger childrenChildren who are too large for childrestraint systems should always occupythe rear seat and use the availablelap/shoulder belts. The lap portion shouldbe fastened snug on the hips and as lowas possible. Check belt fit periodically. Achild's squirming could put the belt out ofposition. Children are afforded the mostsafety in the event of an accident whenthey are restrained by a proper restraintsystem in the rear seat. If a larger child(over age 12) must be seated in the frontseat, the child should be securelyrestrained by the available lap/shoulderbelt and the seat should be placed in therearmost position. Children age 12 andunder should be restrained securely inthe rear seat. NEVER place a child age12 and under in the front seat. NEVERplace a rear facing child seat in the frontseat of a vehicle.

If the shoulder belt portion slightly touch-es the child’s neck or face, try placing thechild closer to the centre of the vehicle. Ifthe shoulder belt still touches their faceor neck they need to be returned to achild restraint system.

C020302AKM

Restraint of pregnant women Pregnant women should wear lap/shoul-der belt assemblies whenever possibleaccording to specific recommendationsby their doctors. The lap portion of thebelt should be worn AS SNUGLY ANDLOW AS POSSIBLE.

C020303AUN

Injured personA seat belt should be used when aninjured person is being transported.When this is necessary, you should con-sult a physician for recommendations.

C020304AUN

One person per beltTwo people (including children) shouldnever attempt to use a single seat belt.This could increase the severity ofinjuries in case of an accident.

WARNING - Shoulder beltson small children

• Never allow a shoulder belt to bein contact with a child’s neck orface while the vehicle is inmotion.

• If seat belts are not properly wornand adjusted on children, there isa risk of death or serious injury.

WARNING - Pregnantwomen

Pregnant women must never placethe lap portion of the safety beltover the area of the abdomenwhere the fetus is located or abovethe abdomen where the belt couldcrush the fetus during an impact.


243

WARNING When you return the rear seatbackto its upright position after the rearseatback was folded down, be care-ful not to damage the seat belt web-bing or buckle. Be sure that thewebbing or buckle does not getcaught or pinched in the rear seat.A seat belt with damaged webbingor buckle will not be as strong andcould possibly fail during a colli-sion or sudden stop, resulting inserious injury.

C020305AFD-EA

Do not lie downTo reduce the chance of injuries in theevent of an accident and to achieve max-imum effectiveness of the restraint sys-tem, all passengers should be sitting upand the front seats should be in anupright position when the car is moving. Aseat belt cannot provide proper protectionif the person is lying down in the rear seator if the front seat is in a reclined position.

C020400AUN-EA

Care of seat beltsSeat belt systems should never be disas-sembled or modified. In addition, careshould be taken to assure that seat beltsand belt hardware are not damaged byseat hinges, doors or other abuse.

Maintenance of seat beltsWhen cleaning the seat belts, as recom-mended, avoid getting solutions into thebuckle where they may attack the lubri-cant or cause corrosion. Do not attemptto bleach or re-dye belts, as this mayaffect the webbing strength.

✽✽ NOTICEDo not attempt any form of modifica-tions or repairs to seat belt components.If the retractor or other components donot operate correctly, call an authorisedHYUNDAI dealer, who will take thenecessary corrective action. Your autho-rised dealer will inspect all seat beltcomponents at regular intervals andadvise if replacement is required.Between these inspections you shouldmake regular checks to ensure that for-eign objects are not preventing completebuckle engagement.

WARNINGRiding with a reclined seatbackincreases your chance of seriousor fatal injuries in the event of a col-lision or sudden stop. The protec-tion of your restraint system (seatbelts and air bags) is greatlyreduced by reclining your seat.Seat belts must be snug againstyour hips and chest to work proper-ly. The more the seatback isreclined, the greater the chancethat an wearer’s hips will slideunder the lap belt causing seriousinternal injuries or the wearer’sneck could strike the shoulder belt.Drivers and passengers shouldalways sit well back in their seats,properly belted, and with the seat-backs upright.

3 25


C020401AUN

Periodic inspectionIt is recommended that all seat belts beinspected periodically for wear or dam-age of any kind. Any damaged partsshould be replaced as soon as possible.

C020402AUN

Keep belts clean and drySeat belts should be kept clean and dry.If belts become dirty, they can becleaned by using a mild soap solutionand warm water. Bleach, dye, strongdetergents or abrasives should not beused because they may damage andweaken the fabric.

C020403AFD-EA

When to replace seat beltsEntire in-use seat belt assembly orassemblies should be replaced if thevehicle has been involved in an accident.This should be done even if no damageis visible. Additional questions concern-ing seat belt operation should be directedto an authorised HYUNDAI dealer.


263

CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEMC030000BUN-EA

Children riding in the car should sit in therear seat and must always be properlyrestrained to minimise the risk of injury inan accident, sudden stop or suddenmanoeuvre. According to accident statis-tics, children are safer when properlyrestrained in the rear seats than in thefront seat. Larger children not in a childrestraint should use one of the seat beltsprovided.If the child is old enough to sit alone andthe car is not equipped with a properchild or infant seat, the child should beplaced in the rear seat and restrainedwith a lap/sash belt.You should be aware of the specificrequirements in your country. Child and/orinfant safety seats must be properlyplaced and installed in the rear seat. Youmust use a commercially available childrestraint system that meets the require-ments of the Safety Standards of yourcountry. Child restraint systems aredesigned to be secured in vehicle seats bylap belts or the lap belt portion of alap/shoulder belt, or by a tether anchorand/or ISOFIX anchors (if equipped).Children could be injured or killed in acrash if their restraints are not properlysecured. For small children and babies, achild seat or infant seat must be used.Before buying a particular child restraintsystem, make sure it fits your car seatand seat belts, and fits your child.

Follow all the instructions provided by themanufacturer when installing the childrestraint system.

WARNING• A child restraint system must be

placed in the rear seat. Neverinstall a child or infant seat on thefront passenger's seat. Should anaccident occur and cause thepassenger side air bag to deploy,it could severely injure or kill aninfant or child seated in an infantor child seat. Thus only use achild restraint in the rear seat ofyour vehicle.

• A seat belt or child restraint sys-tem can become very hot if it isleft in a closed vehicle on a sunnyday, even if the outside tempera-ture does not feel hot. Be sure tocheck the seat cover and bucklesbefore placing a child there.

• When the child restraint systemis not in use, store it in the lug-gage area or fasten it with a seatbelt so that it will not be thrownforward in the case of a suddenstop or an accident.

(Continued)

(Continued)• A child restraint system should

be placed in the vehicle's rearseat since this can make animportant contribution to safety.

• Unrestrained children should notbe carried in the car. Holding achild in your arms is not a satis-factory substitute for a childrestraint system. A child held inthis manner can be crushedbetween your body and the interi-or of the car.

• Children may be seriously injuredor killed by an inflating air bag.All children, even those too largefor child restraints, must ride inthe rear seat.

• Before installing Child RestraintSystem to vehicles fitted withCurtain Airbags, always refer tosafety notices for Curtain Airbagsystems on this manual.Whenever installing childrestraints, use only approveddevices and refer to "ChildRestraint System" to ensure cor-rect installation and occupantprotection is maximised.

3 27


(Continued)• Never leave children unattended

in a vehicle – not even for a shorttime. The car can heat up veryquickly, resulting in seriousinjuries to children inside. Evenvery young children may inadver-tently cause the vehicle to move,entangle themselves in the win-dows, or lock themselves or oth-ers inside the vehicle.

• Never allow two children, or anytwo persons, to use the sameseat belt.

• Children often squirm and repo-sition themselves improperly.Never let a child ride with theshoulder belt under their arm orbehind their back. Always prop-erly position and secure childrenin rear seat.

• Never allow a child to stand-up orkneel on the seat or floorboard ofa moving vehicle. During a colli-sion or a sudden stop, the childcan be violently thrown againstthe vehicles interior, resulting inserious injury.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Never use an infant carrier or a

child safety seat that "hooks"over a seatback, it may not pro-vide adequate security in an acci-dent.

• Under all circumstances theattaching bolt must be engagedat least 5 full threads in theanchorage. If you are in doubtwith any aspect of this installa-tion please contact an authorisedHYUNDAI dealer.

• Seat belts can become very hot,especially when the car is parkedin direct sunlight. Always checkseat belt buckles before fasten-ing them over a child.

• Always store or secure a childseat, even when it is not in use.During a collision or a suddenstop, the child seat could bethrown inside the vehicle.

WARNINGTo reduce the chance or serious orfatal injuries:• Children of all ages are safer

when restrained in the rear seat.A child riding in the front passen-ger seat can be forcefully struckby an inflating air bag resulting inserious or fatal injuries.

• Always follow the instructions forinstallation and use of the childrestraint manufacturer.

• Always make sure the child seatis secured properly in the car andyour child is securely restrainedin the child seat.

• Never hold a child in your arms orlap when riding in a vehicle. Theviolent forces created during acrash will tear the child from yourarms and throw the child againstthe car’s interior.

• Never put a seat belt over your-self and a child. During a crash,the belt could press deep into thechild causing serious internalinjuries.

(Continued)


283

C030100AFD-EA

Using a child restraint systemFor small children and babies, the use ofa child seat or infant seat is required.Thischild seat or infant seat should be ofappropriate size for the child and shouldbe installed in accordance with the man-ufacturer's instructions. It is furtherrequired that the seat be placed in thevehicle's rear seat.Your vehicle is provid-ed with child restraint anchorage pointsfor installing the child seat or infant seat.

C030102AUN-EA

Installing a child restraint system bylap/shoulder belt

To install a child restraint system on theoutboard or centre rear seats, do the fol-lowing:1. Place the child restraint system in the

seat and route the lap/shoulder beltaround or through the restraint, follow-ing the restraint manufacturer’sinstructions. Be sure the seat belt web-bing is not twisted.

E2MS103005WARNING - Child seat

installation• Before installing the child

restraint system, read theinstructions supplied by the childrestraint system manufacturer.

• If the seat belt does not operateas described in this section, havethe system checked immediatelyby your authorised HYUNDAIdealer.

• Failure to observe this manual'sinstructions regarding childrestraint system and the instruc-tions provided with the childrestraint system could increasethe chance and/or severity ofinjury in an accident.

WARNINGNever place a rear-facing childrestraint in the front passengerseat, because of the danger that aninflating passenger-side air bagcould impact the rear-facing childrestraint and kill the child.

OCM019300

Rearward-facing childrestraint system

Forward-facing childrestraint system

3 29


2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch intothe buckle. Listen for the distinct “click”sound.

Position the release button so that it iseasy to access in case of an emergency.

3. Buckle the seat belt and allow the seatbelt to take up any slack. After installa-tion of the child restraint system, try tomove it in all directions to be sure thechild restraint system is securelyinstalled.

If you need to tighten the belt, pull morewebbing toward the retractor. When youunbuckle the seat belt and allow it toretract, the retractor will automaticallyrevert back to its normal seated passen-ger emergency locking usage condition.

If the child seat moves, readjust thelength of the seat belt. In Australia/NZ thechild restraint manufacturer's instructionsmust be followed when fitting the unit tothe vehicle.

C030103AFD-EA

Securing a child restraint seat with“Anchorage Fitting Packages” sys-tem (if equipped) Child restraint anchorage fitting pack-ages are located on the floor behind therear seats.

OEN036104OEN036101

OFD037015R

OFD037050R

Type A

Type B


303

1. Route the child restraint seat strapover the seatback.For vehicles with adjustable headrest,route the tether strap under the head-rest and between the headrest posts,otherwise route the tether strap overthe top of the seatback.

2. Connect the attaching clip to theappropriate child restraint hook holderand tighten to secure the seat.

The anchor fitting package consists of:• Bolt: 5/16 inch - 18 unc

18 mm thread length• Spring washer : 1.5 mm thickness• Set washer: 1 mm thickness• Anchor fitting: Comforms to ADR 34/01

WARNING - Tether strapNever mount more than one childrestraint to a single tether or to asingle lower anchorage point. Theincreased load caused by multipleseats may cause the tethers oranchorage points to break, causingserious injury or death.

WARNINGA child can be seriously injured orkilled in a collision if the childrestraint is not properly anchoredto the car and the child is not prop-erly restrained in the child restraint.Always follow the child seat manu-facturer’s instructions for installa-tion and use.

B230B01FD

Bolt (5/16"-18 mm)

Spring washer

Child restraint hookholder

Set washer

B230B02FD

Bolt (5/16"-18 mm)

Spring washer

Child restraint hookholder

Set washer

2GHA3300

Type A

Type B

3 31


C030104AFD-EA

Securing a child restraint systemwith “ISOFIX” system and“Anchorage Fitting Packages” sys-tem (if equipped)ISOFIX is a standardised method of fit-ting child seats that eliminates the needto use the standard adult seat belt tosecure the seat in the vehicle. Thisenables a much more secure and posi-tive location with the added benefit ofeasier and quicker installation.An ISOFIX-seat can only be installed if ithas vehicle-specific approval in accor-dance with the requirements of relevantregulation.

There are ISOFIX tags located on thelower portion of each side of the rearseatbacks. These tags indicate the posi-tion of the lower anchors for childrestraints so equipped.

B230D01NF

WARNING - Child restraintcheck

Check that the child restraint sys-tem is secure by pushing andpulling it in different directions.Incorrectly fitted child restraintsmay swing, twist, tip or separatecausing death or serious injury.

WARNING - Child restraint anchorage

• Child restraint anchorages aredesigned to withstand only thoseloads imposed by correctly fittedchild restraints. Under no circum-stances are they to be used foradult seat belts or harnesses orfor attaching other items orequipment to the vehicle.

• The tether strap may not workproperly if attached somewhereother than the correct tetheranchor.

OFD037033


323

On each side of the rear seat, betweenthe cushion and backrest, are located apair of ISOFIX anchorage points togeth-er with a top tether mounting on the floorbehind the rear seats. During the installa-tion, the seat has to be engaged at theanchorage-points in a way you can hearit clicking (check by pulling!) and has tobe fixed with the Top Tether-belt on thebelonging point on the floor behind rearseats.The installing and the use of a child-seathas to be done according to theinstalling-manual, which is added to theISOFIX-seat.

To secure the child restraint seat

1. To engage the child restraint seat tothe ISOFIX anchor, insert the childrestraint seat latch into the ISOFIXanchor. Listen for the audible “click”sound.

2. Connect the attaching clip to the childrestraint hook holder and tighten tosecure the seat. (Refer to the previouspage.)

WARNINGWhen using the vehicle's "ISOFIX"system to install a child restraintsystem in the rear seat, all unusedvehicle rear seat belt metal latchplates or tabs must be latchedsecurely in their seat belt bucklesand the seat belt webbing must beretracted behind the child restraintto prevent the child from reachingand taking hold of unretracted seatbelts. Unlatched metal latch platesor tabs may allow the child to reachthe unretracted seat belts whichmay result in strangulation and aserious injury or death to the childin the child restraint.

WARNINGInstall the child restraint seat fullyrearward against the seatback withthe seatback in a vertical position,not reclined.

CAUTIONDo not allow the rear seat belt web-bing to get scratched or pinched bythe ISOFIX-seat latch and ISOFIXanchor during the installation.B230D03NF

3 33


WARNING• Do not install a child restraint

seat at the centre of the rear seatusing the vehicle's ISOFIXanchors. The ISOFIX anchors areonly provided for the left andright outboard rear seating posi-tions. Do not misuse the ISOFIXanchors by attempting to attach achild restraint seat in the middleof the rear seat to the ISOFIXanchors.In a crash, the child restraint seatISOFIX attachments may not bestrong enough to secure the childrestraint seat properly in the cen-tre of the rear seat and maybreak, causing serious injury ordeath.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Do not mount more than one

child restraint to a child restraintlower anchorage point. Theimproper increased load maycause the anchorage points ortether anchor to break, causingserious injury or death.

• Attach the ISOFIX or ISOFIX-com-patible child restraint seat only tothe appropriate locations shownin the illustration.

• Always follow the installation anduse instructions provided by themanufacturer of the childrestraint.


343

C040000AUN-EA

(1) Driver’s air bag(2) Passenger’s air bag*(3) Side air bag*(4) Curtain air bag** : if equipped

AIR BAG - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

OHD036022R

* The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

WARNINGEven in vehicles with air bags, youand your passengers must alwayswear the safety belts provided inorder to minimise the risk andseverity of injury in the event of acollision or rollover.

3 35


C040100AFD-EA

SRS components and functionsThe SRS consists of the following com-ponents:1. Driver's front air bag module2. Passenger's front air bag module*3. Side air bag modules*4. Curtain air bag modules*5. Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies*6. Air bag warning light7. SRS control module (SRSCM)8. Front impact sensors9. Side impact sensors*10. Passenger’s front air bag OFF indi-

cator (front passenger's seat only)*11. Passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF

switch**: if equipped

The SRSCM continually monitors all ele-ments while the ignition switch is ON todetermine if a frontal or near-frontalimpact is severe enough to require airbag deployment or pre-tensioner seatbelt deployment.

The SRS air bag warning light on theinstrument panel will illuminate for about6 seconds after the ignition switch isturned to the ON position, after which theair bag warning light should go out.If any of the following conditions occurs,this indicates a malfunction of the SRS.Have an authorised HYUNDAI dealerinspect the air bag system as soon aspossible.• The light does not turn on briefly when

you turn the ignition ON.• The light stays on after illuminating for

approximately 6 seconds.• The light comes on while the vehicle is

in motion.

The air bag modules are located both inthe centre of the steering wheel and inthe front passenger's panel above theglove box. When the SRSCM detects asufficiently severe impact to the front ofthe vehicle, it will automatically deploythe front air bags.

B240B01L-R

Driver’s front air bag (1)


363

Upon deployment, tear seams moldeddirectly into the pad covers will separateunder pressure from the expansion of theair bags. Further opening of the coversthen allows full inflation of the air bags.

A fully inflated air bag, in combinationwith a properly worn seat belt, slows thedriver's or the passenger's forwardmotion, reducing the risk of head andchest injury.

After complete inflation, the air bagimmediately starts deflating, enabling thedriver to maintain forward visibility andthe ability to steer or operate other con-trols.

B240B02L-R B240B03L-R

Driver’s front air bag (2) Driver’s front air bag (3)

WARNING • Do not install or place any acces-

sories (drink holder, cassetteholder, sticker, etc.) on the frontpassenger's panel above theglove box in a vehicle with a pas-senger's air bag. Such objectsmay become dangerous projec-tiles and cause injury if the pas-senger's air bag inflates.

• When installing a container of liq-uid air freshener inside the vehi-cle, do not place it near theinstrument cluster nor on theinstrument panel surface.It may become dangerous projec-tiles and cause injury if the pas-senger's air bag inflates.

B240B05L-R

Passenger’s front air bag

3 37


C040400AFD-EA

Driver's and passenger's front airbag (if equipped)Your vehicle is equipped with aSupplemental Restraint (Air Bag) Systemand lap/shoulder belts at both the driverand passenger seating positions. Theindications of the system's presence arethe letters "SRS AIR BAG" embossed onthe air bag pad cover in the steeringwheel and the passenger's side frontpanel pad above the glove box.

The SRS consists of air bags installedunder the pad covers in the centre of thesteering wheel and the passenger's sidefront panel above the glove box.

WARNING• If an air bag deploys, there may

be a loud noise followed by a finedust released in the vehicle.These conditions are normal andare not hazardous - the air bagsare packed in this fine powder.The dust generated during airbag deployment may cause skinor eye irritation as well as aggra-vate asthma for some persons.Always wash all exposed skinareas thoroughly with lukewarmwater and a mild soap after anaccident in which the air bagswere deployed.

(Continued)

(Continued)• The SRS can function only when

the ignition key is in the "ON"position. If the SRS air bag warn-ing light does not illuminate, orcontinuously remains on afterilluminating for about 6 secondswhen the ignition key is turned tothe ON position, or after theengine is started, comes on whiledriving, the SRS is not workingproperly. If this occurs, have yourvehicle immediately inspected byan authorised HYUNDAI dealer.

• Before you replace a fuse or dis-connect a battery terminal, turnthe ignition switch to the LOCKposition and remove the ignitionkey. Never remove or replace theair bag related fuse(s) when theignition switch is in the ON posi-tion. Failure to heed this warningwill cause the SRS air bag warn-ing light to illuminate.

OFD037016R

Driver’s front air bag


383

The purpose of the SRS is to provide thevehicle's driver and/or the front passen-ger with additional protection than thatoffered by the seat belt system alone incase of a frontal impact of sufficientseverity.

(Continued)• Move your seat as far back as

practical from the front air bags,while still maintaining control ofthe vehicle.

• You and your passengers shouldnever sit or lean unnecessarilyclose to the air bags. Improperlypositioned drivers and passen-gers can be severely injured byinflating air bags.

• Never lean against the door orcentre console – always sit in anupright position.

(Continued)

WARNINGAlways use seat belts and childrestraints – every trip, every time,everyone! Air bags inflate withconsiderable force and in the blinkof an eye. Seat belts help keepoccupants in proper position toobtain maximum benefit from theair bag. Even with air bags, improp-erly and unbelted occupants can beseverely injured when the air baginflates. Always follow the precau-tions about seat belts, air bags andoccupant safety contained in thismanual.To reduce the chance of serious orfatal injuries and receive the maxi-mum safety benefit from yourrestraint system:• Never place a child in any child or

booster seat in the front seat.• ABC – Always Buckle Children in

the back seat. It is the safestplace for children of any age toride.

• Front and side air bags can injureoccupants improperly positionedin the front seats.

(Continued)

OFD037017R

Passenger’s front air bag

3 39


1VQA2087M

1JBA3514M

1JBA3522

Rear impact

Side impact

Rollover

(Continued)• No objects should be placed over

or near the air bag modules onthe steering wheel, instrumentpanel, and the front passenger'spanel above the glove box,because any such object couldcause harm if the vehicle is in acrash severe enough to causethe air bags to deploy.

• Do not tamper with or disconnectSRS wiring or other componentsof the SRS system. Doing socould result in injury, due to acci-dental deployment of the air bagsor by rendering the SRS inopera-tive.

• If the SRS air bag warning lightremains illuminated while thevehicle is being driven, have anauthorised HYUNDAI dealerinspect the air bag system assoon as possible.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Air bags can only be used once –

have an authorised HYUNDAIdealer replace the air bag imme-diately after deployment.

• The SRS is designed to deploythe airbags only when the impactis sufficiently severe and whenthe impact is in the front orfrontal angle of the vehicle, andwill not deploy in side, rear orrollover impacts. Additionally, theairbags will only deploy once.Thus, seat belts must be worn atall times.

• Front air bags are not intended todeploy in side-impact, rear-impact or rollover crashes. Inaddition, front air bags will notdeploy in frontal crashes belowthe deployment threshold.

(Continued)


403

C040600AFD-EA

Side air bag (if equipped)Your vehicle is equipped with a side airbag in each front seat. The purpose ofthe air bag is to provide the vehicle's driv-er and/or the front passenger with addi-tional protection than that offered by theseat belt alone.

(Continued)• Sitting improperly or out of posi-

tion can result in serious or fatalinjury in a crash. All occupantsshould sit upright with the seatback in an upright position, cen-tred on the seat cushion withtheir seat belt on, legs comfort-ably extended and their feet onthe floor until the vehicle isparked and the ignition key isremoved.

• The SRS air bag system mustdeploy very rapidly to provideprotection in a crash. If an occu-pant is out of position because ofnot wearing a seat belt, the airbag may forcefully contact theoccupant causing serious or fatalinjuries.

(Continued)• A child restraint system must

never be placed in the front seat.The infant or child could beseverely injured or killed by an airbag deployment in case of anaccident.

• Children age 12 and under mustalways be properly restrained inthe rear seat. Never allow chil-dren to ride in the front passen-ger seat. If a child over 12 mustbe seated in the front seat, he orshe must be properly belted andthe seat should be moved as farback as possible.

• For maximum safety protection inall types of crashes, all occu-pants including the driver shouldalways wear their seat beltswhether or not an air bag is alsoprovided at their seating positionto minimise the risk of severeinjury or death in the event of acrash. Do not sit or lean unneces-sarily close to the air bag whilethe vehicle is in motion.

(Continued)

OFD037020

OED036107

3 41


The side air bags are designed to deployonly during certain side-impact collisions,depending on the crash severity, angle,speed and point of impact. The side airbags are not designed to deploy in allside impact situations.

Important safety notes on the side airbag systemFollowing is a number of safety pointsconcerning this system which shouldalways be observed to ensure risk ofinjury is reduced in an accident.

(Continued)• Do not install any accessories on

the side or near the side air bag.• Do not place any objects over the

air bag or between the air bagand yourself.

• Do not place any objects (anumbrella, bag, etc.) between thefront door and the front seat.Such objects may become dan-gerous projectiles and causeinjury if the supplemental side airbag inflates.

• To prevent unexpected deploy-ment of the side air bag that mayresult in personal injury, avoidimpact to the side impact sensorwhen the ignition key is on.

• If seat or seat cover is damaged,have the vehicle checked andrepaired by an authorisedHYUNDAI dealer. Inform that yourvehicle is equipped with side airbags.

WARNING• The side air bag is supplemental

to the driver's and the passen-ger's seat belt systems and is nota substitute for them. Thereforeyour seat belts must be worn atall times while the vehicle is inmotion. The air bags deploy onlyin certain side impact conditionssevere enough to cause signifi-cant injury to the vehicle occu-pants.

• For best protection from the sideair bag system and to avoid beinginjured by the deploying side airbag, both front seat occupantsshould sit in an upright positionwith the seat belt properly fas-tened. The driver's hands shouldbe placed on the steering wheelat the 9:00 and 3:00 positions.The passenger's arms and handsshould be placed on their laps.

• Do not use any accessory seatcovers.

• Use of seat covers could reduceor prevent the effectiveness ofthe system.

(Continued)


423

C040700AFD-EA

Curtain air bag (if equipped)Curtain air bags are located along bothsides of the roof rails above the front andrear doors.They are designed to help protect theheads of the front seat occupants andthe rear outboard seat occupants in cer-tain side impact collisions.

The curtain air bags are designed todeploy only during certain side impactcollisions, depending on the crash sever-ity, angle, speed and impact. The curtainair bags are not designed to deploy in allside impact situations, collisions from thefront or rear of the vehicle or in mostrollover situations.

Important safety notes for curtainairbag systemsFollowing is a number of safety pointsconcerning this system which shouldalways be observed to ensure risk ofinjury is reduced in an accident.

OHD036125

OUN026090

WARNING• Before installing child restraints,

always refer to "Child RestraintSystem" to ensure correct instal-lation and occupant protection ismaximised.

• Make sure that the occupantdoes not have any body parts(head, arms & legs) protrudingoutside the restraining system. Ifan inflating airbag was to strikean infant child on the head, it maycause serious injury.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Ensure the opening for the

Curtain Airbag System remainsunobstructed at all times, so thatthe airbags can inflate properly ifneeded.

• The built in coat hooks shouldonly be used for light weightclothing, ensure that pockets arefree of any heavy or sharpobjects. When using coat hooks,do not hang clothes on coathangers.

• The space between the occupantand the curtain airbag must neverbe occupied by children, passen-gers or pets. Occupants shouldnever lean out or have any partsof their body protruding from thewindow whilst the engine is run-ning.

• Do not move the sun visor out tocover the side window if there isan item attached to it such asgarage door remote control,pens, air fresheners or the like.These objects may cause injury ifthe Curtain Airbag is deployed.

(Continued)

3 43


WARNING• In order for side and curtain air

bags to provide its best protec-tion, both front seat occupantsand both outboard rear occu-pants should sit in an uprightposition with the seat belts prop-erly fastened. Importantly, chil-dren should sit in a proper childrestraint system in the rear seat.

• When children are seated in therear outboard seats, they must beseated in the proper childrestraint system. Make sure toput the child restraint system asfar away from the door side aspossible, and secure the childrestraint system in a locked posi-tion.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Do not allow the passengers to

lean their heads or bodies ontodoors, put their arms on thedoors, stretch their arms out ofthe window, or place objectsbetween the doors and passen-gers when they are seated onseats equipped with side and/orcurtain air bags.

• Never try to open or repair anycomponents of the side curtainair bag system. This should onlybe done by an authorisedHYUNDAI dealer.

Failure to follow the above men-tioned instructions can result ininjury or death to the vehicle occu-pants in an accident.

(Continued)• Where sun blinds are fitted to the

rear doors, these must notobstruct or impair the airbag inany way.

• Do not install any accessories orchildren’s toys in the CurtainAirbag deployment zones, as thismay impair the operation of thesystem or throw parts of theminto the vehicle cabin causinginjury to occupants if the systemis deployed.

• To maintain the integrity of theCurtain Airbag system, any work,removal or installation of theairbag and associated compo-nents (such as roof lining andside trims) should always be per-formed by a qualified vehiclerepairer.


443

C040800AFD-EA

Why didn’t my air bag go off in acollision? (Inflation and non-infla-tion conditions of the air bag)There are many types of accidents inwhich the air bag would not be expect-ed to provide additional protection.These include rear impacts, second orthird collisions in multiple impactaccidents, as well as low speedimpacts. In other words, just becauseyour vehicle is damaged and even if itis totally unusable, don’t be surprisedthat the air bags did not inflate.

Air bag collision sensors(1) SRS control module(2) Front impact sensor

(3) Side impact sensor (if equipped)

OFD037023R/OFD037021R/OFD037022/OHD036030

3 45


C040801AUN

Air bag inflation conditionsFront air bag

Front air bags are designed to inflate in afrontal collision depending on the intensi-ty, speed or angles of impact of the frontcollision.

OED036096M

WARNING• Do not hit or allow any objects to

impact the locations where air bagor sensors are installed.This may cause unexpected airbag deployment, which couldresult in serious personal injuryor death.

• If the installation location orangle of the sensors is altered inany way, the air bags may deploywhen they should not or they maynot deploy when they should,causing severe injury or death.Therefore, do not try to performmaintenance on or around the airbag sensors. Have the vehiclechecked and repaired by anauthorised HYUNDAI dealer.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Problems may arise if the sensor

installation angles are changeddue to the deformation of thefront bumper, body or B pillarwhere side collision sensors areinstalled. Have the vehiclechecked and repaired by anauthorised HYUNDAI dealer.

• Your vehicle has been designedto absorb impact and deploy theair bag(s) in certain collisions.Installing aftermarket bumperguards or replacing a bumperwith non-genuine parts mayadversely affect your vehiclescollision and air bag deploymentperformance.


463

Side air bags (if equipped)

Side and/or curtain air bags aredesigned to inflate when an impact isdetected by side collision sensorsdepending on the strength, speed orangles of impact resulting from a sideimpact collision or rollover.

Although the front air bags (driver’s andfront passenger’s air bags) are designedto inflate only in frontal collisions, theyalso may inflate in other types of colli-sions if the front impact sensors detect asufficient impact. Side air bags (sideand/or curtain air bags) are designed toinflate only in side impact collisions, butthey may inflate in other collisions if theside impact sensors detect a sufficientimpact.If the vehicle chassis is impacted bybumps or objects on unimproved roadsor sidewalks, air bags may deploy. Drivecarefully on unimproved roads or on sur-faces not designed for vehicle traffic toprevent unintended air bag deployment.

C040802AUN

Air bag non-inflation conditions• In certain low-speed collisions the air

bags may not deploy. The air bags aredesigned not to deploy in such casesbecause they may not provide benefitsbeyond the protection of the seat beltsin such collisions.

OED036099M

1JBA3516M

OUN026090

3 47


• Frontal air bags are not designed toinflate in rear collisions, because occu-pants are moved backward by theforce of the impact. In this case, inflat-ed air bags would not be able to pro-vide any additional benefit.

• Front air bags may not inflate in sideimpact collisions, because occupantsmove to the direction of the collision,and thus in side impacts, frontal air bagdeployment would not provide addi-tional occupant protection.However, side or curtain air bags mayinflate depending on the intensity, vehi-cle speed and angles of impact.

• In a slant or angled collision, the forceof impact may direct the occupants in adirection where the air bags would notbe able to provide any additional bene-fit, and thus the sensors may notdeploy any air bags.

OED036100M 1JBA3521M1JBA3516M


483

• Just before impact, drivers often brakeheavily. Such heavy braking lowers thefront portion of the vehicle causing it to“ride” under a vehicle with a higherground clearance. Air bags may notinflate in this "under-ride" situationbecause deceleration forces that aredetected by sensors may be signifi-cantly replaced by such “under-ride”collisions.

• Air bags may not inflate in rollover acci-dents because air bag deploymentwould not provide protection to theoccupants.However, side and/or curtain air bagsmay inflate when the vehicle is rolledover by a side impact collision, if thevehicle is equipped with side air bagsand curtain air bags.

• Air bags may not inflate if the vehiclecollides with objects such as utilitypoles or trees, where the point ofimpact is concentrated to one area andthe full force of the impact is not deliv-ered to the sensors.

OED036103M 1JBA3522 OED036105

3 49


C040900AUN

How does the air bag systemoperate • Air bags are activated (able to inflate if

necessary) only when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON or STARTposition.

• Air bags inflate instantly in the event ofserious frontal or side collision (ifequipped with side air bag or curtainair bag) in order to help protect theoccupants from serious physical injury.

• There is no single speed at which theair bags will inflate.Generally, air bags are designed toinflate by the severity of a collision andits direction. These two factors deter-mine whether the sensors send out anelectronic deployment/inflation signal.

• Air bag deployment depends on anumber of factors including vehiclespeed, angles of impact and the densi-ty and stiffness of the vehicles orobjects which your vehicle hits in thecollision. Though, factors are not limit-ed to those mentioned above.

• The front air bags will completelyinflate and deflate in an instant.

It is virtually impossible for you to seethe air bags inflate during an accident.It is much more likely that you will sim-ply see the deflated air bags hangingout of their storage compartments afterthe collision.

• In order to help provide protection in asevere collision, the air bags mustinflate rapidly. The speed of air baginflation is a consequence of theextremely short time in which a collisionoccurs and the need to get the air bagbetween the occupant and the vehiclestructures before the occupant impactsthose structures. This speed of inflationreduces the risk of serious or life-threatening injuries in a severe collisionand is thus a necessary part of air bagdesign.However, air bag inflation can alsocause injuries which normally caninclude facial abrasions, bruises andbroken bones, and sometimes moresevere injuries because the inflationspeed also causes the air bags toexpand with a great deal of force.

• There are even circumstancesunder which contact with the steer-ing wheel air bag can cause fatalinjuries, especially if the occupantis positioned excessively close tothe steering wheel.

WARNING• To avoid severe personal injury

or death caused by deploying airbags in a collision, the drivershould sit as far back from thesteering wheel air bag as possi-ble (at least 250 mm (10 inches)away). The front passengershould always move their seat asfar back as possible and sit backin their seat.

• Air bag inflates instantly in anevent of collision, passengersmay be injured by the air bagexpansion force if they are not inproper position.

• Air bag inflation may causeinjuries which normally includefacial or bodily abrasions,injuries from broken glasses orburns by the air bag inflationgasses.


503

C040902AUN

Noise and smokeWhen the air bags inflate, they make aloud noise and they leave smoke andpowder in the air inside of the vehicle.This is normal and is a result of the igni-tion of the air bag inflator. After the airbag inflates, you may feel substantial dis-comfort in breathing due to the contact ofyour chest to both the seat belt and theair bag, as well as from breathing thesmoke and powder. We strongly urgeyou to open your doors and/or win-dows as soon as possible after impactin order to reduce discomfort and pre-vent prolonged exposure to thesmoke and powder.Though smoke and powder are non-toxic, it may cause irritation to the skin(eyes, nose and throat etc). If this is thecase, wash and rinse with the cold waterimmediately and consult the doctor if thesymptom persists.

C040903AUN

Installing a child restraint on a frontpassenger’s seat is forbiddenNever place a rear-facing child restraintin the front passenger’s seat. If the airbag deploys, it would impact the rear-fac-ing child restraint, causing serious orfatal injury.In addition, do not place front-facing childrestraint in the front passenger’s seateither. If the front passenger air baginflates, it would cause serious or fatalinjuries to the child.

1JBH3051

WARNINGWhen the air bags deploy, the airbag related parts in steering wheeland/or instrument panel and/or inboth sides of the roof rails abovethe front and rear doors are veryhot. To prevent injury, do not touchthe air bag storage areas internalcomponents immediately after anair bag has inflated.

3 51


C041000AUN

Air bag warning lightThe purpose of air bag warning light inyour instrument panel is to alert you of apotential problem with your air bag -Supplemental Restraint System (SRS).When the ignition switch is turned ON,the indicator light should illuminate forapproximately 6 seconds, then go off.Have the system checked if:• The light does not turn on briefly when

you turn the ignition ON.• The light stays on after illuminating for

approximately 6 seconds.• The light comes on while the vehicle is

in motion.

WARNING• Extreme Hazard! Do not use a

rearward facing child restraint ona seat protected by an air bag infront of it!

• Never put child restraint in thefront passenger’s seat. If the frontpassenger air bag inflates, itwould cause serious or fatalinjuries.

(Continued)

(Continued)• When children are seated in the

rear outboard seats in which sideair bags are equipped, be sure toput the child restraint system asfar away from the door side aspossible, and secure the childrestraint system to be locked inposition.Inflation of side or curtain air bagcould cause serious injury ordeath due to the expansionimpact.

W7-147R5LDA004


523

C041100AFD-EA

SRS CareThe SRS is virtually maintenance-freeand so there are no parts you can safelyservice by yourself. If the SRS air bagwarning light does not illuminate, or con-tinuously remains on, have your vehicleimmediately inspected by an authorisedHYUNDAI dealer.

Any work on the SRS system, such asremoving, installing, repairing, or anywork on the steering wheel must be per-formed by an authorised HYUNDAI deal-er. Improper handling of the SRS systemmay result in serious personal injury.

WARNING• Modification to SRS components

or wiring, including the additionof any kind of badges to the padcovers or modifications to thebody structure, can adverselyaffect SRS performance and leadto possible injury.

• For cleaning the air bag pad cov-ers, use only a soft, dry cloth orone which has been moistenedwith plain water. Solvents orcleaners could adversely affectthe air bag covers and properdeployment of the system.

• No objects should be placed overor near the air bag modules onthe steering wheel, instrumentpanel, and the front passenger'spanel above the glove box,because any such object couldcause harm if the vehicle is in acrash severe enough to causethe air bags to inflate.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If the air bags inflate, they must

be replaced by an authorisedHYUNDAI dealer.

• Do not tamper with or disconnectSRS wiring, or other componentsof the SRS system. Doing socould result in injury, due to acci-dental inflation of the air bags orby rendering the SRS inopera-tive.

• If components of the air bag sys-tem must be discarded, or if thevehicle must be scrapped, certainsafety precautions must beobserved. An authorisedHYUNDAI dealer knows theseprecautions and can give you thenecessary information. Failure tofollow these precautions and pro-cedures could increase the riskof personal injury.

• If your car was flooded and hassoaked carpeting or water onflooring, you shouldn't try to startthe engine; have the car towed toan authorised HYUNDAI dealer.

3 53


C041300AUN-EA

Additional safety precautions• Never let passengers ride in the

cargo area or on top of a folded-down back seat. All occupants shouldsit upright, fully back in their seats withtheir seat belts on and their feet on thefloor.

• Passengers should not move out ofor change seats while the vehicle ismoving. A passenger who is not wear-ing a seat belt during a crash or emer-gency stop can be thrown against theinside of the vehicle, against otheroccupants, or out of the vehicle.

• Each seat belt is designed torestrain one occupant. If more thanone person uses the same seat belt,they could be seriously injured or killedin a collision.

• Do not use any accessories on seatbelts. Devices claiming to improveoccupant comfort or reposition the seatbelt can reduce the protection providedby the seat belt and increase thechance of serious injury in a crash.

• Passengers should not place hardor sharp objects between them-selves and the air bags. Carryinghard or sharp objects on your lap or inyour mouth can result in injuries if anair bag inflates.

• Keep occupants away from the airbag covers. All occupants should situpright, fully back in their seats withtheir seat belts on and their feet on thefloor. If occupants are too close to theair bag covers, they could be injured ifthe air bags inflate.

• Do not attach or place objects on ornear the air bag covers. Any objectattached to or placed on the front orside air bag covers could interfere withthe proper operation of the air bags.

• Do not modify the front seats.Modification of the front seats couldinterfere with the operation of the sup-plemental restraint system sensingcomponents or side air bags.

• Do not place items under the frontseats. Placing items under the frontseats could interfere with the operationof the supplemental restraint systemsensing components and wiring har-nesses.

• Never hold an infant or child on yourlap. The infant or child could be seri-ously injured or killed in the event of acrash. All infants and children shouldbe properly restrained in appropriatechild safety seats or seat belts in therear seat.

C041400AUN

Adding equipment to or modify-ing your air bag-equipped vehicleIf you modify your vehicle by changingyour vehicle's frame, bumper system,front end or side sheet metal or rideheight, this may affect the operation ofyour vehicle's air bag system.

WARNING• Sitting improperly or out of posi-

tion can cause occupants to beshifted too close to a deployingair bag, strike the interior struc-ture or be thrown from the vehicleresulting in serious injury ordeath.

• Always sit upright with the seat-back in an upright position, cen-tred on the seat cushion withyour seat belt on, legs comfort-ably extended and your feet onthe floor.


543

1

2

4

C041200AUN-EA

Air bag warning labelAir bag warning labels are attached to alert driver and passengers of potential risk of air bag system.Note that these government warnings focus on the risk to children, and bring to your attention of the risks which adults are exposedto. These warnings have been described in previous pages.

OFD037024R/OFD037025/OFD037026R

(if equipped)

(if equipped)

4

Keys / 4-2

Remote keyless entry / 4-4

Theft-alarm system / 4-6

Door locks / 4-8

Tailgate / 4-12

Windows / 4-14

Bonnet / 4-19

Fuel filler lid / 4-21

Sunroof / 4-24

Steering wheel / 4-28

Mirrors / 4-30

Instrument cluster / 4-34

Rear parking assist system / 4-48

Hazard warning flasher / 4-50

Lighting / 4-51

Wipers and washers / 4-56

Interior light / 4-60

Defroster / 4-62

Manual climate control system / 4-64

Automatic climate control system / 4-73

Windshield defrosting and defogging / 4-81

Storage compartment / 4-85

Interior features / 4-89

Exterior features / 4-99

Audio system / 4-101



24

D010100AFD-EA

Record your key numberThe key code number is stamped on thebar code tag attached to the key set.Should you lose your keys, this numberwill enable an authorised HYUNDAI deal-er to duplicate the keys easily. Removethe bar code tag and store it in a safeplace. Also, record the code number andkeep it in a safe and handy place, but notin the vehicle.

D010200AFD

Key operationsUsed to start the engine, lock and unlockthe doors.

D010300AFD-EA

Immobiliser systemYour vehicle is equipped with an elec-tronic engine immobiliser system toreduce the risk of unauthorised vehicleuse.Your immobiliser system is comprised ofa small transponder in the ignition key,and antenna coil in the key cylinder andImmobiliser Control Unit (or SmartraUnit).With this system, whenever you insertyour ignition key into the ignition switchand turn it to ON, the antenna coil in theignition switch receives a signal from thetransponder in the ignition key and thensends the signal to the ECU (EngineControl Unit).

KEYS

WARNING - Ignition keyLeaving children unattended in avehicle with the ignition key is dan-gerous even if the key is not in theignition. Children copy adults andthey could place the key in the igni-tion. The ignition key would enablechildren to operate power windowsor other controls, or even make thevehicle move, which could result inserious bodily injury or even death.Never leave the keys in your vehiclewith unsupervised children.

OFD047001UK

WARNINGUse only HYUNDAI original partsfor the ignition key in your vehicle.If an aftermarket key is used, theignition switch may not return toON after START. If this happens,the starter will continue to operatecausing damage to the startermotor and possible fire due toexcessive current in the wiring.

OFD047001-B

4 3


The ECU checks the signal whether theignition key is valid. If the key is deter-mined to be valid, the engine will start. Ifthe key is determined to be invalid, theengine will not start.

To deactivate the immobiliser sys-tem:Insert the ignition key into the key cylin-der and turn it to the ON position.

To activate the immobiliser system:Turn the ignition key to the OFF position.The immobiliser system activates auto-matically. Without a valid ignition key foryour vehicle, the engine will not start.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen starting the engine, do not use thekey with other immobiliser keys around.Otherwise the engine may not start ormay stop soon after it starts. Keep eachkey separately not to have any malfunc-tion after you receive your new vehicle.

✽✽ NOTICEIf you need additional keys or lose yourkeys, consult an authorised HYUNDAIdealer.

CAUTIONThe transponder in your ignitionkey is an important part of theimmobiliser system. It is designedto give years of trouble-free service,however you should avoid expo-sure to moisture, static electricityand rough handling. Immobilisersystem malfunction could occur.

CAUTIONDo not change, alter or adjust theimmobiliser system because itcould cause the immobiliser sys-tem to malfunction and should onlybe serviced by an authorisedHYUNDAI dealer.Malfunctions caused by improperalterations, adjustments or modifi-cations to the immobiliser systemare not covered by your vehiclemanufacturer warranty.

CAUTIONDo not put metal accessories nearthe ignition switch.The engine may not start as themetal accessories may interrupt thetransponder signal from normallytransmitting.

WARNINGIn order to prevent theft of yourvehicle, do not leave spare keysanywhere in your vehicle.


44

Remote keyless entry systemoperationsTo unfold the key, press the release but-ton then the key will unfold automatically.To fold the key, fold the key manuallywhile pressing the release button.

D020101AUN-EE

Lock (1)All doors are locked if the lock button ispressed.If all doors are closed, the hazard warn-ing lights blink once to indicate that alldoors are locked. However, if any doorremains open, the hazard warning lightswill not blink. If all doors are closed afterthe lock button is pressed, the hazardwarning lights blink.

D020102AUN-EA

Unlock (2) All doors are unlocked if the unlock but-ton is pressed.The hazard warning lights will blink twiceto indicate that all doors are unlocked.After depressing this button, the doorswill relock automatically unless you openany door within 30 seconds.

D020104AUN-EA

Tailgate unlock (3)The tailgate is unlocked if the button ispressed (for more than 0.5 seconds).The hazard warning lights will blink twiceto indicate that the tailgate is unlocked.After depressing this button, the tailgatewill relock automatically unless you openthe tailgate within 30 seconds.Also, once the tailgate is opened andthen closed, the tailgate will lock auto-matically.

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY (IF EQUIPPED)

OFD049305

CAUTIONDo not fold the key without press-ing the release button. This maydamage the key.

4 5


D020200AFD-EA

Transmitter precautions✽✽ NOTICEThe transmitter will not work if any offollowing occur:• The ignition key is in ignition switch.• You exceed the operating distance

limit (about 10 m [30 feet]).• The battery in the transmitter is

weak.• Other vehicles or objects may be

blocking the signal.• The weather is extremely cold.• The transmitter is close to a radio

transmitter such as a radio station oran airport which can interfere withnormal operation of the transmitter.

When the transmitter does not workcorrectly, open and close the door withthe ignition key. If you have a problemwith the transmitter, contact an autho-rised HYUNDAI dealer.

D020300BFD-EA

Battery replacementThe transmitter uses a 3 volt lithium bat-tery which will normally last for severalyears. When replacement is necessary,use the following procedure.1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and gen-

tly pry open the transmitter centrecover (1).

2. Replace the battery with new one.When replacing the battery, make surethe battery positive “+” symbol facesup as indicated in the illustration.

3. Install the battery in the reverse orderof removal.

For replacement transmitters, see anauthorised HYUNDAI dealer for repro-gramming.

CAUTIONKeep the transmitter away fromwater or any liquid. If the keylessentry system is inoperative due toexposure to water or liquids, it willnot be covered by your manufactur-er vehicle warranty.

OFD047003

CAUTION• The keyless entry system trans-

mitter is designed to give youyears of trouble-free use, howev-er it can malfunction if exposed tomoisture or static electricity. Ifyou are unsure how to use yourtransmitter or replace the battery,contact an authorised HYUNDAIdealer.

• Using the wrong battery cancause the transmitter to malfunc-tion. Be sure to use the correctbattery.

• To avoid damaging the transmit-ter, don't drop it, get it wet, orexpose it to heat or sunlight.

CAUTIONAn inappropriately disposed bat-tery can be harmful to the environ-ment and human health.Dispose the battery according toyour local law(s) or regulation.


64

D030000AUN-EA

This system is designed to provide pro-tection from unauthorised entry into thecar. This system is operated in threestages: the first is the "Armed" stage, thesecond is the "Theft-alarm" stage, andthe third is the "Disarmed" stage. If trig-gered, the system provides an audiblealarm with blinking of the hazard warninglights.

D030100AUN-EA

Armed stagePark the car and stop the engine. Armthe system as described below.1. Remove the ignition key from the igni-

tion switch and exit the vehicle.2. Make sure that all doors (and tailgate)

and the engine bonnet are closed andlatched.

3. Lock the doors using the transmitter ofthe keyless entry system.

After completion of the steps above, thehazard warning lights will blink once toindicate that the system is armed.

If any door (or tailgate) or engine bonnetremains open, the hazard warning lightswill not blink and the theft-alarm will notarm. If all doors (and tailgate) and enginebonnet are closed after the lock button ispressed, the hazard warning lights blinkonce.

• Do not arm the system until all pas-sengers have left the vehicle. If thesystem is armed while a passen-ger(s) remains in the vehicle, thealarm may be activated when theremaining passenger(s) leave thevehicle. If any door (or tailgate) orengine bonnet is opened within 30seconds after the system enters thearmed stage, the system is dis-armed to prevent unnecessaryalarm.

THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

Armed

stage

Theft-alarm

stageDisarmed

stage

4 7


D030200AFD-EA

Theft-alarm stageThe alarm will be activated if any of thefollowing occurs while the system isarmed.• A front or rear door is opened without

using the transmitter.• The tailgate is opened without using

the transmitter.• The engine bonnet is opened.The siren will sound and the hazardwarning lights will blink continuously for27 seconds, unless the system is dis-armed. To turn off the system, unlock thedoors with the ignition key (*) or transmit-ter.(*) : To enable the ignition key to function,

consult your authorised HYUNDAIdealer.

D030400AFD-EA

Disarmed stageThe system will be disarmed when thedoors are unlocked by depressing theunlock button on the transmitter.After depressing unlock button, the haz-ard warning lights will blink twice to indi-cate that the system is disarmed.After depressing unlock button, if anydoor is not opened within 30 seconds,the system will be rearmed.

✽✽ NOTICE• If the system is not disarmed with the

transmitter, insert the key into theignition switch and start the engine.Then the system will be disarmed.

• If you lose your keys, consult yourauthorised HYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTIONDo not change, alter or adjust thetheft-alarm system because it couldcause the theft-alarm system tomalfunction and should only beserviced by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.Malfunctions caused by improperalterations, adjustments or modifi-cations to the theft-alarm systemare not covered by your vehiclemanufacturer warranty.


84

D050100AUN-EA

Operating door locks from out-side the vehicle • Turn the key towards the rear of vehicle

to unlock and towards the front of vehi-cle to lock.

• If you lock/unlock the door with a key,all vehicle doors will lock/unlock auto-matically.

• Doors can also be locked andunlocked with the transmitter key (ifequipped).

• Once the doors are unlocked, they maybe opened by pulling the door handle.

• When closing the door, push the doorby hand. Make sure that doors areclosed securely.

❈ If your vehicle is equipped with theremote keyless entry system, there isno key lock on the front passenger'sdoor.

✽✽ NOTICE• In cold and wet climates, door lock

and door mechanisms may not workproperly due to freezing conditions.

• If the door is locked/unlocked multi-ple times in rapid succession witheither the vehicle key or door lockswitch, the system may stop operatingtemporarily in order to protect thecircuit and prevent damage to systemcomponents.

• To lock a door without the key, push theinside door lock button (1) or centraldoor lock switch (2) to the “Lock” posi-tion and close the door (3).

• If you lock the door with the centraldoor lock switch, all vehicle doors willlock automatically.

✽✽ NOTICEAlways remove the ignition key, engagethe hand brake, close all windows andlock all doors when leaving your vehicleunattended.

DOOR LOCKS

OHD046001R

LockUnlock

OFD047010R

4 9


Operating door locks from insidethe vehicleD050201AFD

With the door lock button• To unlock a door, push the door lock

button (1) to the “Unlock” position. Thered mark (2) on the button will be visi-ble.

• To lock a door, push the door lock but-ton (1) to the “Lock” position. If the dooris locked properly, the red mark (2) onthe door lock button will not be visible.

• To open a door, pull the door handle(3) outward.

• If the inner door handle of the frontdoor is pulled when the door lock but-ton is in lock position, the button isunlocked and door opens. (if equipped)

• Front doors cannot be locked if theignition key is in the ignition switch andany front door is open.

D050202AUN-EA

With central door lock switchOperate by depressing the central doorlock switch.

OFD047011R

Lock Unlock

WARNING - Door lock mal-function

If a power door lock ever fails tofunction while you are in the vehi-cle, try one or more of the followingtechniques to exit:• Operate the door unlock feature

repeatedly (both electronic andmanual) while simultaneouslypulling on the door handle.

• Operate the other door locks andhandles, front and rear.

• Lower a front window and use thekey to unlock the door from out-side.

• Move to the cargo area and openthe tailgate.

OFD047012R

Driver’s door


104

• When pushing down on the front por-tion (1) of the switch, all vehicle doorswill lock.

• When pushing down on the rear por-tion (2) of the switch, all vehicle doorswill unlock.

• However, if the key is in the ignitionswitch and any front door is open, thedoors will not lock when the front por-tion of central door lock switch ispressed.

D050600ANF

Deadlocks (if equipped)Some vehicles are equipped with adeadlocking system. Deadlocks preventopening of a door from either inside oroutside the vehicle once the deadlockshave been activated providing an addi-tional measure of vehicle security.To lock the vehicle using the deadlockfunction, the doors must be locked usingthe key or the Remote Keyless Entrytransmitter. To unlock the vehicle, the keyor the transmitter must again be used.To lock a vehicle without using the dead-lock function, the doors should be lockedby depressing the central door lockswitch and closing the doors.

WARNING - Unlockedvehicles

Leaving your vehicle unlocked caninvite theft or possible harm to youor others from someone hiding inyour vehicle while you are gone.Always remove the ignition key,engage the hand brake, close allwindows and lock all doors whenleaving your vehicle unattended.

WARNING - Unattendedchildren

An enclosed vehicle can becomeextremely hot, causing death orsevere injury to unattended chil-dren or animals who cannot escapethe vehicle. Furthermore, childrenmight operate features of the vehi-cle that could injure them, or theycould encounter other harm, possi-bly from someone gaining entry tothe vehicle. Never leave children oranimals unattended in your vehicle.

WARNING - Doors• The doors should always be fully

closed and locked while the vehi-cle is in motion to prevent acci-dental opening of the door.Locked doors will also discour-age potential intruders when thevehicle stops or slows.

• Be careful when opening doorsand watch for vehicles, motorcy-cles, bicycles or pedestriansapproaching the vehicle in thepath of the door. Opening a doorwhen something is approachingcan cause damage or injury.

WARNINGOccupants must not be allowed toremain in the vehicle when thedeadlocking system is activatedsince it will not be possible forthem, or persons outside the vehi-cle, to open the doors and leave thevehicle in case of an emergency.

4 11


D050300AUN-EA

Impact sensing door unlock sys-tem (if equipped)All doors will automatically unlock whenan impact is acknowledged by the impactsensors while the ignition is switch ON.However, the doors may not be unlockedif mechanical problems occur with thedoor lock system or battery.

D050400AFD-EA

Speed sensing door lock system(if equipped)Type AWhen the speed of the vehicle reachesabove 40 km/h for 1 second, it will auto-matically lock all doors. For activation ofthis feature, contact an authorisedHYUNDAI dealer.

Type BWhen the speed of the vehicle reachesabove 15 km/h for 1 second, it will auto-matically lock all doors. For activation ofthis feature, contact an authorisedHYUNDAI dealer.

✽✽ NOTICEAn authorised HYUNDAI dealer canselect some auto door lock/unlock fea-tures as follows;• Speed sensing auto door locking• Auto door unlock when the ignition

key is removed from the ignitionswitch

If you want to select a door lock/unlockfeature, consult an authorisedHYUNDAI dealer.

D050500AUN

Child-protector rear door lockThe child safety lock is provided to helpprevent children from accidentally open-ing the rear doors from inside the vehicle.The rear door safety locks should beused whenever children are in the vehi-cle.1. Open the rear door.2. Push the child safety lock located on

the rear edge of the door to the “Lock”position. When the child safety lock isin the “Lock ( )” position, rear doorwill not open even when the inner doorhandle is pulled inside the vehicle.

3. Close the rear door.

OFD047013


124

To open the rear door, pull the outsidedoor handle (1).Even though the doors may be unlocked,the rear door will not open by pulling theinner door handle (2) until rear door childsafety lock is unlocked ( ).

D070100AFD

Opening the tailgate• The tailgate is locked or unlocked

together if all doors are locked orunlocked with the key, transmitter orcentral door lock switch.

• The tailgate is unlocked alone for 30seconds if the tailgate unlock button onthe transmitter is pressed. Once thetailgate is opened and then closed, thetailgate is locked automatically.

• If unlocked, the tailgate can be openedby pressing the handle and pulling itup.

✽✽ NOTICEIn cold and wet climates, door lock anddoor mechanisms may not work proper-ly due to freezing conditions.

OFD047014

WARNINGThe tailgate swings upward. Makesure no objects or people are nearthe rear of the vehicle when open-ing the tailgate.

CAUTIONMake certain that you close the tail-gate before driving your vehicle.Possible damage may occur to thetailgate lift cylinders and attachinghardware if the tailgate is notclosed prior to driving.

WARNING - Rear doorlocks

If children accidentally open therear doors while the vehicle is inmotion, they could fall out of thevehicle, resulting in severe injury ordeath. To prevent children fromopening the rear doors from theinside, the rear door safety locksshould be used whenever childrenare in the vehicle.

TAILGATE

4 13


D070200AUN

Closing the tailgateTo close the tailgate, lower and pushdown the tailgate firmly. Make sure thatthe tailgate is securely latched.

D070300AUN

Emergency tailgate safety releaseYour vehicle is equipped with emergencytailgate safety release lever located onthe bottom of the tailgate. When some-one is inadvertently locked in the lug-gage compartment, if the lever ispushed, the tailgate latch mechanism isreleased and the tailgate is opened bypushing backward.

WARNING• For emergency, be fully aware of

the location of the emergencytailgate safety release lever intheir vehicle and how to open thetailgate if you are accidentallylocked in the luggage compart-ment.

• No one should be allowed tooccupy the luggage compartmentof the vehicle at any time. Theluggage compartment is a highlydangerous location in the eventof a crash.

• Use the release lever for emer-gency only. Use extreme cautionwhile the vehicle is in motion.

OFD047015

WARNING - Exhaustfumes

If you drive with the tailgate open,you will draw dangerous exhaustfumes into your vehicle which cancause serious injury or death tovehicle occupants.If you must drive with the tailgateopen, keep the air vents and all win-dows open so that additional out-side air comes into the vehicle.

WARNING - Rear cargoarea

Occupants should never ride in therear cargo area where no restraintsare available. To avoid injury in theevent of an accident or suddenstops, occupants should always beproperly restrained.


144

D080000AFD

(1) Driver’s door power window switch(2) Front passenger’s door power win-

dow switch(3) Rear door (left) power window switch(4) Rear door (right) power window

switch(5) Window opening and closing(6) Automatic power window up*/down*(7) Power window lock switch

*: if equipped

✽✽ NOTICEIn cold and wet climates, power win-dows may not work properly due tofreezing conditions.

WINDOWS

OFD037029R

Type A

Type B

Type C

4 15


D080100BFD

Power windowsThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition for power windows to operate.Each door has a power window switchthat controls the door’s window. The driv-er has a power window lock switch whichcan block the operation of rear passen-ger windows.The power windows can be operated forapproximately 30 seconds after the igni-tion key is removed or turned to the ACCor LOCK position. However, if the frontdoors are opened, the power windowscannot be operated even within the 30seconds period after the ignition keyremoval.

✽✽ NOTICEWhile driving with the rear windowsdown or with the sunroof (if equipped)in an open (or partially open) position,your vehicle may demonstrate a windbuffeting or pulsation noise. Thisnoise is a normal occurrence and can bereduced or eliminated by taking the fol-lowing actions. If the noise occurs withone or both of the rear windows down,partially lower both front windowsapproximately one inch. If you experi-ence the noise with the sunroof open,slightly reduce the size of the sunroofopening.

D080101AUN

Window opening and closing (if equipped)The driver’s door has a master powerwindow switch that controls all the win-dows in the vehicle.To open or close a window, press downor pull up the front portion of the corre-sponding switch to the first detent posi-tion (5).

D080102AUN

Auto down window (if equipped) Depressing the power window switchmomentarily to the second detent posi-tion (6) completely lowers the driver’swindow even when the switch isreleased. To stop the window at thedesired position while the window is inoperation, momentarily pull the switch inthe direction opposite of the window’smovement.

OFD037031ROFD037030R


164

D080103AUN

Auto up/down window (if equipped)Depressing or pulling up the power win-dow switch momentarily to the seconddetent position (6) completely lowers orlifts the window even when the switch isreleased. To stop the window at thedesired position while the window is inoperation, pull up or depress and releasethe switch to the opposite direction of themovement.

If the power window is not operated cor-rectly, the automatic power window sys-tem must be reset as follows:1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi-

tion.2. Close driver’s window and continue

pulling up on driver’s power windowswitch for at least 1 second after thewindow is completely closed.

Automatic reversal

If the upward movement of the window isblocked by an object or part of the body,the window will detect the resistance andwill stop upward movement. The windowwill then lower approximately 30 cm (11.8in.) to allow the object to be cleared.If the window detects the resistancewhile the power window switch is pulledup continuously, the window will stopupward movement then lower approxi-mately 2.5 cm (1 in.). And if the powerwindow switch is pulled up continuouslyagain within 5 seconds after the windowis lowered by the automatic windowreversal feature, the automatic windowreversal will not operate.

✽✽ NOTICEThe automatic reverse feature for thedriver’s window is only active when the“auto up” feature is used by fullypulling up the switch. The automaticreverse feature will not operate if thewindow is raised using the halfway posi-tion on the power window switch.

WARNING Always check for obstructionsbefore raising any window to avoidinjuries or vehicle damage. If anobject less than 4 mm (0.16 in.) indiameter is caught between thewindow glass and the upper win-dow channel, the automatic reversewindow may not detect the resist-ance and will not stop and reversedirection.

OFD037032R

4 17


D080104AUN

Power window lock button• The driver can disable the power win-

dow switches on a rear passengerdoor by depressing the power windowlock switch located on the driver’s doorto LOCK (pressed).

• When the power window lock switchis ON, the driver’s master controlcannot operate the rear passengerdoor power windows.

OFD047020R

CAUTION• To prevent possible damage to

the power window system, do notopen or close two windows ormore at the same time. This willalso ensure the longevity of thefuse.

• Never try to operate the mainswitch on the driver's door andthe individual door windowswitch in opposing directions atthe same time. If this is done, thewindow will stop and cannot beopened or closed.

WARNING - Windows• NEVER leave the ignition key in

the vehicle.• NEVER leave any child unattend-

ed in the vehicle. Even veryyoung children may inadvertentlycause the vehicle to move, entan-gle themselves in the windows,or otherwise injure themselves orothers.

• Always double check to makesure all arms, hands, head andother obstructions are safely outof the way before closing a win-dow.

• Do not allow children to play withthe power windows. Keep the dri-ver’s door power window lockswitch in the LOCK position(depressed). Serious injury canresult from unintentional windowoperation by the child.

• Do not extend any head or armsoutside through the windowopening while driving.


184

D080200AFD

Manual windows (if equipped)To raise or lower the window, turn thewindow regulator handle clockwise orcounterclockwise.

WARNINGWhen opening or closing the win-dows, make sure your passenger'sarms, hands and body are safelyout of the way.

B050A01E-R

4 19


D090100AUN-EA

Opening the bonnet 1. Pull the release lever to unlatch the

bonnet. The bonnet should pop openslightly.

2. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise thebonnet slightly, pull the secondarylatch (1) inside of the bonnet centreand lift the bonnet (2).

3.Pull the support rod from the bonnet.4.Hold the bonnet open with the support

rod.

BONNET

OFD047021R OFD047022 OFD047016

WARNING - Hot partsGrasp the support rod in the areawrapped in rubber. The rubber willhelp prevent you from being burnedby hot metal when the engine ishot.


204

D090200AUN-EA

Closing the bonnet1. Before closing the bonnet, check the

following:• All filler caps in engine compartment

must be correctly installed.• Gloves, rags or any other com-

bustible material must be removedfrom the engine compartment.

2. Return the support rod to its clip toprevent it from rattling.

3. Lower the bonnet until it is about 30cm (1 ft.) above the closed positionand let it drop. Make sure that it locksinto place.

WARNING - Bonnet• Before closing the bonnet,

ensure that all obstructions areremoved from the bonnet open-ing. Closing the bonnet with anobstruction present in the bonnetopening may result in propertydamage or severe personalinjury.

• Do not leave gloves, rags or anyother combustible material in theengine compartment. Doing somay cause a heat-induced fire.

WARNING • Always double check to be sure

that the bonnet is firmly latchedbefore driving away. If it is notlatched, the bonnet could flyopen while the vehicle is beingdriven, causing a total loss of vis-ibility, which might result in anaccident.

• The support rod must be insertedcompletely into the hole providedin the bonnet whenever youinspect the engine compartment.This will prevent the bonnet fromfalling and possibly injuring you.

• Do not move the vehicle with thebonnet in the raised position, asvision is obstructed and the bon-net could fall or be damaged.

4 21


D100100AFD

Opening the fuel filer lidThe fuel-filler lid must be opened frominside the vehicle by pulling up on thefuel-filler lid opener located on the frontfloor area on the driver’s seat.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the fuel-filler lid will not open becauseice has formed around it, tap lightly orpush on the lid to break the ice andrelease the lid. Do not pry on the lid. Ifnecessary, spray around the lid with anapproved de-icer fluid (do not use radi-ator anti-freeze) or move the vehicle to awarm place and allow the ice to melt.

1. Stop the engine.2. To open the fuel filler lid, pull the fuel

filler lid opener up.3. Pull the fuel filler lid (1) out to fully

open.4. To remove the cap (2), turn the fuel

tank cap counterclockwise.5. Refuel as needed.

D100200AUN

Closing the fuel filer lid1. To install the cap, turn it clockwise until

it “clicks”. This indicates that the cap issecurely tightened.

2. Close the fuel filler lid and push it inlightly making sure that it is securelyclosed.

FUEL FILLER LID

OHD046014R OUN026020


224

(Continued)• Do not get back into a vehicle

once you have begun refuellingsince you can generate staticelectricity by touching, rubbingor sliding against any item or fab-ric (polyester, satin, nylon, etc.)capable of producing static elec-tricity. Static electricity dischargecan ignite fuel vapours resultingin rapid burning. If you must re-enter the vehicle, you shouldonce again eliminate potentiallydangerous static electricity dis-charge by touching a metal partof the vehicle, away from the fuelfiller neck, nozzle or other petrolsource.

• When using a portable fuel con-tainer be sure to place the con-tainer on the ground prior to refu-elling. Static electricity dischargefrom the container can ignite fuelvapours causing a fire. Oncerefuelling has begun, contactwith the vehicle should be main-tained until the filling is com-plete.

(Continued)

D100300AFD-EA

WARNING - Refuellingdangers

Automotive fuels are flammablematerials. When refuelling, pleasenote the following guidelines care-fully. Failure to follow these guide-lines may result in severe personalinjury, severe burns or death by fireor explosion.• Read and follow all warnings

posted at the petrol station facili-ty.

• Before refuelling, note the loca-tion of the Emergency Fuel Shut-Off, if available, at the petrol sta-tion facility.

• Before touching the fuel nozzle,you should eliminate potentiallydangerous static electricity dis-charge by touching another metalpart of the vehicle, a safe dis-tance away from the fuel fillerneck, nozzle, or other petrolsource.

(Continued)

WARNING - Refuelling• If pressurized fuel sprays out, it

can cover your clothes or skinand thus subject you to the riskof fire and burns. Always removethe fuel cap carefully and slowly.If the cap is venting fuel or if youhear a hissing sound, wait untilthe condition stops before com-pletely removing the cap.

• Do not "top off" after the nozzleautomatically shuts off whenrefuelling.

• Always check that the fuel cap isinstalled securely to prevent fuelspillage in the event of an acci-dent.

4 23


(Continued)Use only portable plastic fuelcontainers designed to carry andstore petrol.

• Do not use mobile phones whilerefuelling. Electric current and/orelectronic interference frommobile phones can potentiallyignite fuel vapours causing a fire.

• When refuelling, always shut theengine off. Sparks produced byelectrical components related tothe engine can ignite fuelvapours causing a fire. Oncerefuelling is complete, check tomake sure the filler cap and fillerdoor are securely closed, beforestarting the engine.

• DO NOT use matches or a lighterand DO NOT SMOKE or leave a litcigarette in your vehicle while ata petrol station especially duringrefuelling. Automotive fuel ishighly flammable and can, whenignited, result in fire.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If a fire breaks out during refu-

elling, leave the vicinity of thevehicle, and immediately contactthe manager of the petrol stationand then contact the local firedepartment. Follow any safetyinstructions they provide.

CAUTION• Make sure to refuel your vehicle

according to the "Fuel require-ments" suggested in section 1.

• If the fuel filler cap requiresreplacement, use only a genuineHYUNDAI cap or the equivalentspecified for your vehicle. Anincorrect fuel filler cap can resultin a serious malfunction of thefuel system or emission controlsystem.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Do not spill fuel on the exterior

surfaces of the vehicle. Any typeof fuel spilled on painted surfacesmay damage the paint.

• After refuelling, make sure thefuel cap is installed securely toprevent fuel spillage in the eventof an accident.


244

D110000AUN

If your vehicle is equipped with this fea-ture, you can slide or tilt your sunroofwith the sunroof control buttons locatedon the overhead console.1. Slide button2. Tilt button3. Close button

The sunroof can only be opened, closed,or tilted when the ignition switch is in theON position.

✽✽ NOTICE• In cold and wet climates, sunroof may

not work properly due to freezingconditions.

• After washing the car or after there israin, be sure to wipe off any waterthat is on the sunroof before operatingit.

✽✽ NOTICEThe sunroof cannot slide when it is inthe tilt position nor can it be tilted whilein an open or slide position.

D110100AFD

Sliding the sunroof To open the sunroof (autoslide feature),press the slide button (1) on the over-head console for more than 0.5 second.The sunroof will slide to the recommend-ed open position (about 50mm before themaximum slide open position).To stop the sunroof sliding at any point,press any sunroof control button.

SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)

OFD047023

CAUTIONDo not continue to press the sun-roof control button(s) after the sun-roof is in the fully open, closed, ortilt position(s). Damage to the motoror system components could occur.

WARNING Never adjust the sunshade whiledriving. This could result in loss ofcontrol and an accident that maycause death, serious injury, orproperty damage.

OFD047024

1

3

4 25


To open the sunroof to the maximumslide open position, press the slide but-ton (1) once again and hold it until thesunroof slide all the way open.

✽✽ NOTICETo reduce wind noise while driving, werecommend you to drive at the recom-mended postion (about 50mm before themaximum slide open positon).

To close the sunroof (autoslide feature),press the close button (3) on the over-head console for more than 0.5 second.The sunroof will slide all the way close.Tostop the sunroof sliding at any point,press any sunroof control button.

D110101AUN

Automatic reversalIf an object or part of the body is detect-ed while the sunroof is closing automati-cally, it will reverse direction, and thenstop.Auto reverse function does not work if atiny obstacle is between the sliding glassand the sunroof sash. You should alwayscheck that all passengers and objectsare away from the sunroof before closingit.

D110200AUN

Tilting the sunroof To open the sunroof (autotilt feature),press the tilt button (2) on the overheadconsole for more than 0.5 second.The sunroof will tilt all the way open. Tostop the sunroof tilting at any point, pressany sunroof control button.To close the sunroof, press the close but-ton (3) on the overhead console and holdit until the sunroof is closed.

OUN026027 OFD047025

2

3


264

D110300AUN

Sunshade The sunshade will be opened with theglass panel automatically when the glasspanel is slid.You will have to close it man-ually if you want it closed.

WARNING - Sunroof• Be careful that no heads, hands

and body parts are obstructing aclosing sunroof.

• Do not extend the face, neck,arms or body outside the sunroofwhile driving.

• Make sure your hands and headare safely out of the way beforeclosing a sunroof.

CAUTION• Periodically remove any dirt that

may accumulate on the guide rail.• If you try to open the sunroof

when the temperature is belowfreezing or when the sunroof iscovered with snow or ice, theglass or the motor could be dam-aged.

• While using sunroof for a longtime, a dust between sunroof androof panel can make a noise.Open the sunroof and removeregularly the dust using cleancloth.

• The sunroof is made to slidetogether with sunshade. Do notleave the sunshade closed whilethe sunroof is open.

OUN026031

4 27


Resetting the sunroofWhenever the vehicle battery is discon-nected or discharged, or related fuse isblown, you must reset your sunroof sys-tem as follows:

1. Turn the ignition switch to the ONposition and close the sunroof com-pletely.

2. Release the control button.3. Press and hold the close button until

the sunroof tilts and slightly moves upand down. Then, release the button.

4. Press and hold the close button untilthe sunroof is operated as follows;

TILT DOWN → SLIDE OPEN →SLIDE CLOSE

Then, release the control button.

When this is complete, the sunroof sys-tem is reset.

❈ For more detailed information, contactan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTIONIf the sunroof is not reset when thevehicle battery is disconnected ordischarged, or related fuse isblown, the sunroof may operateimproperly.


284

D130200BFD-EA

Electric power steering Power steering uses a motor to assistyou in steering the vehicle. If the engineis off or if the power steering systembecomes inoperative, the vehicle maystill be steered, but it will requireincreased steering effort.The motor driven power steering is con-trolled by power steering control unitwhich sense the steering wheel torque,steering wheel position and vehiclespeed to command the motor.The steering wheel becomes heavier asthe vehicle’s speed increases andbecomes lighter as the vehicle’s speeddecreases for the better control of thesteering wheel.Should you notice any change in theeffort required to steer during normalvehicle operation, have the power steer-ing checked by an authorised HYUNDAIdealer.

✽✽ NOTICEThe following symptoms may occur dur-ing normal vehicle operation:• The EPS warning light does not illu-

minate.• The steering wheel becomes heavier

after turning the ignition switch on.This happens as the system performsthe EPS system diagnostics. When thediagnostics is completed, the steeringwheel will return to its normal condi-tion.

• A click noise may be heard from theEPS relay after the ignition switch isturned to the ON or LOCK position.

• Motor noise may be heard when thevehicle is at a stop or at a low drivingspeed.

• If the Electric Power Steering Systemdoes not operate normally, the warn-ing light will illuminate on the instru-ment cluster. The steering wheel maybecome difficult to control or operateabnormally. Take your vehicle to anauthorised HYUNDAI dealer andhave the vehicle checked as soon aspossible.

• When you operate the steering wheelin low temperature, abnormal noisecould occur. If temperature rises, thenoise will disappear. This is a normalcondition.

D130300AFD

Tilt steering A tilt steering wheel allows you to adjustthe steering wheel before you drive. Youcan also raise it to give your legs moreroom when you exit and enter the vehicle(if equipped).

The steering wheel should be positionedso that it is comfortable for you to drive,while permitting you to see the instru-ment panel warning lights and gauges.

STEERING WHEEL

4 29


To change the steering wheel angle, pulldown the lock release lever (1), adjustthe steering wheel to the desired angle(2) and height (if equipped) (3), then pullup the lock-release lever to lock thesteering wheel in place. Be sure to adjustthe steering wheel to the desired positionbefore driving.

D130500AUN

HornTo sound the horn, press the horn sym-bol on your steering wheel.Check the horn regularly to be sure itoperates properly.

✽✽ NOTICETo sound the horn, press the area indi-cated by the horn symbol on your steer-ing wheel (see illustration). The hornwill operate only when this area ispressed.

WARNING• Never adjust the angle and height

of steering wheel while driving.You may lose your steering con-trol and cause severe personalinjury or accidents.

• After adjusting, push the steeringwheel both up and down to becertain it is locked in position.

OFD047028R

CAUTIONDo not strike the horn severely tooperate it, or hit it with your fist. Donot press on the horn with a sharp-pointed object.

OFD047029

3


304

D140100AUN-EA

Inside rearview mirrorAdjust the rearview mirror to centre onthe view through the rear window. Makethis adjustment before you start driving.

D140101AUN

Day/night rearview mirror Make this adjustment before you startdriving and while the day/night lever is inthe day position.Pull the day/night lever toward you toreduce glare from the headlights of vehi-cles behind you during night driving.Remember that you lose some rearviewclarity in the night position.

D140102AUN

Electric chromic mirror (ECM)(if equipped)The electric rearview mirror automatical-ly controls the glare from the headlightsof the car behind you in nighttime or lowlight driving conditions. The sensormounted in the mirror senses the lightlevel around the vehicle, and automati-cally controls the headlight glare fromvehicles behind you.When the engine is running, the glare isautomatically controlled by the sensormounted in the rearview mirror.Whenever the shift lever is shifted intoreverse (R), the mirror will automaticallygo to the brightest setting in order toimprove the drivers view behind the vehi-cle.

MIRRORS

WARNING - Rear visibilityDo not place objects in the rearseat or cargo area which wouldinterfere with your vision out therear window.

OFD047030

CAUTIONWhen cleaning the mirror, use apaper towel or similar materialdampened with glass cleaner. Donot spray glass cleaner directly onthe mirror as that may cause the liq-uid cleaner to enter the mirror hous-ing.

4 31


To operate the electric rearview mirror

• Press the ON/OFF button (1) to turnthe automatic dimming function on.The mirror indicator light will illuminate.Press the ON/OFF button to turn theautomatic dimming function off. Themirror indicator light will turn off.

• The mirror defaults to the ON positionwhenever the ignition switch is turnedon.

D140200AUN

Outside rearview mirror Be sure to adjust mirror angles beforedriving.Your vehicle is equipped with both left-hand and right-hand outside rearviewmirrors. The mirrors can be adjustedremotely with the remote switch. The mir-ror heads can be folded back to preventdamage during an automatic car wash orwhen passing in a narrow street.

WARNING - Rearview mir-rors

• The right outside rearview mirroris convex. In some countries, theleft outside rearview mirror isalso convex. Objects seen in themirror are closer than theyappear.

• Use your interior rearview mirroror direct observation to deter-mine the actual distance of fol-lowing vehicles when changinglanes.

CAUTIONDo not scrape ice off the mirrorface; this may damage the surfaceof the glass. If ice should restrictmovement of the mirror, do notforce the mirror for adjustment. Toremove ice, use a deicer spray, or asponge or soft cloth with very warmwater.

OFD047031


324

D140201AFD-EA

Remote controlManual type

The outside rearview mirrors areequipped with a remote control for yourconvenience. It is operated by the controllever in the bottom front corner of thewindow.Before driving away, always check thatyour mirrors are positioned so you cansee behind you, both to the left and rightsides, as well as directly behind yourvehicle. When using the mirror, alwaysexercise caution when attempting tojudge the distance of vehicles behind oralong side of you.

Electric type (if equipped)

The electric remote control mirror switchallows you to adjust the position of theleft and right outside rearview mirrors. Toadjust the position of either mirror, movethe lever (1) to R or L to select the rightside mirror or the left side mirror, thenpress a corresponding point on the mirroradjustment control to position the select-ed mirror up, down, left or right.After adjustment, put the lever into neu-tral position to prevent the inadvertentadjustment.

CAUTIONIf the mirror is jammed with ice, donot adjust the mirror by force. Usean approved spray de-icer (not radi-ator antifreeze) to release thefrozen mechanism or move thevehicle to a warm place and allowthe ice to melt.

WARNING Do not adjust or fold the outsiderearview mirrors while the vehicleis moving. This could result in lossof control, and an accident whichcould cause death, serious injuryor property damage.

OFD047032RB510A01ER

4 33


D140202AFD

Folding the outside rearview mirrorManual type

To fold outside rearview mirror, grasp thehousing of mirror and then fold it towardthe rear of the vehicle.

Electric type (if equipped)

To fold the outside rearview mirror,depress the button.To unfold it, depress the button again.

CAUTION• The mirrors stop moving when

they reach the maximum adjust-ing angles, but the motor contin-ues to operate while the switch isdepressed. Do not depress theswitch longer than necessary, themotor may be damaged.

• Do not attempt to adjust the out-side rearview mirror by hand.Doing so may damage the inter-nal mirror mechanism. B510E01ER OFD047033R

CAUTIONIn case of the electric type of out-side rearview mirror, don’t fold it byhand. It could cause the failure ofthe motor.


344

D150000AFD

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

1. Tachometer 2. Engine temperature gauge3. Fuel gauge4. Speedometer5. Turn signal indicators6. Warning and indicator lights (if equipped)7. Odometer/Trip computer (if equipped)

OFD049034EA

* The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

For more details refer to the "Gauges" in the next pages.

4 35


D150100AFD

Instrument panel illumination (if equipped)When the vehicle’s parking lights orheadlights are on, rotate the illuminationcontrol knob to adjust the brightness ofthe instrument panel illumination.The instrument cluster illumination intensitycan be adjusted by rotating the control knobwith the headlight switch in any positionwhen the ignition switch is in ON position.

GaugesD150201AUN-EA

Speedometer The speedometer indicates the forwardspeed of the vehicle.The speedometer is calibrated in kilome-ters per hour.

D150202AFD

Tachometer The tachometer indicates the approxi-mate number of engine revolutions perminute (rpm).Use the tachometer to select the correctshift points and to prevent lugging and/orover-revving the engine.The tachometer pointer may move slight-ly when the ignition switch is in ACC orON position with the engine OFF. Thismovement is normal and will not affectthe accuracy of the tachometer once theengine is running.

OFD047035R OFD047036 OFD047039/OFD047040

Petrol Diesel

CAUTIONDo not operate the engine withinthe tachometer's RED ZONE. Thismay cause severe engine damage.


364

D150203AFD

Engine temperature gauge This gauge shows the temperature of theengine coolant when the ignition switchis ON.Do not continue driving with an overheat-ed engine. If your vehicle overheats, referto “If the engine overheats” in section 6.

D150204AFD

Fuel gaugeThe fuel gauge indicates the approxi-mate amount of fuel remaining in the fueltank. The fuel tank capacity is given insection 9. The fuel gauge is supplement-ed by a low fuel warning light, which willilluminate when the fuel tank is nearlyempty.On inclines or curves, the fuel gaugepointer may fluctuate or the low fuelwarning light may come on earlier thanusual due to the movement of fuel in thetank.

OFD047041R

CAUTIONIf the gauge pointer moves beyondthe normal range area toward the“H” or “130°C” position, it indicatesoverheating that may damage theengine.

WARNINGNever remove the radiator capwhen the engine is hot. The enginecoolant is under pressure andcould cause severe burns. Waituntil the engine is cool beforeadding coolant to the reservoir.

Type A Type B

OFD047042

Type A Type B

4 37


D150205AFD

Odometer/Tripmeter (if equipped)Odometer (km or MI)

The odometer indicates the total dis-tance the vehicle has been driven.You will also find the odometer useful todetermine when periodic maintenanceshould be performed.

✽✽ NOTICEIt is forbidden that alteration of theodometer of any vehicle with the intentto change the mileage registered on theodometer. The alteration may void yourwarranty coverage.

Tripmeter (km or MI)

The tripmeter indicates the distance ofindividual trip selected by the driver.Tripmeter can be reset to 0 by pressingthe TRIP button for 1 second or more,and then releasing.

WARNING - Fuel gaugeRunning out of fuel can exposevehicle occupants to danger.You must stop and obtain addition-al fuel as soon as possible after thewarning light comes on or when thegauge indicator comes close to theE or “0” level.

OFD047043 OFD047049CAUTIONAvoid driving with a very low fuellevel. If you run out of fuel, it couldcause the engine to misfire andresult in excessive loading of thecatalytic converter.


384

D150206AFD-EA

Trip computer (if equipped)The trip computer is a microcomputer-controlled driver information system thatdisplays information related to driving,including distance to empty, tripmeter,average fuel consumption and averagespeed on the display when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position. All storeddriving information (except odometer) isreset if the battery is disconnected. Theodometer is always displayed until thedisplay is turned off.

Push the TRIP button for less than 1 sec-ond to select distance to empty, averagefuel consumption, average speed or trip-meter function as follows :

Distance to empty (km or MI)

This mode indicates the estimated dis-tance to empty based on the current fuelin the fuel tank and the amount of fueldelivered to the engine. When theremaining distance is below 50 km (30miles), “---” will be displayed and the dis-tance to empty indicator will blink.The meter’s working range is from 50 to999 km (30 to 999 miles).

OFD047045

Average fuel consumption

Average speed

Tripmeter

Distance to empty

OFD047046

4 39


✽✽ NOTICE• If the vehicle is not on level ground or

the battery power has been interrupt-ed, the “Distance to empty” functionmay not operate correctly.The trip computer may not registeradditional fuel if less than 6 litres (1.6gallons) of fuel are added to the vehi-cle.

• The fuel consumption and distance toempty values may vary significantlybased on driving conditions, drivinghabits, and condition of the vehicle.

• The distance to empty value is an esti-mate of the available driving distance.This value may differ from the actualdriving distance available.

Average fuel consumption (l/100 km or MPG)

This mode calculates the average fuelconsumption from the total fuel used andthe distance since the last average con-sumption reset. The total fuel used is cal-culated from the fuel consumption input.For an accurate calculation, drive morethan 50 m (0.03 mile).The meter's working range is from 0.1 to99.9 l/100 km (0.1 to 99.9 miles per gal-lon).Pressing the TRIP button for more than 1second, when the average fuel consump-tion is being displayed, clears the aver-age fuel consumption to zero (---).

Average speed (km/h or MPH)

This mode calculates the average speedof the vehicle since the last averagespeed reset.Even if the vehicle is not in motion, theaverage speed keeps going while theengine is running.The meter's working range is from 0 to240 km/h (0 to 150 mph).Pressing the TRIP button for more than 1second, when the average speed isbeing displayed, clears the averagespeed to zero (---).

OFD047047 OFD047048

Averagespeed

Odometer


404

Tripmeter (km or MI)

This mode indicates the distance of indi-vidual trip since the last tripmeter reset.The meter's working range is from 0.0 to999.9 km (miles).Pressing the TRIP button for more than 1second when the tripmeter is being dis-played clears the tripmeter to zero (0.0).

D150300AFD-EA

Warnings and indicatorsAll warning lights are checked by turningthe ignition switch ON (do not start theengine). Any light that does not illuminateshould be checked by an authorisedHYUNDAI dealer.After starting the engine, check to makesure that all warning lights are off. If anyare still on, this indicates a situation thatneeds attention. When releasing thehand brake, the brake system warninglight should go off. The fuel warning lightwill stay on if the fuel level is low.

D150302AFD-EA

Air bag warning light (if equipped)

This warning light will illuminate forapproximately 6 seconds each time youturn the ignition switch to the ON posi-tion.This light also comes on when the SRSis not working properly. If the AIRBAGwarning light does not come on, or con-tinuously remains on after operating forabout 6 seconds when you turned theignition switch to the ON position or start-ed the engine, or if it comes on whiledriving, have the SRS inspected by anauthorised HYUNDAI dealer.

OFD047049

Tripmeter

Odometer

4 41


D150303AFD-EA

Anti-lock brake system(ABS) warning light (if equipped)This light illuminates if the ignition switchis turned to ON and goes off in approxi-mately 3 seconds if the system is operat-ing normally.If the ABS warning light remains on,comes on while driving, or does notcome on when the ignition switch isturned to the ON position, this indicatesthat there may be a problem with theABS.If this occurs, have your vehicle checkedby an authorised HYUNDAI dealer assoon as possible. The normal brakingsystem will still be operational, but with-out the assistance of the anti-lock brakesystem.

Electronic brake force distri-bution (EBD) system warninglight

If these two warning lights illuminate atthe same time while driving, your vehiclemay have a malfunction with ABS andEBD system.In this case, your ABS and regular brakesystem may not work normally. Have thevehicle checked by an authorisedHYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

D150304AFD-EA

Seat belt warning

As a reminder to the driver and front pas-senger, the driver’s and front passenger’sseat belt warning lights will illuminate forapproximately 6 seconds each time youturn the ignition switch ON, regardless ofbelt fastening.If the driver’s or front passenger’s seatbelt is not fastened when the ignitionswitch is turned ON or if it is disconnect-ed after the ignition switch is turn ON, thecorresponding seat belt warning light willilluminate or blink until the belt is fas-tened.If the driver's or front passenger’s seatbelt is not fastened when the ignitionswitch is turned ON and you drive over20 km/h, the seat belt warning chime willsound for approximately 100 seconds.If the driver's or front passenger’s seatbelt is disconnected after the ignitionswitch is turn ON and you drive over 20km/h, the seat belt warning chime willsound for approximately 100 seconds.After 100 seconds, if the seat belt is con-nected and disconnected again, the seatbelt warning chime will sound again.

WARNINGIf the both ABS and Brake warninglights are on and stay on, your vehi-cle’s brake system will not worknormally. So you may experiencean unexpected and dangerous situ-ation during sudden braking. In thiscase, avoid high speed driving andabrupt braking. Have your vehiclechecked by an authorisedHYUNDAI dealer as soon as possi-ble.


424

D150305AFD

Turn signal indicator lights

The blinking green arrows on the instru-ment panel show the direction indicatedby the turn signals. If the arrow comes onbut does not blink, blinks more rapidlythan normal, or does not illuminate at all,a malfunction in the turn signal system isindicated. Your dealer should be consult-ed for repairs.This indicator also blinks when the haz-ard warning switch is turned on.

D150306AUN

High beam indicator

This indicator illuminates when the head-lights are on and in the high beam posi-tion or when the turn signal lever is pulledinto the Flash-to-Pass position.

D150307AFD-EA

Engine oil pressure warning

This warning light indicatesthe engine oil pressure is low.If the warning light illuminates while driv-ing:1. Drive safely to the side of the road and

stop.2. With the engine off, check the engine

oil level. If the level is low, add oil asrequired.

If the warning light remains on afteradding oil or if oil is not available, call anauthorised HYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTIONIf the engine is not stopped imme-diately after the engine oil pressurewarning light is illuminated, severedamage could result.

CAUTIONIf the oil pressure warning lightstays on while the engine is run-ning, serious engine damage mayresult. The oil pressure warninglight comes on whenever there isinsufficient oil pressure. In normaloperation, it should come on whenthe ignition switch is turned on,then go out when the engine isstarted. If the oil pressure warninglight stays on while the engine isrunning, there is a serious malfunc-tion.If this happens, stop the car assoon as it is safe to do so, turn offthe engine and check the oil level. Ifthe oil level is low, fill the engine oilto the proper level and start theengine again. If the light stays onwith the engine running, turn theengine off immediately. In anyinstance where the oil light stays onwhen the engine is running, theengine should be checked by anauthorised HYUNDAI dealer beforethe car is driven again.

4 43


D150308AFD-EA

Hand brake & brake fluidwarning

Hand brake warning

This light is illuminated when the handbrake is applied with the ignition switch inthe START or ON position. The warninglight should go off when the hand brakeis released.

Low brake fluid level warning

If the warning light remains on, it mayindicate that the brake fluid level in thereservoir is low.If the warning light remains on:1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe

location and stop your vehicle.2. With the engine stopped, check the

brake fluid level immediately and addfluid as required. Then check all brakecomponents for fluid leaks.

3. Do not drive the vehicle if leaks arefound, the warning light remains on orthe brakes do not operate properly.Have it towed to any authorisedHYUNDAI dealer for a brake systeminspection and necessary repairs.

Your vehicle is equipped with dual-diago-nal braking systems. This means you stillhave braking on two wheels even if oneof the dual systems should fail. With onlyone of the dual systems working, morethan normal pedal travel and greaterpedal pressure are required to stop thecar. Also, the car will not stop in as shorta distance with only a portion of thebrake system working. If the brakes failwhile you are driving, shift to a lower gearfor additional engine braking and stop thecar as soon as it is safe to do so.To check bulb operation, check whetherthe hand brake and brake fluid warninglight illuminates when the ignition switchis in the ON position.

D150309AUN

Front fog light indicator (if equipped)

This light comes on when the front foglights are ON.

D150310AFD

Rear fog light Indicator (if equipped)

This light comes on when the rear foglights are ON.

D150312AUN

Shift pattern indicators(if equipped)

The indicator displays which automatictransaxle shift position is selected.

WARNING Driving the vehicle with a warninglight on is dangerous. If the brakewarning light remains on, have thebrakes checked and repaired imme-diately by an authorised HYUNDAIdealer.


444

D150313AFD-EA

Charging system warning

This warning light indicates a malfunctionof either the generator or electricalcharging system.If the warning light comes on while thevehicle is in motion:1. Drive to the nearest safe location.2. With the engine off, check the genera-

tor drive belt for looseness or break-age.

3. If the belt is adjusted properly, a prob-lem exists somewhere in the electricalcharging system. Have an authorisedHYUNDAI dealer correct the problemas soon as possible.

D150315AUN

Tailgate open warning light

This warning light blinks when the tail-gate is not closed securely with the igni-tion in any position.

D150316AUN

Door ajar warning light

This warning light illuminates when adoor is not closed securely with the igni-tion in any position.

D150317AFD-EA

Immobiliser indicator (if equipped)

This light illuminates when the immobilis-er key is inserted and turned to the ONposition to start the engine.At this time, you can start the engine.Thelight goes out after the engine is running.If this light blinks when the ignition switchis in the ON position before starting theengine, have the system checked by anauthorised HYUNDAI dealer.

D150318AFD

Low fuel level warning

This warning light indicates the fuel tankis nearly empty. When it comes on, youshould add fuel as soon as possible.Driving with the fuel level warning light onor with the fuel level below “E” (or 0) cancause the engine to misfire and damagethe catalytic converter.

D150319AUN

Low washer fluid levelwarning indicator (if equipped)This warning light indicates the washerfluid reservoir is near empty. Refill thewasher fluid as soon as possible.

D150320AFD-EA

Malfunction indicator lamp(MIL) (check engine light)

This indicator light is part of the EngineControl System which monitors variousemission control system components. Ifthis light illuminates while driving, it indi-cates that a potential problem has beendetected somewhere in the emissioncontrol system.This light will also illuminate when theignition switch is turned to the ON posi-tion, and will go out in a few secondsafter the engine is started. If it illuminateswhile driving, or does not illuminate whenthe ignition key is turned to the ON posi-tion, take your vehicle to your nearestauthorised HYUNDAI dealer and havethe system checked.Generally, your vehicle will continue to bedrivable, but have the system checked byan authorised HYUNDAI dealer promptly.

4 45


D150323AUN-EE

ESP indicator (ElectronicStability Program) (if equipped)The ESP indicator will illuminate whenthe ignition switch is turned ON, butshould go off after approximately 3 sec-onds.When the ESP is on, it monitors thedriving conditions and under normal driv-ing conditions, the ESP light will remainoff. When a slippery or low traction con-dition is encountered, the ESP will oper-ate, and the ESP indicator will blink toindicate the ESP is operating.

CAUTION• Prolonged driving with the

Emission Control SystemMalfunction Indicator Light illumi-nated may cause damage to theemission control systems whichcould effect drivability and/or fueleconomy.

• If the Emission Control SystemMalfunction Indicator Light illumi-nates, potential catalytic converterdamage is possible. This couldresult in loss of engine power.Have the Engine Control Systeminspected as soon as possible byan authorised HYUNDAI dealer.

ESPCAUTION - Diesel engine(if equipped with DPF)

When the malfunction indicatorlight is blinks, it may stop blinkingafter driving the vehicle at morethan 60km/h (37 mph) or at morethan second gear with 1500 ~ 2000engine rpm for a certain time (forabout 25 minutes).If the malfunction indicator lightcontinues to be blinked in spite ofthe procedure, please visit anauthorised HYUNDAI dealer andthen check the DPF system.If you continue to drive with themalfunction indicator light blinkingfor a long time, the DPF system canbe damaged and fuel consumptioncan be worsen.


464

D150324AFD-EA

ESP OFF indicator (if equipped)

The ESP OFF indicator will illuminatewhen the ignition switch is turned ON,but should go off after approximately 3seconds. To switch to ESP OFF mode,press the ESP OFF button. The ESPOFF indicator will illuminate indicatingthe ESP is deactivated. If this indicatorstays on when ESP OFF is not selected,the ESP may have a malfunction. Takeyour car to an authorised HYUNDAI deal-er and have the system checked.

✽✽ NOTICEAfter reconnecting or recharging a dis-charged battery, the ESP OFF indicatormay illuminate. In this case, turn thesteering wheel 360 degrees to the leftand 360 degrees to the right while theignition switch is in the ON position.Then, restart the engine after the igni-tion is off. If the ESP OFF indicator doesnot turn off, have the system checked byan authorised HYUNDAI dealer as soonas possible.

D150325AFD

Cruise indicator (if equipped)CRUISE indicator

The indicator light illuminates when thecruise control system is enabled.The cruise indicator light in the instru-ment cluster is illuminated when thecruise control ON/OFF button on thesteering wheel is pushed.The indicator light turns off when thecruise control ON/OFF button is pushedagain. For more Information about theuse of cruise control, refer to section 5,“Cruise control system”.

Cruise SET indicator

The indicator light illuminates when thecruise function switch (COAST/SET orRES/ACCEL) is ON.The cruise SET indicator light in theinstrument cluster is illuminated whenthe cruise control switch (COAST/SET orRES/ACCEL) is pushed. The cruise SETindicator light does not illuminate whenthe cruise control switch (CANCEL) ispushed or the system is disengaged.

D150327AUN

Key reminder warning chime (if equipped)If the driver’s door is opened while theignition key is left in the ignition switch(ACC or LOCK position), the keyreminder warning chime will sound. Thisis to prevent you from locking your keysin the vehicle. The chime sounds until thekey is removed from the ignition switch orthe driver’s door is closed.

SET

CRUISE

ESPOFF

4 47


D150328AFD-EA

Glow indicator (Diesel engine)

The indicator light illuminates when theignition switch is placed at the ON posi-tion. The engine can be started after thepreheat indicator light goes off. The illu-minating time varies with the water tem-perature, air temperature and batterycondition.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the engine was not started within 10seconds after the preheating is complet-ed, turn the ignition key once more tothe LOCK position during 10 seconds,and then to the ON position, in order topreheat again.

D150329AFD-EA

Fuel filter warning light(Diesel engine)

This warning light illuminates for 3 sec-onds after the ignition switch is set to theON position and then it will go out. If itlights up while the engine is running, itindicates that water has accumulatedinside the fuel filter. If this happens,remove the water from the fuel filter. Formore Information, refer to section 7,“Fuel filter”.

D150334AFD-EA

Electric power steering(EPS) system warning light

This indicator light comes on after theignition key is turned to the ON positionand then it will go out after the engine isstarted.This light also comes on when the EPShas some troubles. If it comes on whiledriving, have your vehicle inspected byan authorised HYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTIONWhen the fuel filter warning light isilluminated, engine power (vehiclespeed & idle speed) may decrease.If you keep driving with the warninglight on, you can damage your vehi-cle's engine parts and injection sys-tem of the Common Rail. If thisoccurs, have your vehicle checkedby an authorised HYUNDAI dealeras soon as possible.

EPS

CAUTIONIf the preheat indicator light contin-ues to illuminate or flash on and offafter the engine has warmed up orwhile driving, check the system byan authorised HYUNDAI dealer assoon as possible.


484

D170000AEN

The rear parking assist system assiststhe driver during backward movement ofthe vehicle by chiming if any object issensed within a distance of 120 cm (47in.) behind the vehicle. This system is asupplemental system and it is not intend-ed to nor does it replace the need forextreme care and attention of the driver.The sensing range and objectsdetectable by the back sensors are limit-ed. Whenever backing-up, pay as muchattention to what is behind you as youwould in a vehicle without a rear parkingassist system.

Operation of the rear parkingassist systemD170101AEN

Operating condition• This system will activate when backing

up with the ignition switch ON.If the vehicle is moving at a speed over5 km/h (3 mph), the system may not beactivated correctly.

• The sensing distance while the rearparking assist system is in operation isapproximately 120 cm (47 in.).

• When more than two objects aresensed at the same time, the closestone will be recognized first.

D170102AEN

Types of warning sound• When an object is 120 cm to 81 cm (47

in. to 32 in.) from the rear bumper:Buzzer beeps intermittently.

• When an object is 80 cm to 41 cm (31in. to 16 in.) from the rear bumper:Buzzer beeps more frequently.

• When an object is within 40 cm (15 in.)of the rear bumper:Buzzer sounds continuously.

D170200AEN

Non-operational conditions ofrear parking assist systemThe rear parking assist system maynot operate properly when:1. Moisture is frozen to the sensor. (It will

operate normally when the moisturehas been cleared.)

2. The sensor is covered with foreignmatter, such as snow or water, or thesensor cover is blocked. (It will operatenormally when the material is removedor the sensor is no longer blocked.)

3. Driving on uneven road surfaces(unpaved roads, gravel, bumps, gradi-ent).

4. Objects generating excessive noise(vehicle horns, loud motorcycleengines, or truck air brakes) are withinrange of the sensor.

REAR PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

OFD047050

WARNINGThe rear parking assist system is asupplementary function only. Theoperation of the rear parking assistsystem can be affected by severalfactors (including environmentalconditions). It is the responsibilityof the driver to always check thearea behind the vehicle before andwhile backing up.

Sensors

4 49


WARNINGPay close attention when the vehi-cle is driven close to objects on theroad, particularly pedestrians, andespecially children. Be aware thatsome objects may not be detectedby the sensors, due to the object’sdistance, size or material, all ofwhich can limit the effectiveness ofthe sensor. Always perform a visu-al inspection to make sure the vehi-cle is clear of all obstructionsbefore moving the vehicle in anydirection.

5. Heavy rain or water spray exists.6. Wireless transmitters or mobile phones

are within range of the sensor.7. The sensor is covered with snow.8. Trailer towing

The detecting range may decreasewhen:1. The sensor is stained with foreign mat-

ter such as snow or water. (The sens-ing range will return to normal whenremoved.)

2. Outside air temperature is extremelyhot or cold.

The following objects may not be rec-ognized by the sensor:1. Sharp or slim objects such as ropes,

chains or small poles.2. Objects which tend to absorb the sen-

sor frequency such as clothes, spongymaterial or snow.

3. Undetectable objects smaller than 1 m(40 in.) in height and narrower than 14cm (6 in.) in diameter.

D170300AEN

Rear parking assist system pre-cautions• The rear parking assist system may

not sound sequentially depending onthe speed and shapes of the objectsdetected.

• The rear parking assist system maymalfunction if the vehicle bumperheight or sensor installation has beenmodified or damaged. Any non-factoryinstalled equipment or accessoriesmay also interfere with the sensor per-formance.

• The sensor may not recognize objectsless than 40 cm (15 in.) from the sen-sor, or it may sense an incorrect dis-tance. Use caution.

• When the sensor is frozen or stainedwith snow, dirt, or water, the sensormay be inoperative until the stains areremoved using a soft cloth.

• Do not push, scratch or strike the sen-sor. Sensor damage could occur.

✽✽ NOTICEThis system can only sense objects with-in the range and location of the sensors;It can not detect objects in other areaswhere sensors are not installed. Also,small or slim objects, such as poles orobjects located between sensors may notbe detected by the sensors.Always visually check behind the vehi-cle when backing up.Be sure to inform any drivers of thevehicle that may be unfamiliar with thesystem regarding the systems capabili-ties and limitations.


504

D170400AFD-EA

Self-diagnosisIf you don’t hear an audible warningsound or if the buzzer sounds intermit-tently when shifting the gear to the R(Reverse) position, this may indicate amalfunction in the rear parking assist sys-tem. If this occurs, have your vehiclechecked by an authorised HYUNDAIdealer as soon as possible.

D180000AUN

The hazard warning flasher should beused whenever you find it necessary tostop the car in a hazardous location.When you must make such an emer-gency stop, always pull off the road as faras possible.

The hazard warning lights are turned onby pushing in the hazard switch. Thiscauses all turn signal lights to blink. Thehazard warning lights will operate eventhough the key is not in the ignitionswitch.To turn the hazard warning lights off,push the switch a second time.

WARNINGYour new vehicle warranty does notcover any accidents or damage tothe vehicle or injuries to its occu-pants due to a rear parking assistsystem malfunction. Always drivesafely and cautiously.

HAZARD WARNING FLASHER

OFD067001R

OFD067002

Type A

Type B

4 51


D190100AUN-EA

Battery saver function • The purpose of this feature is to pre-

vent the battery from being accidental-ly discharged. The system automatical-ly turns off the parking lights when thedriver removes the ignition key andopens the driver’s door.

• If required, to keep the parking lightson when the ignition key is removed,perform the following :1) Open the driver’s door.2) Turn the parking lights OFF and ON

again using the light switch on thesteering column.

Headlight escort function (if equipped)If you turn the ignition switch to the ACCor LOCK position with the headlights ON,the headlights remain on for about 20minutes. However, if the driver's door isopened and closed, the headlights areturned off after 30 seconds.The headlights can be turned off bypressing the lock button on the transmit-ter twice or turning the light switch to theOFF position.For deactivation or activation of this fea-ture, contact an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

Headlight welcome function (if equipped)If you press the door unlock button on thetransmitter when the light switch is in theheadlight or AUTO (in the dark outside)position and all doors (and tailgate) areclosed, the headlight will come on forabout 15 seconds. At this time, if youpress the door lock or unlock button onthe transmitter, the headlights will turn offimmediately. D190400AUN

Lighting controlThe light switch has a Headlight and aParking light position. To operate thelights, turn the knob at the end of the con-trol lever to one of the following positions:(1) OFF position(2) Parking light position(3) Headlight position(4) Auto light position (if equipped)

LIGHTING

OFD048051R

OFD049051R

Type B

Type ACAUTION

If the driver gets out of the vehiclethrough other doors (except driver'sdoor), the battery saver functiondoes not operate and the headlightescort function does not turn offautomatically. Therefore, it causesthe battery to be discharged. In thiscase, make sure to turn off the lampbefore getting out of the vehicle.


524

D190401AUN

Parking light position ( )When the light switch is in the parkinglight position (1st position), the tail, posi-tion, license and instrument panel lightsare ON.

D190402AUN

Headlight position ( or ) When the light switch is in the headlightposition (2nd position) the head, tail,position, license and instrument panellights are ON.

✽✽ NOTICEThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition to turn on the headlights.

D190403AUN

Auto light position (if equipped)When the light switch is in the AUTO lightposition, the taillights and headlights willbe turned ON or OFF automaticallydepending on the amount of light outsidethe vehicle.

OFD048053R

OFD049053R

Type B

Type A

OFD048054R

OFD049054R

Type B

Type A

OFD048052R

OFD049052R

Type B

Type A

4 53


D190500AUN

High - beam operation To turn on the high beam headlights,push the lever away from you. Pull it backfor low beams. The high-beam indicatorwill light when the headlight high beamsare switched on. To prevent the batteryfrom being discharged, do not leave thelights on for a prolonged time while theengine is not running.

Flashing headlights To flash the headlights, pull the levertowards you. It will return to the normal(low-beam) position when released. Theheadlight switch does not need to be onto use this flashing feature.

OFD048055R

OFD049055R

Type B

Type A

OFD048056R

OFD049056R

Type B

Type ACAUTION

• Never place anything over sensor(1) located on the instrumentpanel, this will ensure better auto-light system control.

• Don’t clean the sensor using awindow cleaner, the cleaner mayleave a light film which couldinterfere with sensor operation.

• If your vehicle has window tint orother types of metallic coating onthe front windshield, the Autolight system may not work prop-erly.


544

D190600AUN

Turn signals and lane change sig-nalsThe ignition switch must be on for theturn signals to function. To turn on theturn signals, move the lever up or down(A). Green arrow indicators on the instru-ment panel indicate which turn signal isoperating.

They will self-cancel after a turn is com-pleted. If the indicator continues to flashafter a turn, manually return the lever tothe OFF position.To signal a lane change, move the turnsignal lever slightly and hold it in position(B). The lever will return to the OFF posi-tion when released.If an indicator stays on and does notflash or if it flashes abnormally, one of theturn signal bulbs may be burned out andwill require replacement.

One-touch triple turn signal (if equipped)To activate an one-touch triple turn signalmove the turn signal lever slightly andthen release it. The lane change signalswill blink 3 times.

✽✽ NOTICEIf an indicator flash is abnormally quickor slow, bulb may be burned out or havea poor electrical connection in the cir-cuit.

D190700AFD

Front fog light (if equipped) Fog lights are used to provide improvedvisibility and avoid accidents when visibil-ity is poor due to fog, rain or snow etc.The fog lights will turn on when fog lightswitch (1) is turned to on position (2) afterthe parklight is turned on.To turn off the fog lights, turn the switchto on position (2) again.

OFD048058R

OFD049058R

Type B

Type A

OFD048057R

OFD049057R

Type B

Type A

4 55


D190800AFD

Rear fog light (if equipped) To turn the rear fog lights on, turn theheadlight switch to the headlight on posi-tion and turn the rear fog light switch tothe on position (3).

The rear fog lights turn on when the rearfog light switch is turned on after the frontfog light switch is turned on and theheadlight switch to the parklight position.To turn the rear fog lights off, turn the rearfog light switch to the on position again orturn the headlight switch off.

OFD048059R

OFD049059R

Type B

Type ACAUTION

When in operation, the fog lightsconsume large amounts of vehicleelectrical power. Only use the foglights when visibility is poor.


564

A : Wiper speed control· MIST – Single wipe· OFF – Off· INT / AUTO – Intermittent wipe/

Auto control wipe*· LO – Normal wiper speed· HI – Fast wiper speed

B : Intermittent or Auto control wipetime adjustment

C : Wash with brief wipes

D : Rear wiper/washer control· – Spraying washer fluid· ON – Normal wipe operation· OFF – Off· – Wash with brief wipes

*: if equipped

WIPERS AND WASHERS

OFD047900R/OFD049900R/OFD0489001R/OFD0499001R

Windshield wiper/washer Rear window wiper/washer (if equipped)

Type B

Type A

Type B

Type A

4 57


D200100AFD

Windshield wipers Operates as follows when the ignitionswitch is turned ON.

MIST : For a single wiping cycle, pushthe lever upward and release itwith the lever in the OFF posi-tion. The wipers will operatecontinuously if the lever ispushed upward and held.

OFF : Wiper is not in operation.INT / AUTO* : Wiper operates intermit-

tently at the same wipingintervals. Use this mode ina light rain or mist. To varythe speed setting, turn thespeed control knob(1).

LO : Normal wiper speedHI : Fast wiper speed

✽✽ NOTICEIf there is heavy accumulation of snowor ice on the windshield, defrost thewindshield for about 10 minutes, oruntil the snow and/or ice is removedbefore using the windshield wipers toensure proper operation. D200101AEN

Auto control (if equipped)The rain sensor located on the upper endof the windshield glass senses theamount of rainfall and controls the wipingcycle for the proper interval. The more itrains, the faster the wiper operates.When the rain stops, the wiper stops. Tovary the speed setting, turn the speedcontrol knob (1).

OFD048904R

OFD049904R

Type B

Type A

OFD047901R-1

OFD049901R-1

Type B

Type A


584

If the ignition switch is turned ON whenthe wiper switch is set in AUTO mode, orthe wiper switch is set in AUTO modewhen the ignition switch is ON, or thespeed control knob is turned upwardwhen the wiper switch is in AUTO mode,the wiper will operate once to perform aself-check of the system. Set the wiper to0 position when the wiper is not in use.

D200200AUN-EA

Windshield washers In the OFF position, pull the lever gentlytoward you to spray washer fluid on thewindshield and to run the wipers 1-3cycles.Use this function when the windshield isdirty.

CAUTIONWhen the ignition switch is ON andthe windshield wiper switch isplaced in the AUTO mode, use cau-tion in the following situations toavoid any injury to the hands orother parts of the body:• Do not touch the upper end of the

windshield glass facing the rainsensor.

• Do not wipe the upper end of thewindshield glass with a damp orwet cloth.

• Do not put pressure on the wind-shield glass.

CAUTIONWhen washing the vehicle, set thewiper switch in the OFF position tostop the auto wiper operation.The wiper may operate and be dam-aged if the switch is set in the AUTOmode while washing the vehicle.Do not remove the sensor coverlocated on the upper end of the pas-senger side windshield glass.Damage to system parts couldoccur and may not be covered byyour vehicle warranty.When starting the vehicle in winter,set the wiper switch in the OFFposition. Otherwise, wipers mayoperate and ice may damage thewindshield wiper blades. Alwaysremove all snow and ice and defrostthe windshield properly prior tooperating the windshield wipers.

OFD048902R

OFD049902R

Type B

Type A

4 59


The spray and wiper operation will con-tinue until you release the lever.If the washer does not work, check thewasher fluid level. If the fluid level is notsufficient, you will need to add appropri-ate non-abrasive windshield washer fluidto the washer reservoir.The reservoir filler neck is located in thefront of the engine compartment on thedriver side.

D200300AFD

Rear window wiper and washerswitch (if equipped)The rear window wiper and washerswitch is located at the end of the wiperand washer switch lever. Turn the switchto desired position to operate the rearwiper and washer.

- Spraying washer fluid and wipingON - Normal wiper operationOFF - Wiper is not in operation

- Spraying washer fluid and wiping

CAUTIONTo prevent possible damage to thewasher pump, do not operate thewasher when the fluid reservoir isempty.

WARNINGDo not use the washer in freezingtemperatures without first warmingthe windshield with the defrosters;the washer solution could freeze oncontact with the windshield andobscure your vision.

CAUTION• To prevent possible damage to

the wipers or windshield, do notoperate the wipers when thewindshield is dry.

• To prevent damage to the wiperblades, do not use petrol,kerosene, paint thinner, or othersolvents on or near them.

• To prevent damage to the wiperarms and other components, donot attempt to move the wipersmanually.

OFD048903R

OFD049903R

Type B

Type A


604

D210000AUN

D210100AFD

Map lamp (if equipped)Push in the map lamp lens (1) to turn thelight on or off. This light produces a spotbeam for convenient use as a map lampat night or as a personal lamp for thedriver and the passenger.

• DOOR (2) :In the DOOR position, the light comes onwhen any door is opened regardless ofthe ignition switch position.When doors are unlocked by the trans-mitter, the light comes on for approxi-mately 30 seconds as long as any door isnot open. The light goes out graduallyafter approximately 30 seconds if thedoor is closed. However, if the ignitionswitch is ON or all doors are locked, thelight will turn off immediately.If a door is opened with the ignitionswitch in the ACC or LOCK position, thelight stays on for about 20 minutes.However, if a door is opened with theignition switch in the ON position, thelight stays on continuously.

INTERIOR LIGHT

OFD047067

CAUTIONDo not use the interior lights forextended periods when engine isnot running.It may cause battery discharge.

4 61


D210200AFD

Dome lamp• OFF (1) :In the OFF position, the light stays off atall times even when a door is open.

• DOOR (2) :In the DOOR position, the light comes onwhen any door is opened regardless ofthe ignition switch position.When doors are unlocked by the trans-mitter, the light comes on for approxi-mately 30 seconds as long as any door isnot open. The light goes out graduallyafter approximately 30 seconds if thedoor is closed. However, if the ignitionswitch is ON or all doors are locked, thelight will turn off immediately.If a door is opened with the ignitionswitch in the ACC or LOCK position, thelight stays on for about 20 minutes.However, if a door is opened with theignition switch in the ON position, thelight stays on continuously.

• ON (3):In the ON position, the light stays on at alltimes.

D210300AFD

Luggage room lampThe luggage room lamp comes on whenthe tailgate is opened.

CAUTIONDo not leave the switch in this posi-tion for an extended period of timewhen the vehicle is not running.

OFD047068

1 32

OFD047130L

Wagon 5 Door


624

D210500AUN

Glove box lamp (if equipped)The glove box lamp comes on when theglove box is opened.The parking lights or headlights must beON for the glove box lamp to function.

D210600AUN

Vanity mirror lamp (if equipped)Opening the lid of the vanity mirror willautomatically turn on the mirror light.

D220000AUN

✽✽ NOTICEIf you want to defrost and defog on thefront windshield, refer to “WindshieldDefrosting and Defogging” in this sec-tion.

OFD047070ROFD047069R

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the conduc-tors bonded to the inside surface ofthe rear window, never use sharpinstruments or window cleanerscontaining abrasives to clean thewindow.

DEFROSTER

4 63


D220100AUN-EA

Rear window defroster

The defroster heats the window toremove frost, fog and thin ice from theinterior and exterior of the rear window,while engine is running.To activate the rear window defroster,press the rear window defroster buttonlocated in the centre facia switch panel.The indicator on the rear windowdefroster button illuminates when thedefroster is ON.If there is heavy accumulation of snow onthe rear window, brush it off before oper-ating the rear defroster.The rear window defroster automaticallyturns off after approximately 20 minutesor when the ignition switch is turned off.To turn off the defroster, press the rearwindow defroster button again.

D220101AUN

Outside mirror defroster (if equipped)If your vehicle is equipped with the out-side mirror defrosters, they will operate atthe same time you turn on the rear win-dow defroster.

D220200AUN

Front windshield deicer (if equipped)The engine must be running to enablethis feature. To activate the front wind-shield deicer, press the front windshielddeicer button. The indicator on the buttonilluminates when the deicer is ON. Thefront windshield deicer automaticallyturns off after 20 minutes or when theignition switch is turned off. To turn off thedeicer, press the front windshield deicerbutton again.

OFD047073R

OFD040071

OFD047072

OFD047072K

Type B

Type A

Type C


644

MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

OFD040074

D230000AFD

1. Temperature control knob2. Fan speed control knob3. Mode buttons

4. Air conditioning button (if equipped)5. Air intake control buttons6. Front window defroster button7. Rear window defroster button

4 65


D230100AUN

Heating and air conditioning1. Start the engine.2. Set the mode to the desired position.3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.4. Set the air intake control to the outside

(fresh) air position.5. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the

air conditioning system (if equipped)on.

OFD047076R


664

D230101AFD

Mode selectionThe mode buttons control the direction ofthe air flow through the ventilation sys-tem.Air can be directed to the floor, dashboardoutlets, or windshield. Five symbols areused to represent Face, Bi-Level, Floor,Floor-Defrost and Defrost air position.

Face-Level (B,D)

Air flow is directed toward the upper bodyand face. Additionally, each outlet can becontrolled to direct the air dischargedfrom the outlet.

Bi-Level (B, D, C, E)

Air flow is discharged towards the face andfloor.

Floor-Level (C, E, A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to thefloor, with a small amount of the air beingdirected to the windshield and side win-dow defroster.

Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, E, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to the floorand the windshield with a small amountdirected to the side window defrosters.

Defrost-Level (A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to thewindshield with a small amount of airdirected to the side window defrosters.

OFD040077

4 67


Instrument panel vents

The outlet port can be opened or closedseparately using the horizontal thumb-wheel. To close the vent, rotate it left tothe maximum position. To open the vent,rotate it right to the desired position.Also, you can adjust the direction of airdelivery from these vents using the ventcontrol lever as shown.

D230102AFD

Temperature controlThe temperature control knob allows youto control the temperature of the air flow-ing from the ventilation system. Tochange the air temperature in the pas-senger compartment, turn the knob tothe right position for warm air or left posi-tion for cooler air.

D230103AFD

Air intake control This is used to select outside (fresh) airposition or recirculated air position.To change the air intake control position,push the control button.

OFD047078OFD047079R OFD040080


684

Recirculated air position

The indicator light on thebutton is illuminated whenthe recirculated air positionis selected.With the recirculated airposition selected, air frompassenger compartmentwill be drawn through theheating system and heatedor cooled according to thefunction selected.

Outside (fresh) air position

The indicator light on thebutton is illuminated whenthe outside (fresh) air posi-tion is selected.With the outside (fresh) airposition selected, air entersthe vehicle from outside andis heated or cooled accord-ing to the function selected.

✽✽ NOTICEProlonged operation of the heater in therecirculated air position (without airconditioning selected) may cause fog-ging of the windshield and side windowsand the air within the passenger com-partment may become stale.In addition, prolonged use of the airconditioning with the recirculated airposition selected will result in excessive-ly dry air in the passenger compart-ment.

WARNING• Continued use of the climate con-

trol system operation in the recir-culated air position may allowhumidity to increase inside thevehicle which may fog the glassand obscure visibility.

• Do not sleep in a vehicle with theair conditioning or heating sys-tem on. It may cause seriousharm or death due to a drop in theoxygen level and/or body temper-ature.

• Continued use of the climate con-trol system operation in the recir-culated air position can causedrowsiness or sleepiness, andloss of vehicle control. Set the airintake control to the outside(fresh) air position as much aspossible while driving.

4 69


D230104AUN

Fan speed controlThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition for fan operation.The fan speed control knob allows you tocontrol the fan speed of the air flowingfrom the ventilation system. To changethe fan speed, turn the knob to the rightfor higher speed or left for lower speed.Setting the fan speed control knob to the“0” position turns off the fan.

D230105AUN

Air conditioning (if equipped) Push the A/C button to turn the air condi-tioning system on (indicator light will illu-minate). Push the button again to turn theair conditioning system off.

System operationD230501AUN

Ventilation1. Set the mode to the position.2. Set the air intake control to the outside

(fresh) air position.3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.4. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.

D230502AUN

Heating1. Set the mode to the position.2. Set the air intake control to the outside

(fresh) air position.3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.4. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.5. If dehumidified heating is desired, turn

the air conditioning system (ifequipped) on.

• If the windshield fogs up, set the modeto the , position.

OFD047081 OFD047082


704

Operation Tips

• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes fromentering the car through the ventilationsystem, temporarily set the air intakecontrol to the recirculated air position.Be sure to return the control to thefresh air position when the irritationhas passed to keep fresh air in thevehicle. This will help keep the driveralert and comfortable.

• Air for the heating/cooling system isdrawn in through the grilles just aheadof the windshield. Care should betaken that these are not blocked byleaves, snow, ice or other obstructions.

• To prevent interior fog on the wind-shield, set the air intake control to thefresh air position and fan speed to thedesired position, turn on the air condi-tioning system, and adjust temperaturecontrol to desired temperature.

D230503AFD

Air conditioning (if equipped) All HYUNDAI Air Conditioning Systemsare filled with environmentally friendly R-134a refrigerant which does not dam-age to the ozone layer.1. Start the engine. Push the air condi-

tioning button.2. Set the mode to the position.3. Set the air intake control to the outside

air or recirculated air position.4. Adjust the fan speed control and tem-

perature control to maintain maximumcomfort.

• When maximum cooling is desired, setthe temperature control to the extremeleft position then set the fan speedcontrol to the highest speed.

✽✽ NOTICE• When using the air conditioning sys-

tem, monitor the temperature gaugeclosely while driving up hills or inheavy traffic when outside tempera-tures are high. Air conditioning sys-tem operation may cause engine over-heating. Continue to use the blowerfan but turn the air conditioning sys-tem off if the temperature gauge indi-cates engine overheating.

• When opening the windows in humidweather air conditioning may createwater droplets inside the vehicle.Since excessive water droplets maycause damage to electrical equipment,air conditioning should only be runwith the windows closed.

4 71


Air conditioning system operation tips

• If the vehicle has been parked in directsunlight during hot weather, open thewindows for a short time to let the hotair inside the vehicle escape.

• To help reduce moisture inside of win-dows on rainy or humid days, decreasethe humidity inside the vehicle by oper-ating the air conditioning system.

• During air conditioning system opera-tion, you may occasionally notice aslight change in engine speed as theair conditioning compressor cycles.This is a normal system operationcharacteristic.

• Use the air conditioning system everymonth if only for a few minutes toensure maximum system performance.

• When using the air conditioning sys-tem, you may notice clear water drip-ping (or even puddling) on the groundunder the passenger side of the vehi-cle. This is a normal system operationcharacteristic.

• Operating the air conditioning systemin the recirculated air position providesmaximum cooling, however, continualoperation in this mode may cause theair inside the vehicle to become stale.

• During cooling operation, you mayoccasionally notice a misty air flowbecause of rapid cooling and humid airintake. This is a normal system opera-tion characteristic.

D230300AFD-EA

Climate control air filter (if equipped)The climate control air filter installedbehind the glove box filters the dust orother pollutants that come into the vehi-cle from the outside through the heatingand air conditioning system. If dust orother pollutants accumulate in the filterover a period of time, the air flow from theair vents may decrease, resulting inmoisture accumulation on the inside ofthe windshield even when the outside(fresh) air position is selected. If this hap-pens, have the climate control air filterreplaced by an authorised HYUNDAIdealer.

✽✽ NOTICE• Replace the filter according to the

Maintenance Schedule.If the car is being driven in severeconditions such as dusty, rough roads,more frequent climate control air fil-ter inspections and changes arerequired.

• When the air flow rate is suddenlydecreased, the system should bechecked at an authorised HYUNDAIdealer.

1LDA5047

Outside air

Recirculatedair

Climate controlair filter

Blower

Evaporatorcore

Heater core


724

D230400AFD-EA

Checking the amount of air con-ditioner refrigerant and compres-sor lubricantWhen the amount of refrigerant is low,the performance of the air conditioning isreduced. Overfilling also has a bad influ-ence on the air conditioning system.Therefore, if abnormal operation isfound, have the system inspected by anauthorised HYUNDAI dealer.

✽✽ NOTICEIt is important when servicing the airconditioning system that the correcttype and amount of oil and refrigerant isused. Otherwise, damage to the com-pressor and abnormal system operationmay occur.

WARNINGThe air conditioning system shouldbe serviced by an authorisedHYUNDAI dealer. Improper servicemay cause serious injury to theperson performing the service.

4 73


AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

1. Fan speed control button

2. Air conditioning button

3. Air intake control button

4. Front windshield defrost button

5. AUTO (automatic control) button

6. OFF button

7. Temperature control knob

8. Rear window defrost button

9. Mode selection button

10. A/C display

OFD0471100

D240000AFD

Type A


744

1. Fan speed control button

2. Air intake control button

3. AUTO (automatic control) button

4. OFF button

5. Temperature control knob

6. Front windshield defrost button

7. Air conditioning button

8. Mode selection button

9. A/C display

OFD0471101

Type B

4 75


D240100AFD

Automatic heating and air condi-tioningThe automatic climate control system iscontrolled by simply setting the desiredtemperature.The Full Automatic Temperature Control(FATC) system automatically controls theheating and cooling system as follows;

1. Push the AUTO button. It is indicatedby AUTO on the display. The modes,fan speeds, air intake and air-condi-tioning will be controlled automaticallyby temperature setting.

2. Turn the temperature control knob toset the desired temperature.If the temperature is set to the lowestsetting (Lo), the air conditioning sys-tem will operate continuously.

3. To turn the automatic operation off,press any button except temperaturecontrol knob. If you press the modeselection button, air-conditioning but-ton*, defrost button, air intake controlbutton* or fan speed button, the select-ed function will be controlled manuallywhile other functions operate automat-ically. (* : type B only)

Regardless of the temperature setting,when using automatic operation, the airconditioning system can automaticallyturn on to decrease the humidity insidethe vehicle, even if the temperature is setto warm.

✽✽ NOTICENever place anything over the sensorlocated on the instrument panel toensure better control of the heating andcooling system.

OUN026312OFD047102


764

D240200AUN

Manual heating and air condition-ingThe heating and cooling system can becontrolled manually by pushing buttonsother than the AUTO button. In this case,the system works sequentially accordingto the order of buttons selected.When pressing any button (or turningany knob) except AUTO button whileautomatic operation, the functions notselected will be controlled automatically.1. Start the engine.2. Set the mode to the desired position.3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.4. Set the air intake control to the outside

(fresh) air position.5. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the

air conditioning system on.Press the AUTO button in order to con-vert to full automatic control of the sys-tem.

D240201AFD

Mode selectionThe mode selection button controls thedirection of the air flow through the venti-lation system.Refer to the illustration in the “Manual cli-mate control system”.

Type A :

If you push the button once, the corre-sponding switch will turn on, and if youpush the button again, the switch will turnoff.

Face-Level (B, D)



Most of the air flow is directed to thefloor.

Defrost-Level (A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to thewindshield.

Also you may select 2~3 modes at thesame time for desired air flow.- face ( ) + floor ( ) mode- face ( ) + defrost ( ) mode- floor ( ) + defrost ( ) mode- face ( ) + floor ( ) + defrost ( )

mode

Type A

OFD047103

4 77


Maximum (MAX) defrost mode

When you select the MAX defrost mode,the following system settings will bemade automatically;• the air conditioning system will be

turned on.• the outside(fresh) air position will be

selected.• the fan speed will be set to the high

speed.To turn the MAX defrost mode off, pressthe mode button ( , , ) or MAX( ) defrost button again or AUTO but-ton.

Type B:

The air flow outlet port is converted asfollows:

Face-Level (B, D)


Bi-Level (B, D, C, E)

Air flow is discharged towards the face andfloor.


Most of the air flow is directed to thefloor, with a small amount of the air beingdirected to the windshield and side win-dow defroster.

Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, E, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to the floorand the windshield with a small amountdirected to the side window defrosters.

OFD047124 OFD047104

Type B


784

Defrost-level (A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to thewindshield with a small amount of airdirected to the side window defrosters.

Instrument panel vents

The outlet port can be opened or closedseparately using the horizontal thumb-wheel. To close the vent, rotate it left tothe maximum position. To open the vent,rotate it right to the desired position.Also, you can adjust the direction of airdelivered from these vents using the ventcontrol lever as shown.

D240202AUN

Temperature controlThe temperature will increase to themaximum (HI) by turning the knob to theright extremely.The temperature will decrease to theminimum (Lo) by turning the knob to theleft extremely.When turning the knob, the temperaturewill increase or decrease by 0.5°C/1°F.When set to the lowest temperature set-ting, the air conditioning will operate con-tinuously.

OFD047105 OFD047079R OFD047107

4 79


Temperature conversion

If the battery has been discharged or dis-connected, the temperature mode dis-play will reset to Centigrade.This is normal condition. You can switchthe temperature mode betweenCentigrade to Fahrenheit as follows;While depressing the AUTO button,depress the OFF button for 3 seconds ormore. The display will change fromCentigrade to Fahrenheit, or fromFahrenheit to Centigrade.

D240203AFD

Air intake controlThis is used to select outside (fresh) airposition or recirculated air position.To change the air intake control position,push the control button.

Recirculated air position

The indicator light on thebutton illuminates when therecirculated air position isselected.With the recirculated airposition selected, air frompassenger compartmentwill be drawn through theheating system and heatedor cooled according to thefunction selected.

Outside (fresh) air position

The indicator light on thebutton does not illuminatewhen the outside (fresh) airposition is selected (type A).With the outside (fresh) airposition selected, air entersthe vehicle from outside andis heated or cooled accord-ing to the function selected.

OFD047108/OFD047109

Type A Type B


804

✽✽ NOTICEIt should be noted that prolonged oper-ation of the heating in recirculated airposition will cause fogging of the wind-shield and side windows and the airwithin the passenger compartment willbecome stale.In addition, prolonged use of the air con-ditioning with the recirculated air posi-tion selected, will result in excessivelydry air in the passenger compartment.

D240205AUN

Fan speed controlThe fan speed can be set to the desiredspeed by pressing the fan speed controlbutton.The higher the fan speed is, the more airis delivered.Pressing the OFF button turns off thefan.

D240206AUN

Air conditioningPush the A/C button to turn the air condi-tioning system on (indicator light will illu-minate).Push the button again to turn the air con-ditioning system off.

WARNING• Continued use of the climate con-

trol system operation in the recir-culated air position may allowhumidity to increase inside vehiclewhich may fog the glass andobscure visibility.

• Do not sleep in a vehicle with airconditioning or heating system on.It may cause serious harm or deathdue to a drop in the oxygen leveland/or body temperature.

• Continued use of the climate con-trol system operation in the reciru-clated air position can causedrowsiness or sleepiness, and lossof vehicle control. Set the air intakecontrol to the outside (fresh) airposition as much as possible whiledriving.

OFD047110/OFD047111

Type A Type B

OFD047112/OFD047113

Type A Type B

4 81


D240208AUN

OFF modePush the OFF button to turn off the air cli-mate control system. However you canstill operate the mode and air intake but-tons as long as the ignition switch is inthe position ON.

D250000AUN-EA

• For maximum defrosting, set the temper-ature control to the extreme right/hot posi-tion and the fan speed control to the high-est speed.

• If warm air to the floor is desired whiledefrosting or defogging, set the mode tothe floor-defrost position.

• Before driving, clear all snow and ice fromthe windshield, rear window, outside rearview mirrors, and all side windows.

• Clear all snow and ice from the bonnetand air inlet in the cowl grill to improveheater and defroster efficiency and toreduce the probability of fogging up insideof the windshield.

Manual climate control systemD250101AFD

To defog inside windshield 1. Select any fan speed except “0” posi-

tion.2. Select desired temperature.3. Select the or position.4. The outside (fresh) air and air condi-

tioning will be selected automatically.If the air-conditioning and outside (fresh)air position are not selected automatical-ly, press the corresponding button manu-ally.

OFD047114

WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING

OFD040115

WARNING - Windshieldheating

Do not use the or positionduring cooling operation inextremely humid weather. The dif-ference between the temperature ofthe outside air and that of the wind-shield could cause the outer sur-face of the windshield to fog up,causing loss of visibility. In thiscase, set the mode selection knobor button to the position andfan speed control knob or button toa lower speed.


824

D250102AFD

To defrost outside windshield 1. Set the fan speed to the highest

(extreme right) position.2. Set the temperature to the extreme hot

position.3. Select the position.4. The outside (fresh) air and air condi-

tioning will be selected automatically.

Automatic climate control systemD250201AFD

To defog inside windshield 1. Select desired fan speed.2. Select desired temperature.3. Press the defrost button ( ).

4. The air-conditioning will be turned onaccording to the detected ambienttemperature, outside (fresh) air posi-tion and higher fan speed will beselected automatically.

If the air-conditioning, outside (fresh) airposition and higher fan speed are notselected automatically, adjust the corre-sponding button or knob manually.If the position is selected, lower fanspeed is controlled to higher fan speed.

OFD040116

OFD047117

Type A

OFD047119

Type B

4 83


D250202AFD

To defrost outside windshield 1. Set fan speed to the highest position.2. Set temperature to the extreme hot

(HI) position.3. Press the defrost button ( ).

4. The air-conditioning will be turned onaccording to the detected ambienttemperature and outside (fresh) airposition will be selected automatically.

If the position is selected, lower fanspeed is controlled to higher fan speed.

D250300AUN

Defogging logicTo reduce the possibility of fogging upthe inside of the windshield, the air intakeor air conditioning are controlled auto-matically according to certain conditionssuch as or position. To cancel orreturn the defogging logic, do the follow-ings.

OFD047118

Type A

OFD047120

Type B


844

D250301AFD

Manual climate control system1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi-

tion.2. Turn the mode selection knob to the

defrost position ( ).3. Push the air intake control button

( ) at least 5 times within 3 sec-onds.

The indicator light in the air intake controlbutton will blink 3 times with 0.5 secondof interval. It indicates that the defogginglogic is canceled or returned to the pro-grammed status.

If the battery has been discharged or dis-connected, it is reset to the defog logicstatus.

D250302AUN

Automatic climate control system1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi-

tion.2. Select the defrost position pressing

defrost button ( ).3. While holding the air conditioning but-

ton (A/C) pressed, press the air intakecontrol button ( ) at least 5 timeswithin 3 seconds.

The A/C display blinks 3 times with 0.5second of interval. It indicates that thedefogging logic is canceled or returned tothe programmed status.

If the battery has been discharged or dis-connected, it is reset to the defog logicstatus.

OFD040121

OFD047122

Type A

OFD047123

Type B

4 85


D270000AUN

These compartments can be used tostore small items required by the driveror passengers.

D270100AFD-EA

Centre console storage (if equipped)These compartments can be used tostore small items required by the driveror front passenger.To open the centre console storage, pullup the lever.

D270200AFD

Glove boxThe glove box can be locked andunlocked with a master key.To open the glove box, pull the handleand the glove box will automaticallyopen. Close the glove box after use.

STORAGE COMPARTMENT

WARNING - Flammablematerials

Do not store cigarette lighters,propane cylinders, or other flamma-ble/explosive materials in the vehi-cle. These items may catch fireand/or explode if the vehicle isexposed to hot temperatures forextended periods.

CAUTION• To avoid possible theft, do not

leave valuables in the storagecompartment.

• Always keep the storage com-partment covers closed whiledriving. Do not attempt to placeso many items in the storagecompartment that the storagecompartment cover can not closesecurely.

OFD047207R OFD047208R

WARNING To reduce the risk of injury in anaccident or sudden stop, alwayskeep the glove box door closedwhile driving.


864

Glove box cooling (if equipped)You can keep beverage cans or otheritems warm or cool using the open/closelever of the vent installed in the glovebox.

1. Turn on the fan control switch.2. Set the air flow control to the face

( ) mode.3. Turn the open/close lever of the vent

installed in the glove box to the openposition.(1) OPEN(2) CLOSE

4. Set the temperature control to warm orcool.

When the cool box is not used, turn thelever to its closed position.

✽✽ NOTICEWhile using the cooling function, a smallamount of condensed moisture coulddamage your pieces of paper.

D270300AUN

Sunglass holder To open the sunglass holder, press thecover and the holder will slowly open.Place your sunglasses in the compart-ment door with the lenses facing out.Push to close.

OFD047209R OFD047210

4 87


D270400AFD

Multi boxTo open the cover, pull the lever or pushthe button. It can be used for storingsmall items.

D270500AFD

Luggage box (if equipped)You can place a first aid kit, a reflector tri-angle, tools, etc. in the box for easyaccess.1. Grasp the handle on the top of the

cover and lift it.

WARNING• Do not keep objects except sun-

glass inside the sunglass holder.Such objects can be thrown fromthe holder in the event of a sud-den stop or an accident, possiblyinjuring the passengers in thevehicle.

• Do not open the sunglass holderwhile the vehicle is moving. Therear view mirror of the vehiclecan be blocked by an open sun-glass holder.

OFD047211

(if equipped)

OFD047212R

OFD047227


884

D270501AFD

Luggage side trayTo open the cover, pull up the handle andlift the cover (if equipped). It can be usedfor storing small items.

OFD047228

4 89


D280100AFD

Cigarette lighterFor the cigarette lighter to work, the igni-tion switch must be in the ACC positionor the ON position.To use the cigarette lighter, push it all theway into its socket. When the elementhas heated, the lighter will pop out to the"ready" position.Do not hold the cigarette lighter pressedin. This can damage the heating elementand create a fire hazard.If it is necessary to replace the cigarettelighter, use only a genuine HYUNDAIreplacement or its approved equivalent.

D280200AFD

Ashtray

The front ashtray may be opened bypulling the ashtray lid. To clean the ash-tray, the plastic receptacle should beremoved by lifting the plastic ash recep-tacle upward and pulling it out.

INTERIOR FEATURES

OFD047200RCAUTION

Only a genuine HYUNDAI lightershould be used in the cigarettelighter socket. The use of plug-inaccessories (shavers, hand-heldvacuums, and coffee pots, forexample) may damage the socket orcause electrical failure.

OFD047201R

WARNING - Ashtray use• Do not use the vehicle’s ashtrays

as waste receptacles.• Putting lit cigarettes or matches

in an ashtray with other com-bustible materials may cause afire.

WARNING• Do not hold the lighter in after it

is already heated because it willoverheat.

• If the lighter does not pop outwithin 30 seconds, remove it toprevent overheating.


904

D280300AUN

Cup holder

D280301AFD

FrontCups or small beverage cans may beplaced in the cup holders.

Rear (if equipped)Cups may be placed in the cup holders.

D280400AFD

SunvisorUse the sunvisor to shield direct lightthrough the front or side windows.To use a sunvisor, pull it downward.To use a sunvisor for a side window, pullit downward, unsnap it from the bracket(1) and swing it to the side (2).To use the vanity mirror, pull down thevisor and pull up the mirror cover (3).

WARNING - Hot liquids• Do not place uncovered cups of

hot liquid in the cup holder whilethe vehicle is in motion. If the hotliquid spills, you burn yourself.Such a burn to the driver couldlead to loss of control of the vehi-cle.

• To reduce the risk of personalinjury in the event of sudden stopor collision, do not place uncov-ered or unsecured bottles, glass-es, cans, etc., in the cup holderwhile the vehicle is in motion.

OFD047202R

Front

OFD047203

Rear (if equipped)OFD047204R

4 91


D280500AUN

Power outletThe power outlet is designed to providepower for mobile telephones or otherdevices designed to operate with vehicleelectrical systems. The devices shoulddraw less than 10 amps with the enginerunning.

CAUTION - Vanity mirrorlamp (if equipped)

Close the vanity mirror coversecurely and return the sunvisor toits original position after use. If thevanity mirror is not closed securely,the lamp will stay on and couldresult in battery discharge.

OFD047205R

CAUTION• Use power outlet only when the

engine is running and remove theaccessory plug after use. Usingthe accessory plug for prolongedperiods of time with the engineoff could cause the battery to dis-charge.

• Only use 12V electric accessorieswhich are less than 10A in elec-tric capacity.

• Adjust the air-conditioner orheater to the lowest operatinglevel when using the power outlet.

• Close the cover when not in use.• Some electronic devices can

cause electronic interferencewhen plugged into a vehicle’spower outlet. These devices maycause excessive audio static andmalfunctions in other electronicsystems or devices used in yourvehicle.

OFD047229

Wagon (if equipped)


924

D280600AUN

Digital clock (if equipped)

Whenever the battery terminals or relat-ed fuses are disconnected, you mustreset the time.When the ignition switch is in the ACC orON position, the clock buttons operate asfollows:

D280601AUN

• HOUR:Pressing the “H” button (2) with yourfinger, a pencil or similar object willadvance the time displayed by onehour.

D280602AUN

• MINUTE:Pressing the “M” button (3) with yourfinger, a pencil or similar object willadvance the time displayed by oneminute.

D280603AUN

• RESET:To clear away minutes, press the “R”button (1) with your finger, a pencil orsimilar object. Then the clock will beset precisely on the hour.For example, if the “R” button ispressed while the time is between 9:01and 9:29, the display will be reset to9:00.9:01 ~ 9:29 display changed to 9:009:30 ~ 9:59 display changed to 10:00

D280604AUN

• Display conversion:To change the 12 hour format to the 24hour format, press the “R” button (1) formore than 4 seconds.For example, if the “R” button ispressed for more than 4 seconds whilethe time is 10:15 p.m., the display willbe changed to 22:15.

OFD047217

WARNINGDo not adjust the clock while driv-ing. You may lose your steeringcontrol and cause severe personalinjury or accidents.

4 93


D281400BFD

Aux, USB and iPod(if equipped)If your vehicle has an aux and/orUSB(universal serial bus) port or iPodport, you can use an aux port to connectaudio devices and an USB port to plug inan USB and also an iPod port to plug inan iPod.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen using a portable audio deviceconnected to the power outlet, noise mayoccur during playback. If this happens,use the power source of the portableaudio device.

❈ iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc.

D280700AFD

Shopping bag holder (if equipped)D280800AUN

Clothes hangerTo use the hanger, pull down the upperportion of hanger.

OFD047215R OFD047230

CAUTIONDo not hang a bag weighing morethan 3 kg (7 lbs.). It may cause dam-age to the shopping bag holder.

OUN026348

CAUTIONDo not hang heavy clothes, sincethose may damage the hook.


944

B571A03Y-AAT

Floor mat anchor(s) (if equipped)When using a floor mat on the front floorcarpet, make sure it attaches to the floormat anchor(s) in your vehicle. This keepsthe floor mat from sliding forward.

D281000AFD-EA

Luggage net (holder) (if equipped)To keep items from shifting in the cargoarea, you can use the four holders locat-ed in the cargo area to attach the lug-gage net.If necessary, contact your authorisedHYUNDAI dealer to obtain a luggage net.

OFD047213

Type A

OFD047219

Type B

WARNINGThe following must be observedwhen installing ANY floor mat tothe vehicle.• Ensure that the floor mats are

securely attached to the vehicle’sfloor mat anchor(s) before drivingthe vehicle.

• Do not use ANY floor mat thatcannot be firmly attached to thevehicle’s floor mat anchors.

• Do not stack floor mats on top ofone another (e.g. all-weather rub-ber mat on top of a carpeted floormat). Only a single floor matshould be installed in each posi-tion.

IMPORTANT – Your vehicle wasmanufactured with driver’s sidefloor mat anchors that aredesigned to securely hold thefloor mat in place. To avoid anyinterference with pedal operation,HYUNDAI recommends that onlythe HYUNDAI floor mat designedfor use in your vehicle beinstalled.

OXM049228

OCM039200N

Type A

Type C

Type B

4 95


For the full size spare tyre equipped vehi-cle : type A and type B availableFor the compact spare tyre equippedvehicle : type B available

Barrier net (if equipped)Your vehicle is equipped with a barriernet.When you load some cargoes on the rearseat or rear cargo area, you must installthe barrier net behind front seatback orrear seatback.It is designed to help protect the heads ofthe occupants by obstructing objects fly-ing forward in frontal collisions.There are eight hook holders on bothside of the headliner over the headrestsfor upper side fixation and on the floorbehind the front seats or rear seats forlower side fixation.

To install the barrier net1. Open the cover for the holder position

(1) or (2) you want to install.2. Insert the net upper shaft into the large

hole (3) and then secure by sliding intothe small hole (4).

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the goods orthe vehicle, care should be takenwhen carrying fragile or bulkyobjects in the luggage compart-ment.

WARNINGAvoid eye injury. DO NOT over-stretch the luggage net. ALWAYSkeep your face and body out of theluggage net’s recoil path. DO NOTuse when the strap has visiblesigns of wear or damage.

OED037107 OFD039204


964

3. Hang the net strap hooks in the corre-sponding hook holders on the floorbehind the front seat or rear seat.

4. Fasten the straps, by using theadjuster (1).

OED037110

WARNING• Make sure that there is no slack

in the barrier net by fastening thestrap securely when installing thenet. The strap should be fastenedafter confirming that the hook isinserted into the upper hookholder securely.

• Make sure that the seatbacks arelocked securely.

WARNING• Do not put passengers in the rear

seat or cargo area behind the bar-rier net.

• Do not put passenger in the rearcentre seat when the barrier netis installed behind the rear seats.The barrier net may interfere withuse of the rear centre safety belt.

• Do not load cargo in the areahigher than the barrier net'supper end.

• Do not load heavy cargo in thearea higher than the seatback toavoid accident even if the barriernet is installed.

• Do not load cargo which hassharp edge that can pass throughthe barrier net.

• Do not apply excessive force tothe barrier net by hanging on tothe net or by suspending heavycargo and so on.

OFD039205

OED037109

4 97


To remove the barrier net1. Loosen the straps by using the strap

adjusters and remove the strap hooksfrom the hook holders.

2. Remove the net upper shaft by pullingit through the large holes.

3. Remove the barrier net.

D281100AFD

Cargo security screen (if equipped) Use the cargo security screen to hideitems stored in the cargo area.

• To use the cargo security screen, pullthe handle backward and insert theedges into the slots.

OFD047231 OFD047232


984

When not in use, place the cargo securi-ty screen on the lower portion of thecargo area.

WARNING• Do not place objects on the cargo

security screen. Such objectsmay be thrown about inside thevehicle and possibly injure vehi-cle occupants during an accidentor when braking.

• Never allow anyone to ride in theluggage compartment. It isdesigned for luggage only.

• Maintain the balance of the vehi-cle and locate the weight as farforward as possible.

CAUTIONSince the cargo security screenmay be damaged or malformed, donot put the luggage on it when it isused.

OFD047233

4 99


D290300AFD

Mounting bracket for roof carrier(if equipped)To install or remove a roof carrier, youcan use the mounting bracket and coveron the roof.When you install a roof carrier, use thefollowing procedure.1. Insert a slim tool(coin or flat blade driv-

er) into the slot and slide the covertoward the arrow on the cover.

2. Rotate the cover half way and insertthe cover on the roof hole as the illus-tration.

✽✽ NOTICETo prevent loosing the roof carriercover, install the cover on the roof beforeyou install the roof carrier.

3. After using the roof carrier, install thecover back on the roof in the reverseorder.

D290100AFD-EA

Roof rack (if equipped)If the vehicle has a roof rack, you canload cargo on top of your vehicle.

EXTERIOR FEATURES

OED046090 OED046091

WARNINGUse a coin or flat blade driver whenyou remove the roof carrier cover.If you use your fingernail, it maydamage your fingernail.

OED037106


1004

✽✽ NOTICEIf the vehicle is equipped with a sunroof,be sure not to position cargo onto theroof rack in such a way that it couldinterfere with sunroof operation.

(Continued)• Always drive slowly and turn cor-

ners carefully when carryingitems on the roof rack. Severewind updrafts, caused by passingvehicles or natural causes, cancause sudden upward pressureon items loaded on the roof rack.This is especially true when car-rying large, flat items such aswood panels or mattresses. Thiscould cause the items to fall offthe roof rack and cause damageto your vehicle or others aroundyou.

• To prevent damage or loss ofcargo while driving, check fre-quently before or while driving tomake sure the items on the roofrack are securely fastened.

CAUTION• When carrying cargo on the roof

rack, take the necessary precau-tions to make sure the cargo doesnot damage the roof of the vehicle.

• When carrying large objects onthe roof rack, make sure they donot exceed the overall roof lengthor width.

WARNING • The following specification is the

maximum weight that can beloaded onto the roof rack.Distribute the load as evenly aspossible onto the roof rack andsecure the load firmly.

Loading cargo or luggage inexcess of the specified weightlimit on the roof rack may dam-age your vehicle.

• The vehicle centre of gravity willbe higher when items are loadedonto the roof rack. Avoid suddenstarts, braking, sharp turns,abrupt manoeuvres or highspeeds that may result in loss ofvehicle control or rollover result-ing in an accident.

(Continued)

ROOF 75 kg (165 lbs.)RACK EVENLY DISTRIBUTED

4 101


✽✽ NOTICEIf you install an aftermarket HID headlamp, your vehicle’s audio and electron-ic device may malfunction.

AntennaD300102AFD-EA

Roof antenna Your car uses a roof antenna to receiveboth AM and FM broadcast signals. Thisantenna is a removable type. To removethe antenna, turn it counterclockwise. Toinstall the antenna, turn it clockwise.

AUDIO SYSTEM

CAUTION• Before entering a place with a low

height clearance or a car wash,remove surely the antenna byrotating it counter-clockwise. Ifnot, the antenna may be dam-aged.

• When reinstalling your antenna, itis important that it is fully tight-ened to ensure proper reception.The antenna may be removedwhen parking the vehicle or whenloading cargo on the roof rack.

• When cargo is loaded on the roofrack, do not place the cargo nearthe antenna pole to ensure properreception.

OED036069

OFD047224

Type B

Type A


1024

D300200AFD

Audio remote control (if equipped) The steering wheel audio remote controlbutton is installed to promote safe driv-ing.

VOL (▲/▼) (1)• Press the up button (▲) to increase

volume.• Press the down button (▼) to decease

volume.

MODE (2)Press the button to select Radio, Tape (ifequipped) or CD (compact disc).

SEEK (▲/▼) (3)If the SEEK button is pressed for 0.8 sec-ond or more, it will work as follows ineach mode.

RADIO mode

It will function as the AUTO SEEK selectbutton.

CDP mode

It will function as the FF/REW button.

CDC mode

It will function as the DISC UP/DOWNbutton.

If the SEEK button is pressed for lessthan 0.8 second, it will work as follows ineach mode.

RADIO mode

It will function as the PRESET STATIONselect buttons.

CDP mode

It will function as the TRACK UP/DOWNbutton.

CDC mode

It will function as the TRACK UP/DOWNbutton.

Detailed information for audio controlbuttons is described in the followingpages in this section.

OFD047214

CAUTIONDo not operate audio remote con-trol buttons simultaneously.

4 103


D300800AFD-EA

How car audio worksAM and FM radio signals are broadcastfrom transmitter towers located aroundyour city. They are intercepted by theradio antenna on your car. This signal isthen received by the radio and sent toyour car speakers.When a strong radio signal has reachedyour vehicle, the precise engineering ofyour audio system ensures the best pos-sible quality reproduction. However, insome cases the signal coming to yourvehicle may not be strong and clear. Thiscan be due to factors such as the dis-tance from the radio station, closeness ofother strong radio stations or the pres-ence of buildings, bridges or other largeobstructions in the area.

AM broadcasts can be received atgreater distances than FM broadcasts.This is because AM radio waves aretransmitted at low frequencies. Theselong, low frequency radio waves can fol-low the curvature of the earth rather thantravelling straight out into the atmos-phere. In addition, they curve aroundobstructions so that they can provide bet-ter signal coverage.

FM broadcasts are transmitted at highfrequencies and do not bend to follow theearth's surface. Because of this, FMbroadcasts generally begin to fade atshort distances from the station. Also,FM signals are easily affected by build-ings, mountains, or other obstructions.These can result in certain listening con-ditions which might lead you to believe aproblem exists with your radio. The fol-lowing conditions are normal and do notindicate radio trouble:

JBM001 JBM002 JBM003

FM reception AM reception FM radio station


1044

• Fading - As your car moves away fromthe radio station, the signal will weakenand sound will begin to fade. When thisoccurs, we suggest that you selectanother stronger station.

• Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals orlarge obstructions between the trans-mitter and your radio can disturb thesignal causing static or fluttering nois-es to occur. Reducing the treble levelmay lessen this effect until the distur-bance clears.

• Station Swapping - As a FM signalweakens, another more powerful sig-nal near the same frequency maybegin to play. This is because yourradio is designed to lock onto the clear-est signal. If this occurs, select anoth-er station with a stronger signal.

• Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio signalsbeing received from several directionscan cause distortion or fluttering. Thiscan be caused by a direct and reflect-ed signal from the same station, or bysignals from two stations with closefrequencies. If this occurs, selectanother station until the condition haspassed.

Using a mobile phone or a two-way radio When a mobile phone is used inside thevehicle, noise may be produced from theaudio equipment. This does not meanthat something is wrong with the audioequipment. In such a case, use themobile phone at a place as far as possi-ble from the audio equipment.

JBM004 JBM005CAUTION

When using a communication sys-tem such a mobile phone or a radioset inside the vehicle, a separateexternal antenna must be fitted.When a mobile phone or a radio setis used with an internal antennaalone, it may interfere with the vehi-cle's electrical system and adverse-ly affect safe operation of the vehi-cle.

WARNINGDon't use a mobile phone when youare driving. You must stop at a safeplace to use a mobile phone.

4 105


Care of cassette tapes (if equipped)• Because the thickness of a cassette

tape with the total playback time ofover 60 minutes (C-60) are too thin, wesuggest that you do not use any ofthem to avoid having tapes being tan-gled.

• To achieve better sound quality, period-ically clean the tape head using a cot-ton stick with colourless alcohol (onceper month).

• If a tape is too loose, fasten it to reel bywinding with objects like a pencil.

• Because dust or foreign objects on acassette tape may damage the play-back head, always store tapes in theircases when not in use.

• Make sure cassette tapes are keptaway from magnetic devices (TV,stereo system, etc) in order to achievebetter sound quality.

• Be certain that no objects or substancesother than cassette tapes are insertedinto the cassette tape player.

• Because tape media can be distortedwhen exposed to direct sunlight, do notleave cassette tapes on the seats,dashboard or near the back wind-shield.

Care of disc (if equipped)• If the temperature inside the car is too

high, open the car windows for ventilationbefore using your car audio.

• It is illegal to copy and useMP3/WMA/AAC/WAVE files withoutpermission. Use CDs that are createdonly by lawful means.

• Do not apply volatile agents such asbenzene and thinner, normal cleanersand magnetic sprays made for ana-logue disc onto CDs.

• To prevent the disc surface from get-ting damaged. Hold and carry CDs bythe edges or the edges of the centrehole only.

• Clean the disc surface with a piece ofsoft cloth before playback (wipe it fromthe centre to the outside edge).

• Do not damage the disc surface orattach pieces of sticky tape or paperonto it.

• Make sure on undesirable matter otherthan CDs are inserted into the CDplayer (Do not insert more than oneCD at a time).

• Keep CDs in their cases after use toprotect them from scratches or dirt.

• Depending on the type of CD-R/CD-RW CDs, certain CDs may not operatenormally according to manufacturingcompanies or making and recordingmethods. In such circumstances, if youstill continue to use those CDs, theymay cause the malfunction of your caraudio system.

✽✽ NOTICE - Playing anIncompatible Copy-ProtectedAudio CD

Some copy protected CDs, which do notcomply with the international audio CDstandards (Red Book), may not play onyour car audio. Please note that if youtry to play copy protected CDs and theCD player does not perform correctlythe CDs maybe defective, not the CDplayer.


1064

A-100FD

1. FM/AM Selection Button

2. Power ON/OFF & VOLUME Control

Button

3. AUTO STORE Button

4. Automatic Channel Selection Button

5. TUNE/AUDIO Control Button

6. Preset Button

7. CD/AUX Selection Button

RADIO, VOLUME CONTROL (SA710) (IF EQUIPPED)

4 107


1. FM/AM Selection ButtonTurns to FM/AM mode and toggles FM1and FM2➟AM➟FM1··· when the button ispressed each time.

2. Power ON/OFF & VolumeControl Button

Turns on/off the set when the IGNITIONSWITCH is on ACC or ON.If the button is turned to the right, itincreases the volume and left, decreasesthe volume.

3. AUTO STORE ButtonWhen the button is pressed, it automati-cally selects and saves channels withhigh reception rate to PRESET but-tons(1~6) and plays the channel saved inPRESET1.If no channel is saved after AST, it willplay the previous channel.

4. Automatic Channel SelectionButton

• When the [SEEK ] button is pressed,it reduces the band frequency by 5kHzto automatically select channel. Stopsat the previous frequency if no channelis found.

• When the [SEEK ] button is pressed,it increases the band frequency by5kHz to automatically select channel.Stops at the previous frequency if nochannel is found.

5. TUNE/AUDIO Control ButtonTurn this button clockwise by one notchto increase frequency by 0.05MHz fromcurrent frequency.Turn this button counterclockwise by onenotch to decrease frequency by 0.05MHzfrom current frequency.

Type ATurns to AUDIO CONTROL mode, andtoggles in the order of BASS➟MIDDLE➟TREBLE➟FADER➟BALANCE➟AVCON➟···BASS··· when the button ispressed each time.

Type BTurns to AUDIO CONTROL mode, andtoggles in the order of BASS➟MIDDLE➟

TREBLE➟FADER➟BALANCE➟AVC➟

P.BASS➟BASS··· when the button ispressed each time.

6. Preset ButtonPush [1]~[6]button less than 0.8 secondto play the channel saved in each button.Push preset button for 0.8 second orlonger to save current channel to therespective button with a beep.

7. CD/AUX Selection ButtonIf there is a CD in the CDP DECK it turnsto CD mode, and if a device is connectedto AUX then it toggles.CD➟AUX➟CD··· when the button ispressed each time.(It will not turn to AUXif the auxiliary device is not connected.)


1084

A-100FD

1. CD loading slot

2. CD Eject Button

3. AUX Selection Button

4. SCAN Play Button

5. Automatic Track Selection Button

6. CD Indicator

7. REPEAT Button

8. RANDOM Play Button

CD (SA710) (IF EQUIPPED)

4 109


1. CD loading slotPlease face printed side upward andgently push in.When the ignition switch is on ACC orON and power is OFF, power is automat-ically turned on if the CD is loaded.This CDP supports both 8cm and 12cmCDs. But if VCD, Data CD, MP3 CD areloaded, "Disc-Err" message will appearand CD will be ejected.

2. CD Eject ButtonPush button to eject the CD duringCD playback.This button is enabled when ignitionswitch is off.

3. AUX Selection ButtonIf the auxiliary device is connected, itturns to AUX MODE to play the soundfrom the auxiliary player.If no Disc and auxiliary device is con-nected, it displays "NO Media" for 5 sec-onds and returns to the previous mode.

4. SCAN Play ButtonPlay first 10 seconds of each song in theDISC.To cancel the mode, press the key onceagain.

5. Automatic Track SelectionButton

• Push [SEEK ] button for less than0.8 second to play from the beginningof current song.

• Push [SEEK ] button for less than0.8 second and press again within 1second to play the previous song.

• Push [SEEK ] button for 0.8 secondor longer to initiate reverse directionhigh speed sound search of currentsong.

• Push [SEEK ] button for less than0.8 second to play the next song.

• Push [SEEK ] button for less than0.8 second or longer to initiate highspeed sound search of current song.

6. CD IndicatorWhen car ignition switch is ACC or ONand if the CD is loaded, this indicator islighted.If the CD is ejected the light is turned off.

7. REPEAT ButtonRepeats current song when the button ispressed for less than 0.8 second.Repeats the entire DISC when the buttonis pressed for 0.8 second or longer.

8. RANDOM Play ButtonTurns ON/OFF the randomization of theplay list of files in the currently playedDISC.To cancel the mode, press the key onceagain.


1104

1. FM Selection Button

2. AM Selection Button

3. CD Selection Button



6. Power ON/OFF & VOLUME Control Button


8. Screen ON/ OFF Button

9. Information Display Button

10. SET UP Button

11. TUNE/ENTER Button

12. Preset Button

RADIO, SET UP, VOLUME CONTROL (PA710) (IF EQUIPPED)

A-200FDD

4 111


1. FM Selection ButtonTurns to FM mode and toggles FM1 andFM2 when the button is pressed eachtime.

2. AM Selection ButtonTurns to AM mode, and toggles in theorder of AM1➟AM2➟AM1··· when thebutton is pressed each time.

3. CD Selection ButtonIf there is a cd in the CDP DECK it playsthe CD.Press CD button to automatically insertCD when the disc is ejected from thedeck by pressing CD EJECT.

4. AUX Selection ButtonIf the auxiliary device is connected, itturns to AUX MODE to play the soundfrom the auxiliary player.If no Disc and auxiliary device is connected,it displays “NO Media” for 5 seconds andreturns to the previous mode.


• When the [SEEK ]button is pressed,it reduces the band frequency by100khz to automatically select chan-nel. Stops at the previous frequency ifno channel is found.

• When the [SEEK ]button is pressed,it increases the band frequency by100khz to automatically select channel.Stops at the previous frequency if nochannel is found.


• Turns on/off the set when the IGNI-TION SWITCH is on ACC or ON. If thebutton is turned to the right, it increas-es the volume and left, decreases thevolume.

• In AUX mode, the volume and tone(BASS, MID, TRE) are adjusted in aseparate way.If you pull out AUX from a jack andinsert it again, then only volume goesback to step 10.

7. AUTO STORE ButtonWhen the button is pressed, it automati-cally selects and saves channels withhigh reception rate to PRESET buttons(1~6) and plays the channel saved inPRESET1.If no channel is saved after AST, it willplay the previous channel.

8. Screen ON/ OFF ButtonTurns off/on the displayed data and lighton LCD.The screen and light will be turned on bypressing any button except DARK buttonwhen the screen is turned off.

9. Information Display ButtonType ADisplays the information of the channelcurrently played by RDS.

Type BDisplays the information of the channelcurrently played.


1124

10. SET UP ButtonPress this button to turn to the SOUND,clock setting, time display, SCROLL,SDVC, temperature display and adjust-ment mode.If no action is taken for 5 seconds afterpressing the button, it will return to theplay mode.(After entering SET UP mode,move between items using the left, rightand PUSH functions of the TUNE button.)

Type AThe set up item changes from SOUND➟CLOCK➟TIME➟SCROLL➟SDVC➟TEMP➟SOUND...

Type BThe set up item changes from AUDIO➟

CLOCK➟TIME➟SCROLL➟SDVC➟TEMP➟P.BASS➟AUDIO

11. TUNE/ENTER ButtonTurn this button clockwise by one notchto increase frequency by 0.05Mhz fromcurrent frequency.Turn this button counterclockwise by onenotch to decrease frequency by 0.05Mhzfrom current frequency.Press this button while holding SET UPbutton to activate / inactivate the item to.Select SET UP item using left and rightfunction of the Tune button.

12. Preset ButtonPush [1]~[6] buttons less than 0.8 secondto play the channel saved in each button.Push preset button for 0.8 second orlonger to save current channel to therespective button with a beep.

4 113


1. CD loading slot

2. CD indicator

3. CD Eject Button



6. INFO Button


8. REPEAT Button


10. SCAN Play Button

11. FOLDER Moving Button

A-200FDD

CD (PA710) (IF EQUIPPED)


1144

1. CD loading slotPlease face printed side upward andgently push in. When the ignition switchis on ACC or ON and power is off, poweris automatically turned on if the CD isloaded. This CDP supports both 8cm and12 cm CDs. But if VCD, Data CD, MP3CD are loaded, "Er-6" message willappear and CD will be ejected.

2. CD Indicator When car ignition switch is ACC or ONand if the CD is loaded, this indicator islighted. If the CD is ejected the light isturned off.

3. CD eject ButtonPush button to eject the CD during CDplayback. This button is enabled whenignition switch is off.

4. AUX Selection ButtonIf the auxiliary device is connected, itturns to AUX MODE to play the soundfrom the auxiliary player.If no Disc and auxiliary device is connected,it displays "NO Media" for 5 seconds andreturns to the previous mode.



• Push [SEEK ] button for less than0.8 second and press again within 1second to play the previous song.



• Push [SEEK ] button for 0.8 secondor longer to initiate high speed soundsearch of current song.

6. INFO ButtonDisplays the information of the currentCD TRACK in the order of DISCTITLE➟DISC ARTIST➟TRACK TITLE➟

TRACK ARTIST➟TOTAL TRACK➟ PlayScreen➟DISC TITLE➟···.(not displayed ifthe information is not available on theDISC.)(If MP3 is displayed FILE NAME ➟TITLE➟ARTIST➟ALBUM➟FOLDER➟TOTALFILE➟FILE NAME➟···)

7. TUNE/ENTER ButtonTurn this button clockwise to displaysongs after current song.Also, turn this button counterclockwise todisplay songs before current song.To listen to the displayed song, press thebutton to skip to the song and play.


9. RANDOM Play ButtonTurns on/off the randomization of theplay list of files in the currently playedDISC.To cancel the mode, press the key onceagain.

10. SCAN Play ButtonPlays first 10 seconds of each song inthe DISC.To cancel the mode, press the key onceagain.

4 115


11. FOLDER Moving Button• Moves [FLDR ] button child folder of

the current folder and displays the firstsong in the folder. Press TUNE/ENTERbutton to move to the folder displayed.It will play the first song in the folder.

• Moves [FLDR ] button parent folderand displays the first song in the folder.Press TUNE/ENTER button to move tothe folder displayed. It will play the firstsong in the folder.


1164


2. Track moving Button

3. INFO Selection Button

4. Folder moving Button


6. RANDOM Playback Button

7. REPEAT Selection Button

8. SCAN Selection Button

A-200FDD

USING USB (PA710) (IF EQUIPPED)

4 117


In case USB is connected to the multimedia jack inside the console on the lefthand side of the driver’s seat. When USBis connected, the ‘USB’ icon will be dis-played on the top right corner of the dis-play screen.

1. AUX Selection ButtonIf USB is not connected, it switches to theUSB mode from the Radio and CD modeto play the song files stored in the USB.If AUX is not connected, it is invalid key.

2. Track Moving Button• Press the [SEEK ] button for less

than 0.8 second to play from the begin-ning of the song currently played.Press the button for less than 0.8 sec-ond and press it again within 1 secondto move to and play the previous track.Press the button for 0.8 second orlonger to play the song in reversedirection in fast speed.

• Press the [SEEK ] button for lessthan 0.8 second to move to the nexttrack.Press the button for 0.8 second orlonger to play the song in forwarddirection in fast speed.

3. INFO ButtonDisplays the information of the file cur-rently played in the order of FILE NAME➟TITLE➟ARTIST➟ALBUM➟FOLDER➟

TOTAL FILE➟FILE NAME➟… (Displaysno information if the file has no songinformation.)

4. Folder moving Button• Moves [FLDR ] button child folder of



5. TUNE/ENTER ButtonTurn this button clockwise to display thesongs next to the currently played song.Turn the button counterclockwise to dis-play the songs before the currentlyplayed song.Press the button to skip to and play theselected song.

6. RANDOM Playback ButtonPress the button for less than 0.8 secondto start or stop the random playback ofthe songs in the current folder.Press the button for more than 0.8 sec-ond to randomly play the entire songs inthe USB device.Press the button again to cancel the mode.

7. REPEAT ButtonPress the button for less than 0.8 secondto repeat the song currently played.Press the button for more than 0.8 sec-ond to repeat the entire songs in the USBdevice.

8. SCAN ButtonPlays 10 seconds of each song in the USBdevice.Press the button once again to cancelscanning.


1184

CAUTION IN USING USB DEVICE

• To use the external USB device,make sure the device is notmounted when starting up thevehicle and mount the deviceafter starting up.

• If you start the vehicle when theUSB device is mounted, it maydamage the USB device. (USB isnot ESA)

• If the vehicle is started up orturned off while the external USBdevice is connected, the externalUSB device may not work.

• It may not play inauthentic MP3 orWMA files.1) It can only play MP3 files with

the compression rate between8Kbps~320Kbps.

2) It can only play WMA musicfiles with the compression ratebetween 8Kbps~320Kbps.

• Take cautions for static electricitywhen mounting or dismountingthe external USB device.

• An encoded MP3 player is notrecognizable.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Depending on the condition of

the external USB device, the con-nected external USB device canbe unrecognizable.

• When the VHAPTTL byte/sectorsetting of External USB devices isnot either 512BYTE or 2048BYTE,then the device will not be recog-nized.

• Use only the USB device format-ted to FAT 12/16/32.

• USB device without USB I/Fauthentication may not be recog-nizable.

• Make sure the USB connectionterminal does not come in contactwith human body or any object.

• If you repeat mounting or dis-mounting USB device in a shortperiod of time, it may break thedevice.

• You might hear strange noisewhen mounting or dismounting aUSB device.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If you dismount the external USB

device during playback in USBmode, the external USB device canbe damaged or malfunction.Therefore, mount the external USBdevice when the engine is turnedoff or in another mode.

• Depending on the type and capac-ity of the external USB device orthe type of the files stored in thedevice, there is a difference in thetime taken for recognition of thedevice, but this is not a troubleand you only have to wait.

• Do not use the USB device for otherpurposes than playing music files.

• Use of USB accessories such asthe recharger or heater usingUSB I/F may lower the perform-ance or cause trouble.

• If you use devices such as theUSB hub you purchased sepa-rately, the vehicle’s audio systemmay not recognize the USBdevice. Connect the USB devicedirectly to the multimedia termi-nal of the vehicle.

(Continued)

4 119


(Continued)• If USB device is divided by logical

drives, only the music files on thehighest-priority drive are recog-nized by car audio.

• Devices such as MP3 Player/Cellular phone/Digital camerathose are not recognizable bystandard USB I/F can be unrecog-nizable.

• USB devices other than standard-ized goods (METAL COVER TYPEUSB) can be unrecognizable.

• USB flash memory reader (suchas CF, SD, microSD, etc.) or exter-nal-HDD type devices can beunrecognizable.

• Music files protected by DRM(DIGITAL RIGHTS MANAGEMENT)are not recognizalbe.

• The data in the USB memory maybe lost while using this AUDIO. Itis recommeded to back up impor-tant data on a personal storagedevice.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Please avoid using USB memory

products which can be used askey chains or cellular phoneaccessories as they could causedamage to the USB jack. Pleasemake certain only to use plug typeconnector products as shownbelow.


1204

1. iPod Selection Button



4. Category Selection Button




A-200FDD

RUNNING iPod (PA710) (IF EQUIPPED)

* iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc.

4 121


In case the iPod exclusive cable is con-nected to the multimedia jack inside theconsole on the left hand side of the dri-ver’s seat. When the iPod is connected,the ‘iPod’ icon will be displayed on the topright corner of the display screen.

1. iPod Selection ButtonIf iPod is connected, it switches to theiPod mode from the Radio and CD modeto play the song files stored in the iPod.If there are no CD and AUX, it displays'NO MEDIA'.




3. INFO ButtonDisplays the information of the file cur-rently played in the order of FILE NAME➟ TITLE➟ ARTIST➟ ALBUM➟ FILENAME➟…(Displays no information if the file has nosong information.)

4. Category Selection ButtonMoves to the upper category from cur-rently played category of the iPod.You will be able to search through thelower category of the selected category.The order of iPod's category is SONG,ALBUMS, ARTISTS, GENRES, andiPod. (Refer to the iPod user's manual formore information)

5. TUNE/ENTER ButtonWhen you turn the button clockwise, itwill display the songs (category) next tothe song currently played (category inthe same level).Also, when you turn the button counter-clockwise, it will display the songs (cate-gory) before the song currently played(category in the same level).

If you want to listen to the song displayedin the song category, press the button,then it will skip to the selected song andplay.

6. RANDOM Playback ButtonPress the button for less than 0.8 secondto activate or deactivate the random play-back of the songs within the current cat-egory.Press the button for longer than 0.8 sec-ond to randomly play all songs in theentire album of the iPod.Press the button once again to cancel themode.

7. REPEAT ButtonRepeats the song currently played.


1224

✽✽ NOTICE FOR USING iPodDEVICE

• Some iPod models might not supportthe communication protocol and thefiles will not be played. (iPod modelssupported: Mini, 4G, Photo, Nano,5G)

• The order of search or playback ofsongs in the iPod can be differentfrom the order searched in the audiosystem.

• If the iPod crashes due to its own trou-ble, reset iPod. (Reset: Refer to iPodmanual)

• An iPod may not operate normally onlow battery.

CAUTION IN USING iPod DEVICE

• You need the power cable exclu-sive for iPod (purchased sepa-rately) in order to operate iPodwith the buttons on the audio sys-tem. The PC cable provided byApple may cause malfunction anddo not use it for vehicle use.

• When connecting the device withan iPod cable, push in the jackfully not to interfere with commu-nication.

• When adjusting the sound effectsof iPod and the audio system, thesound effects of both devices willoverlap each and might causereduce or distort the quality of thesound.

• Deactivate (turn off) the equalizerfunction of iPod when adjustingthe audio system’s volume, andturn off the equalizer of the audiosystem when using the equalizerof iPod.

(Continued)

(Continued)• When the iPod cable is connected,

the system can be switched to theAUX mode even without the iPoddevice and can cause noise.Disconnect iPod cable when youare not using the iPod device.

• When the iPod is not used for theaudio system, the iPod cable hasto be separate from iPod devices.Original display of iPod may not bedisplayed.

4 123


A-300FDD

1. FM Selection Button

2. AM Selection Button

3. CD Selection Button



6. Power ON/OFF & VOLUME Control

Button


8. Screen ON/ OFF Button

9. Information Display Button

10. SET UP Button


12. Preset Button

RADIO, SET UP, VOLUME CONTROL (PA760) (IF EQUIPPED)


1244

1. FM Selection ButtonTurns to FM mode and toggles FM1 andFM2 when the button is pressed eachtime.

2. AM Selection ButtonTurns to AM mode, and toggles in theorder of AM1➟AM2➟AM1··· when thebutton is pressed each time.

3. CD Selection ButtonIf there is a cd in the CDP DECK it playsthe CD.Press CD button to automatically insertCD when the disc is ejected from thedeck by pressing CD EJECT.

4. AUX Selection ButtonIf the auxiliary device is connected, itturns to AUX MODE to play the soundfrom the auxiliary player.If no Disc and auxiliary device is connected,it displays “NO Media” for 5 seconds andreturns to the previous mode.


• When the [SEEK ]button is pressed,it reduces the band frequency by100khz to automatically select channel.Stops at the previous frequency if nochannel is found.

• When the [SEEK ]button is pressed,it increases the band frequency by100khz to automatically select channel.Stops at the previous frequency if nochannel is found.


• Turns on/off the set when the IGNI-TION SWITCH is on ACC or ON. If thebutton is turned to the right, it increas-es the volume and left, decreases thevolume.

• In AUX mode, the volume and tone(BASS, MID, TRE) are adjusted in aseparate way.If you pull out AUX from a jack andinsert it again, then only volume goesback to step 10.

7. AUTO STORE ButtonWhen the button is pressed, it automati-cally selects and saves channels withhigh reception rate to PRESET buttons(1~6) and plays the channel saved inPRESET1.If no channel is saved after AST, it willplay the previous channel.

8. Screen ON/ OFF ButtonTurns off/on the displayed data and lighton LCD.The screen and light will be turned on bypressing any button except DARK buttonwhen the screen is turned off.

9. Information Display ButtonType ADisplays the information of the channelcurrently played by RDS.

Type BDisplays the information of the channelcurrently played.

4 125


10. SET UP ButtonPress this button to turn to the SOUND,clock setting, time display, SCROLL,SDVC, temperature display and adjust-ment mode.If no action is taken for 5 seconds afterpressing the button, it will return to theplay mode.(After entering SET UP mode,move between items using the left, rightand PUSH functions of the TUNE button.)

Type AThe set up item changes from SOUND➟CLOCK➟TIME➟SCROLL➟SDVC➟TEMP➟SOUND...

Type BThe set up item changes from AUDIO➟

CLOCK➟TIME➟SCROLL➟SDVC➟TEMP➟AUDIO...

11. TUNE/ENTER ButtonTurn this button clockwise by one notchto increase frequency by 0.05Mhz fromcurrent frequency.Turn this button counterclockwise by onenotch to decrease frequency by 0.05Mhzfrom current frequency.Press this button while holding SET UPbutton to activate / inactivate the item to.Select SET UP item using left and rightfunction of the Tune button.

12. Preset ButtonPush [1]~[6] buttons less than 0.8 secondto play the channel saved in each button.Push preset button for 0.8 second orlonger to save current channel to therespective button with a beep.


1264

1. CD loading slot

2. CD indicator

3. CD Eject Button

4. LOAD Button



7. INFO Button


9. REPEAT Button


11. DISC selection Button

12. SCAN Play Button

13. FOLDER Moving Button

A-300FDD

CD (PA760) (IF EQUIPPED)

4 127


1. CD loading slotPlease face printed side upward andgently push in. When the ignition switchis on ACC or ON and power is off, poweris automatically turned on if the CD isloaded. This CDP supports both 8cm and12 cm CDs. But if VCD, Data CD areloaded, "Er-6" message will appear andCD will be ejected.

2. CD Indicator CD is loaded, this slot icon is displayed,If the CD is ejected the slot icon is displayoff.

3. CD eject Button• Pressing the button for less than 0.8

second will eject 1 disc while pressingfor 0.8 second ~ 3 seconds will eject alldiscs.

• Pressing the button for over 5 secondswill eject all discs by force. (EMER-GENCY EJECT)

4. CD LOAD ButtonPush [LOAD] button to load CDs to avail-able CDC deck (from 1~6). Push [LOAD]button for more than 2 seconds to loadinto all available decks.The last CD will play. 10 seconds idle sta-tus will disable loading process.

5. AUX Selection ButtonIf the auxiliary device is connected, itturns to AUX MODE to play the soundfrom the auxiliary player.If no auxiliary device is connected, it dis-plays "NO CONNECT" for 3 seconds andreturns to the previous mode.



• Push [SEEK ] button for less than0.8 second and press again within 3seconds to play the previous song.



• Push [SEEK ] button for 0.8 secondor longer to initiate high speed soundsearch of current song.

7. INFO ButtonDisplays the information of the currentCD TRACK in the order of DISCTITLE➟DISC ARTIST➟TRACK TITLE➟

TRACK ARTIST➟TOTAL TRACK➟ PlayScreen➟DISC TITLE➟···.(not displayed ifthe information is not available on theDISC.)(If MP3 is displayed FILE NAME ➟TITLE➟ARTIST➟ALBUM➟FOLDER➟TOTALFILE➟FILE NAME➟···)

8. TUNE/ENTER ButtonTurn this button clockwise to displaysongs after current song.Also, turn this button counterclockwise todisplay songs before current song.To listen to the displayed song, press thebutton to skip to the song and play.


10. RANDOM Play ButtonTurns on/off the randomization of the playlist of files in the currently played DISC.To cancel the mode, press the key onceagain.


1284

11. DISC Selection Button• [DISC ] Change Button

Changes disc to the previous disc.• [DISC ] Change Button

Changes disc to the next disc.

12. SCAN Play ButtonPlays first 10 seconds of each song in theDISC.To cancel the mode, press the key onceagain.

13. FOLDER Moving Button• Moves [FLDR ] button child folder of



4 129





4. Folder moving Button




8. SCAN Selection Button

A-300FDD

USING USB (PA760) (IF EQUIPPED)


1304

In case USB is connected to the multimedia jack inside the console on the lefthand side of the driver’s seat. When USBis connected, the ‘USB’ icon will be dis-played on the top right corner of the dis-play screen.

1.AUX Selection ButtonIf USB is not connected, it switches to theUSB mode from the Radio and CD modeto play the song files stored in the USB.If AUX is not connected, it is invalid key.




3. INFO ButtonDisplays the information of the file cur-rently played in the order of FILE NAME➟TITLE➟ARTIST➟ALBUM➟FOLDER➟

TOTAL FILE➟FILE NAME➟… (Displaysno information if the file has no songinformation.)

4. Folder moving Button• Moves [FLDR ] button child folder of



5. TUNE/ENTER ButtonTurn this button clockwise to display thesongs next to the currently played song.Turn the button counterclockwise to dis-play the songs before the currentlyplayed song.Press the button to skip to and play theselected song.

6. RANDOM Playback ButtonPress the button for less than 0.8 secondto start or stop the random playback ofthe songs in the current folder.Press the button for more than 0.8 sec-ond to randomly play the entire songs inthe USB device.Press the button again to cancel the mode.

7. REPEAT ButtonPress the button for less than 0.8 secondto repeat the song currently played.Press the button for more than 0.8 sec-ond to repeat the entire songs in the USBdevice.

8. SCAN ButtonPlays 10 seconds of each song in the USBdevice.Press the button once again to cancelscanning.

4 131


(Continued)• If you dismount the external USB

device during playback in USBmode, the external USB device canbe damaged or malfunction.Therefore, mount the external USBdevice when the engine is turnedoff or in another mode.

• Depending on the type and capac-ity of the external USB device orthe type of the files stored in thedevice, there is a difference in thetime taken for recognition of thedevice, but this is not a troubleand you only have to wait.

• Do not use the USB device for otherpurposes than playing music files.

• Use of USB accessories such asthe recharger or heater usingUSB I/F may lower the perform-ance or cause trouble.

• If you use devices such as theUSB hub you purchased sepa-rately, the vehicle’s audio systemmay not recognize the USBdevice. Connect the USB devicedirectly to the multimedia termi-nal of the vehicle.

(Continued)

CAUTION IN USING USB DEVICE

• To use the external USB device,make sure the device is notmounted when starting up thevehicle and mount the deviceafter starting up.

• If you start the vehicle when theUSB device is mounted, it maydamage the USB device. (USB isnot ESA)

• If the vehicle is started up orturned off while the external USBdevice is connected, the externalUSB device may not work.

• It may not play inauthentic MP3 orWMA files.1) It can only play MP3 files with

the compression rate between8Kbps~320Kbps.

2) It can only play WMA musicfiles with the compression ratebetween 8Kbps~320Kbps.

• Take cautions for static electricitywhen mounting or dismountingthe external USB device.

• An encoded MP3 player is notrecognizable.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Depending on the condition of

the external USB device, the con-nected external USB device canbe unrecognizable.

• When the VHAPTTL byte/sectorsetting of External USB devices isnot either 512BYTE or 2048BYTE,then the device will not be recog-nized.

• Use only the USB device format-ted to FAT 12/16/32.

• USB device without USB I/Fauthentication may not be recog-nizable.

• Make sure the USB connectionterminal does not come in contactwith human body or any object.

• If you repeat mounting or dis-mounting USB device in a shortperiod of time, it may break thedevice.

• You might hear strange noisewhen mounting or dismounting aUSB device.

(Continued)


1324

(Continued)• If USB device is divided by logical

drives, only the music files on thehighest-priority drive are recog-nized by car audio.

• Devices such as MP3 Player/Cellular phone/Digital camerathose are not recognizable bystandard USB I/F can be unrecog-nizable.

• USB devices other than standard-ized goods (METAL COVER TYPEUSB) can be unrecognizable.

• USB flash memory reader (suchas CF, SD, microSD, etc.) or exter-nal-HDD type devices can beunrecognizable.

• Music files protected by DRM(DIGITAL RIGHTS MANAGEMENT)are not recognizalbe.

• The data in the USB memory maybe lost while using this AUDIO. Itis recommeded to back up impor-tant data on a personal storagedevice.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Please avoid using USB memory

products which can be used askey chains or cellular phoneaccessories as they could causedamage to the USB jack. Pleasemake certain only to use plug typeconnector products as shownbelow.

4 133


1. iPod Selection Button



4. Category Selection Button




A-300FDD

RUNNING iPod (PA760) (IF EQUIPPED)

* iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc.


1344

In case the iPod exclusive cable is con-nected to the multimedia jack inside theconsole on the left hand side of the dri-ver’s seat. When the iPod is connected,the ‘iPod’ icon will be displayed on the topright corner of the display screen.

1. iPod Selection ButtonIf iPod is connected, it switches to theiPod mode from the Radio and CD modeto play the song files stored in the iPod.If there are no CD and AUX, it displays'NO MEDIA'.




3. INFO ButtonDisplays the information of the file cur-rently played in the order of FILE NAME➟ TITLE➟ ARTIST➟ ALBUM➟ FILENAME➟…(Displays no information if the file has nosong information.)

4. Category Selection ButtonMoves to the upper category from cur-rently played category of the iPod.You will be able to search through thelower category of the selected category.The order of iPod's category is SONG,ALBUMS, ARTISTS, GENRES, andiPod. (Refer to the iPod user's manual formore information)

5. TUNE/ENTER ButtonWhen you turn the button clockwise, itwill display the songs (category) next tothe song currently played (category inthe same level).Also, when you turn the button counter-clockwise, it will display the songs (cate-gory) before the song currently played(category in the same level).

If you want to listen to the song displayedin the song category, press the button,then it will skip to the selected song andplay.

6. RANDOM Playback ButtonPress the button for less than 0.8 secondto activate or deactivate the random play-back of the songs within the current cat-egory.Press the button for longer than 0.8 sec-ond to randomly play all songs in theentire album of the iPod.Press the button once again to cancel themode.

7. REPEAT ButtonRepeats the song currently played.

4 135


✽✽ NOTICE FOR USING iPodDEVICE

• Some iPod models might not supportthe communication protocol and thefiles will not be played. (iPod modelssupported: Mini, 4G, Photo, Nano,5G)

• The order of search or playback ofsongs in the iPod can be differentfrom the order searched in the audiosystem.

• If the iPod crashes due to its own trou-ble, reset iPod. (Reset: Refer to iPodmanual)

• An iPod may not operate normally onlow battery.

CAUTION IN USING iPod DEVICE

• You need the power cable exclu-sive for iPod (purchased sepa-rately) in order to operate iPodwith the buttons on the audio sys-tem. The PC cable provided byApple may cause malfunction anddo not use it for vehicle use.

• When connecting the device withan iPod cable, push in the jackfully not to interfere with commu-nication.

• When adjusting the sound effectsof iPod and the audio system, thesound effects of both devices willoverlap each and might causereduce or distort the quality of thesound.

• Deactivate (turn off) the equalizerfunction of iPod when adjustingthe audio system’s volume, andturn off the equalizer of the audiosystem when using the equalizerof iPod.

(Continued)

(Continued)• When the iPod cable is connected,

the system can be switched to theAUX mode even without the iPoddevice and can cause noise.Disconnect iPod cable when youare not using the iPod device.

• When the iPod is not used for theaudio system, the iPod cable hasto be separate from iPod devices.Original display of iPod may not bedisplayed.

5

Before driving / 5-3

Key positions / 5-4

Starting the engine / 5-5

Manual transaxle / 5-8

Automatic transaxle / 5-11

Brake system / 5-17

Cruise control system / 5-27

Economical operation / 5-31

Special driving conditions / 5-33

Winter driving / 5-37

Trailer towing / 5-41

Vehicle weight / 5-49



25

E010000AFD-EA

WARNING - ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS!Engine exhaust fumes can be extremely dangerous. If, at any time, you smell exhaust fumes inside the vehicle, open the win-dows immediately.

• Do not inhale exhaust fumes.Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide, a colourless, odourless gas that can cause unconsciousness and death by asphyx-iation.

• Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose. If you heara change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the car, have theexhaust system checked as soon as possible by an authorised HYUNDAI dealer.

• Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Never run the engine in yourgarage any longer than it takes to start the engine and back the car out.

• Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the car.If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the car, be sure to do so only in an open areawith the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan operating at one of the higher speeds so fresh air is drawn into the interior.

If you must drive with the tailgate open because you are carrying objects that make this necessary:1. Close all windows.2. Open side vents.3. Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face" and the fan at one of the higher speeds.

To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, be sure the ventilation air intakes located just in front of the windshield arekept clear of snow, ice, leaves or other obstructions.

5 3


E020100AUN-EA

Before entering vehicle• Be sure that all windows, outside mir-

ror(s), and outside lights are clean.• Check the condition of the tyres.• Check under the vehicle for any sign of

leaks.• Be sure there are no obstacles behind

you if you intend to back up.

E020200AUN

Necessary inspections Fluid levels, such as engine oil, enginecoolant, brake fluid, and washer fluidshould be checked on a regular basis,with the exact interval depending on thefluid. Further details are provided inSection 7, “Maintenance”.

E020300AUN-EA

Before starting • Close and lock all doors.• Position the seat so that all controls are

easily reached.• Adjust the inside and outside rearview

mirrors.

• Be sure that all lights work.• Check all gauges.• Check the operation of warning lights

when the ignition switch is turned tothe ON position.

• Release the hand brake and makesure the brake warning light goes out.

For safe operation, be sure you are famil-iar with your vehicle and its equipment.

BEFORE DRIVING

WARNINGAll passengers must be properlybelted whenever the vehicle is mov-ing. Refer to “Seat belts” in section3 for more information on theirproper use.

WARNINGAlways check the surroundingareas near your vehicle for people,especially children, before putting acar into “Drive” or “Reverse”.

WARNING - Driving underthe influence of alcohol ordrugs

Drinking and driving is dangerous.Drunk driving is the number onecontributor to the highway deathtoll each year. Even a small amountof alcohol will affect your reflexes,perceptions and judgement.Driving while under the influence ofdrugs is as dangerous or more dan-gerous than driving drunk.You are much more likely to have aserious accident if you drink ortake drugs and drive.If you are drinking or taking drugs,don’t drive. Do not ride with a driv-er who has been drinking or takingdrugs. Choose a designated driveror call a cab.

WARNINGWhen you intend to park or stop thevehicle with the engine on, be care-ful not to depress the acceleratorpedal for a long period of time. Itmay overheat the engine or exhaustsystem and cause fire.


45

E030100AFD

Illuminated ignition switch (if equipped)Whenever a front door is opened, theignition switch will be illuminated for yourconvenience, provided the ignition switchis not in the ON position. The light will gooff immediately when the ignition switchis turned on or go off after about 30 sec-onds when the door is closed.

Ignition switch positionE030201AUN

LOCKThe steering wheel locks to protectagainst theft. The ignition key can beremoved only in the LOCK position.When turning the ignition switch to theLOCK position, push the key inward atthe ACC position and turn the key towardthe LOCK position.

E030202AUN-EA

ACC (Accessory)The steering wheel is unlocked and elec-trical accessories are operative.

✽✽ NOTICEIf difficulty is experienced turning theignition switch to the ACC position, turnthe key while turning the steering wheelright and left to release the tension.

E030203AUN

ONThe warning lights can be checkedbefore the engine is started. This is thenormal running position after the engineis started.Do not leave the ignition switch ON if theengine is not running to prevent batterydischarge.

E030204AUN-EA

STARTTurn the ignition key to the START posi-tion to start the engine. The engine willcrank until you release the key; then itreturns to the ON position. The brakewarning lamp can be checked in thisposition.

KEY POSITIONS

OFD057001 OFD057002

5 5


E040000AUN

E040100AUN-EA

Starting the petrol engine

1. Make sure the hand brake is applied.2. Manual Transaxle - Depress the

clutch pedal fully and shift thetransaxle into Neutral. Keep the clutchpedal and brake pedal depressedwhile turning the ignition switch to thestart position.Automatic Transaxle - Place thetransaxle shift lever in P (Park).Depress the brake pedal fully.You can also start the engine whenthe shift lever is in the N (Neutral)position.

3. Turn the ignition switch to START andhold it there until the engine starts (amaximum of 10 seconds), thenrelease the key.

4. In extremely cold weather (below -18°C / 0°F) or after the vehicle hasnot been operated for several days, letthe engine warm up without depress-ing the accelerator.

Whether the engine is cold or warm, itshould be started without depressingthe accelerator.

WARNING - Ignition key• Never turn the ignition switch to

LOCK or ACC while the vehicle ismoving. This would result in lossof directional control and brakingfunction, which could cause anaccident.

• The anti-theft steering column lockis not a substitute for the handbrake. Before leaving the driver’sseat, always make sure the shiftlever is engaged in P (Park) for theautomatic transaxle and set thehand brake fully and shut theengine off. Unexpected and sud-den vehicle movement may occurif these precautions are not taken.

• Never reach for the ignition switch,or any other controls through thesteering wheel while the vehicle isin motion. The presence of yourhand or arm in this area couldcause a loss of vehicle control, anaccident and serious bodily injuryor death.

• Do not place any movable objectsaround the driver’s seat as theymay move while driving, interferewith the driver and lead to an acci-dent.

WARNINGAlways wear appropriate shoeswhen operating your vehicle.Unsuitable shoes (high heels, skiboots,etc.) may interfere with yourability to use the brake and acceler-ator pedal, and the clutch (ifequipped).

CAUTIONIf the engine stalls while you are inmotion, do not attempt to move theshift lever to the P (Park) position. Iftraffic and road conditions permit,you may put the shift lever in the N(Neutral) position while the vehicleis still moving and turn the ignitionswitch to the START position in anattempt to restart the engine.

STARTING THE ENGINE


65

E040101AUN-EA

Starting the diesel engine

To start the diesel engine when theengine is cold, it has to be pre-heatedbefore starting the engine and then haveto be warmed up before starting to drive.1. Make sure the hand brake is applied.2. Manual Transaxle - Depress the

clutch pedal fully and shift thetransaxle into Neutral. Keep the clutchpedal and brake pedal depressedwhile turning the ignition switch to thestart position.Automatic Transaxle - Place thetransaxle shift lever in P(park).Depress the brake pedal fully.You can also start the engine when theshift lever is in the N(neutral) position.

3. Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi-tion to pre-heat the engine. Then theglow indicator light will illuminate.

4. If the glow indicator light goes out, turnthe ignition switch to the START posi-tion and hold it there until the enginestarts (a maximum of 10 seconds),then release the key.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the engine is not started within 10 sec-onds after the preheating is completed,turn the ignition key once more to theLOCK position during 10 seconds, andthen to the ON position, in order to pre-heat again.

CAUTIONDo not crank the engine for morethan 10 seconds. If the engine stallsor fails to start, wait 5 to 10 secondsbefore cranking the engine again.Improper use of the starter motormay cause damage to it.

W-60

Glow indicator light

5 7


Starting and stopping the engine for tur-bocharger intercooler

1. Do not race or accelerate the engineimmediately after starting.If the engine is cold, idle for severalseconds. This allows sufficient lubrica-tion to the turbo charger unit.

2. After high speed or extended driving,requiring a heavy engine load, idle theengine about 1 minute before turning itoff.This idle time will allow the tur-bocharger to cool prior to shutting theengine off.

CAUTIONDo not turn the engine off immedi-ately after it has been subjected toa heavy load. Doing so may causesevere damage to the engine or tur-bocharger unit.


85

E050000AUN

E050100AUN-EA

Manual transaxle operationThe manual transaxle has 5 (or 6) for-ward gears.This shift pattern is imprinted on the shiftknob. The transaxle is fully synchronisedin all forward gears so shifting to either ahigher or a lower gear is easily accom-plished.Press the clutch pedal down fully whileshifting, then release it slowly.If your vehicle is equipped with an igni-tion lock switch, the engine will not startwhen starting the engine withoutdepressing the clutch pedal. (if equipped)The gearshift lever must be returned tothe neutral position before shifting into R(Reverse). The ring located immediatelybelow the shift knob must be pulledupward while moving the shift lever to theR position.Make sure the vehicle is completelystopped before shifting into R (Reverse).Never operate the engine with thetachometer (rpm) in the red zone.

MANUAL TRANSAXLE (IF EQUIPPED)

OFD057003

The ring (1) must be pulled up whilemoving the shift lever.

The shift lever can be moved withoutpulling the ring (1).

CAUTION• When downshifting from fifth

gear to fourth gear, cautionshould be taken not to inadver-tently press the gear shift leversideways in such a manner thatsecond gear is engaged. Such adrastic downshift may cause theengine speed to increase to thepoint that the tachometer willenter the red-zone. Such over-revving of the engine may possi-bly cause engine damage.

• Do not downshift more than 2gears or downshift the gear whenthe engine is running at highspeed (5,000 RPM or higher).Doing so may damage the engine.

5 9


• During cold weather, shifting may bedifficult until the transaxle lubricant haswarmed up. This is normal and notharmful to the transaxle.

• If you've come to a complete stop andit's hard to shift into 1st or R(Reverse),put the shift lever in N(Neutral) positionand release the clutch. Press theclutch pedal back down, and then shiftinto 1st or R(Reverse) gear position.

E050101AUN-EA

Using the clutchThe clutch should be pressed all the wayto the floor before shifting, then releasedslowly.The clutch pedal should always befully released while driving. Do not restyour foot on the clutch pedal while driv-ing. This can cause unnecessary wear.Do not partially engage the clutch to holdthe car on an incline. This causes unnec-essary wear. Use the foot brake or handbrake to hold the car on an incline. Do notoperate the clutch pedal rapidly andrepeatedly.

E050102AUN-EA

DownshiftingWhen you must slow down in heavy traf-fic or while driving up steep hills, down-shift before the engine starts to labour.Downshifting reduces the chance ofstalling and gives better accelerationwhen you again need to increase yourspeed. When the vehicle is travelingdown steep hills, downshifting helpsmaintain safe speed and prolongs brakelife.

CAUTION• To avoid premature clutch wear

and damage, do not drive withyour foot resting on the clutchpedal. Also, don’t use the clutchto hold the vehicle stopped on anuphill grade, while waiting for atraffic light, etc.

• Do not use the shift lever as ahandrest during driving, as thiscan result in premature wear ofthe transaxle shift forks.

WARNING• Before leaving the driver’s seat,

always set the hand brake fullyand shut the engine off. Thenmake sure the transaxle is shiftedinto 1st gear when the vehicle isparked on a level or uphill grade,and shifted into R (Reverse) on adownhill grade. Unexpected andsudden vehicle movement canoccur if these precautions are notfollowed in the order identified.

• If your vehicle has a manualtransaxle not equipped with aignition lock switch, it may moveand cause a serious accidentwhen starting the engine withoutdepressing the clutch pedal whilethe parking brake is released andthe shift lever not in theN(Neutral) position.


105

E050200AUN

Good driving practices• Never take the car out of gear and

coast down a hill. This is extremelyhazardous. Always leave the car ingear.

• Don't "ride" the brakes. This can causethem to overheat and malfunction.Instead, when you are driving down along hill, slow down and shift to a lowergear. When you do this, engine brakingwill help slow the car.

• Slow down before shifting to a lowergear. This will help avoid over-revvingthe engine, which can cause damage.

• Slow down when you encounter crosswinds. This gives you much better con-trol of your car.

• Be sure the car is completely stoppedbefore you attempt to shift into reverse.The transaxle can be damaged if youdo not. To shift into reverse, depressthe clutch, move the shift lever to neu-tral, wait three seconds, then shift tothe reverse position.

• Exercise extreme caution when drivingon a slippery surface. Be especiallycareful when braking, accelerating orshifting gears. On a slippery surface,an abrupt change in vehicle speed cancause the drive wheels to lose tractionand the vehicle to go out of control.

WARNING• Always buckle-up! In a collision,

an unbelted occupant is signifi-cantly more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed than a properlybelted occupant.

• Avoid high speeds when corner-ing or turning.

• Do not make quick steeringwheel movements, such as sharplane changes or fast, sharp turns.

• The risk of rollover is greatlyincreased if you lose control ofyour vehicle at highway speeds.

• Loss of control often occurs iftwo or more wheels drop off theroadway and the driver over-steers to reenter the roadway.

• In the event your vehicle leavesthe roadway, do not steer sharply.Instead, slow down before pullingback into the travel lanes.

• Never exceed posted speed lim-its.

5 11


E060000AUN

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE (IF EQUIPPED)

OFD057004R

The shift lever can be moved freely.

Depress the brake pedal when shifting, if your vehicle is equipped shift lock system.


125

E060100AFD-EA

Automatic transaxle operationThe highly efficient automatic transaxlehas 4 forward gears and one reversegear. The individual gears are selectedautomatically, depending on the positionof the shift lever.All normal forward driving is done withthe shift lever in the D (Drive) position.To move the shift lever from the P (Park)position, the brake pedal must bedepressed with the ignition switch ON.

✽✽ NOTICEThe first few shifts on a new vehicle, ifthe battery has been disconnected, maybe somewhat abrupt. This is a normalcondition, and the shifting sequence willadjust after shifts are cycled a few timesby the TCM (Transaxle ControlModule) or PCM (Powertrain ControlModule).

For smooth operation, depress the brakepedal when shifting from N (Neutral) to aforward or reverse gear.

E060101AFD-EA

Transaxle rangesThe indicator lights in the instrumentcluster displays the shift lever positionwhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

P (Park)

Always come to a complete stop beforeshifting into P (Park). This position locksthe transaxle and prevents the frontwheels from rotating.

WARNING - Automatictransaxle

• Always check the surroundingareas near your vehicle for peo-ple, especially children, beforeputting a car into D (Drive) or R(Reverse).

• Before leaving the driver’s seat,always make sure the shift leveris in the P (Park) position; thenset the hand brake fully and shutthe engine off. Unexpected andsudden vehicle movement canoccur if these precautions are notfollowed in the order identified.

CAUTION• To avoid damage to your

transaxle, do not accelerate theengine in R (Reverse) or any for-ward gear position with thebrakes on.

• When stopped on an upgrade, donot hold the vehicle stationarywith engine power. Use the serv-ice brake or the hand brake.

• Do not shift from N (Neutral) or P(Park) into D (Drive), or R(Reverse) when the engine isabove idle speed.

5 13


R (Reverse)

Use this position to drive the vehiclebackward.

N (Neutral)

The wheels and transaxle are not locked.The vehicle will roll freely even on theslightest incline unless the hand brake orservice brakes are applied.

D (Drive)

This is the normal forward driving posi-tion. The transaxle will automatically shiftthrough a 4-gear sequence, providing thebest fuel economy and power.Bring the car to a complete stop beforeshifting the selector to “D” position.

For extra power when passing anothervehicle or climbing grades, depress theaccelerator fully, at which time thetransaxle will automatically downshift tothe next lower gear.

WARNING• Shifting into P (Park) while the

vehicle is in motion will cause thedrive wheels to lock which willcause you to lose control of thevehicle.

• Do not use the P (Park) positionin place of the hand brake.Always make sure the shift leveris latched in the P (Park) positionand set the hand brake fully.

• Before leaving the driver’s seat,always make sure the shift leveris in the P (Park) position. Set thehand brake fully, shut the engineoff and take the key with you.Unexpected and sudden vehiclemovement can occur if you donot follow these precautions inthe order specified.

• Never leave a child unattended ina vehicle.

CAUTIONThe transaxle may be damaged ifyou shift into P (Park) while thevehicle is in motion.

CAUTIONAlways come to a complete stopbefore shifting into or out of R(Reverse); you may damage thetransaxle if you shift into R whilethe vehicle is in motion, except asexplained in “Rocking the Vehicle”,in this manual.


145

3 (Third gear)

Use for towing a trailer during hill climb-ing or to use engine braking downhill."3" automatically shifts between 1st, 2ndand 3rd gears. This means that no shift-up to 4th gear is performed. However, theshift-up to 4th gear is done when the carspeed exceeds a certain value to preventthe engine from over-revving. Manuallymove the selector to "D" when returningto normal driving condition.

2 (Second gear)

Use for driving on a slippery road, hillclimbing or engine braking downhill. "2"automatically shifts between first andsecond gears.This means that no shift-up to 3rd gear isperformed. However, the shift-up to thirdgear is done when the car speedexceeds a certain value to prevent theengine from over-revving. Manually movethe selector to "D" returning to normaldriving condition.

1 (First gear)

Use for driving up a very steep grade orfor engine braking when descendingsteep hills. When downshifting to "1", thetransaxle will temporarily remain in sec-ond gear until the vehicle has slowedenough for low gear to engage. Do notexceed 50 km/h (30 mph) in low gear."1" shifts to 1st gear only. However, shiftup to 2nd is performed when the carexceeds a certain speed and, as speedincreases, the transaxle will shift up to3rd gear to prevent over-revving theengine.

✽✽ NOTICE• For smooth and safe operation,

depress the brake pedal when shiftingfrom "N" (Neutral) position or "P"(Park) position to a forward or "R"(Reverse) gear.

• Fully depress the brake pedal in orderto move the shift lever from the "P"(Park) position to any of the otherpositions.

• It is always possible to shift from "R","N", "D", "3", "2", "1" position to"P" position. The vehicle must befully stopped to avoid transaxle dam-age.

CAUTION• Shift into "R", “D” and "P" posi-

tion only when the vehicle hascompletely stopped.

• Do not accelerate the engine inreverse or any of the forwardpositions with the brakes applied.

• Always apply the footbrake whenshifting from "P" or "N", to "R","D","3", "2" or "1" position.

• Check the automatic transaxlefluid level regularly, and add fluidas necessary.See the maintenance schedule forthe proper fluid recommendation.

5 15


E060102AFD-EA

Shift lock system (if equipped)For your safety, the automatic transaxlehas a shift lock system which preventsshifting the transaxle out of P (Park)unless the brake pedal is depressed.To shift the transaxle out of P (Park):1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.2. Start the engine or turn the ignition

switch to the ON position.3. Move the shift lever.If the brake pedal is repeatedlydepressed and released with the shiftlever in the P (Park) position, a chatteringnoise near the shift lever may be heard.This is a normal condition.

Shift-lock override

If the shift lever cannot be moved fromthe P (Park) position with the brake pedaldepressed, continue depressing thebrake, then do the following:1. Carefully remove the cap (1) covering

the shift-lock override access hole.2. Insert a screwdriver (or key) into the

access hole and press down on thescrewdriver (or key).

3. Move the shift lever.4. Have your vehicle inspected by an

authorised HYUNDAI dealer immedi-ately.

E060103AUN

Ignition key interlock system (if equipped)

The ignition key cannot be removedunless the shift lever is in the P (Park)position. If the ignition switch is in anyother position, the key cannot beremoved.

WARNINGAlways fully depress the brakepedal before and while shifting outof the P (Park) position into anoth-er position to avoid inadvertentmotion of the vehicle which couldinjure persons in or around the car.

OFD057005R


165

E060200AFD-EA

Good driving practices• Never move the gear selector lever

from P (Park) or N (Neutral) to anyother position with the acceleratorpedal depressed.

• Never move the gear selector lever into"P" when the vehicle is in motion.

• Be sure the car is completely stoppedbefore you attempt to shift into R(Reverse) or D (Drive).

• Never take the car out of gear andcoast down a hill. This may beextremely hazardous. Always leave thecar in gear when moving.

• Do not "ride" the brakes. This cancause them to overheat and malfunc-tion. Instead, when you are drivingdown a long hill, slow down and shift toa lower gear. When you do this, enginebraking will help slow the car.

• Slow down before shifting to a lowergear. Otherwise, the lower gear maynot be engaged.

• Always use the hand brake. Do notdepend on placing the transaxle in P(Park) to keep the car from moving.

• Exercise extreme caution when drivingon a slippery surface. Be especiallycareful when braking, accelerating orshifting gears. On a slippery surface,an abrupt change in vehicle speed cancause the drive wheels to lose tractionand the vehicle to go out of control.

• Optimum vehicle performance andeconomy is obtained by smoothlydepressing and releasing the accelera-tor pedal.

E060203AFD-EA

Moving up a steep grade from a stand-ing startTo move up a steep grade from a stand-ing start, depress the brake pedal, shiftthe shift lever to D (Drive). Select theappropriate gear depending on loadweight and steepness of the grade, andrelease the hand brake. Depress theaccelerator gradually while releasing theservice brakes.

WARNING• Always buckle-up! In a collision,

an unbelted occupant is signifi-cantly more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed than a properlybelted occupant.

• Avoid high speeds when corner-ing or turning.

• Do not make quick steeringwheel movements, such as sharplane changes or fast, sharp turns.

• The risk of rollover is greatlyincreased if you lose control ofyour vehicle at highway speeds.

• Loss of control often occurs iftwo or more wheels drop off theroadway and the driver over-steers to reenter the roadway.

• In the event your vehicle leavesthe roadway, do not steer sharply.Instead, slow down before pullingback into the travel lanes.

• Never exceed posted speed lim-its.

WARNINGIf your vehicle becomes stuck insnow, mud, sand, etc., then youmay attempt to rock the vehicle freeby moving it forward and backward.Do not attempt this procedure ifpeople or objects are anywherenear the vehicle. During the rockingoperation the vehicle may suddenlymove forward of backward as itbecomes unstuck, causing injuryor damage to nearby people orobjects.

5 17


E070100AUN

Power brakes Your vehicle has power-assisted brakesthat adjust automatically through normalusage.In the event that the power-assistedbrakes lose power because of a stalledengine or some other reason, you canstill stop your vehicle by applying greaterforce to the brake pedal than you nor-mally would. The stopping distance, how-ever, will be longer.When the engine is not running, thereserve brake power is partially depletedeach time the brake pedal is applied. Donot pump the brake pedal when thepower assist has been interrupted.Pump the brake pedal only when neces-sary to maintain steering control on slip-pery surfaces.

E070101AUN-EA

In the event of brake failure If service brakes fail to operate while thevehicle is in motion, you can make anemergency stop with the hand brake.Thestopping distance, however, will be muchgreater than normal.

BRAKE SYSTEM

(Continued)• When descending a long or steep

hill, shift to a lower gear andavoid continuous application ofthe brakes. Continuous brakeapplication will cause the brakesto overheat and could result in atemporary loss of braking per-formance.

• Wet brakes may impair the vehi-cle’s ability to sefely slow down;the vehicle may also pull to oneside when the brakes are applied.Applying the brakes lightly willindicate whether they have beenaffected in this way. Always testyour brakes in this fashion afterdriving through deep water. Todry the brakes, apply them lightlywhile maintaining a safe forwardspeed until brake performancereturns to normal.

WARNING - Hand brakeApplying the hand brake while thevehicle is moving at normal speedscan cause a sudden loss of controlof the vehicle. If you must use thehand brake to stop the vehicle, usegreat caution in applying the brake.

WARNING - Brakes• Do not drive with your foot rest-

ing on the brake pedal. This willcreate abnormal high brake tem-peratures, excessive brake liningand pad wear, and increasedstopping distances.

(Continued)


185

E070102AUN-EA

Disc brakes wear indicator Your vehicle has disc brakes.When your brake pads are worn and newpads are required, you will hear a high-pitched warning sound from your front orrear brakes (if equipped). You may hearthis sound come and go or it may occurwhenever you depress the brake pedal.Please remember that some driving con-ditions or climates may cause a brakesqueal when you first apply (or lightlyapply) the brakes. This is normal anddoes not indicate a problem with yourbrakes.

Hand brake E070201AFD-EA

Applying the hand brakeTo engage the hand brake, first apply thefoot brake and then without pressing therelease button, pull the hand brake leverup as far as possible. In addition it is rec-ommended that when parking the vehicleon a gradient, the shift lever should bepositioned in the appropriate low gear onmanual transaxle vehicles or in the P(Park) position on automatic transaxlevehicles.

WARNING - Brake wearThis brake wear warning soundmeans your vehicle needs service.If you ignore this audible warning,you will eventually lose brakingperformance, which could lead to aserious accident.

CAUTION• To avoid costly brake repairs, do

not continue to drive with wornbrake pads.

• Always replace brake pads ascomplete front or rear axle sets.

CAUTIONDriving with the hand brake appliedwill cause excessive brake pad andbrake rotor wear.

OFD057006R

5 19


E070202AFD-EA

Releasing the hand brakeTo release the hand brake, first apply thefoot brake and pull up the hand brakelever slightly. Secondly depress therelease button (1) and lower the handbrake lever (2) while holding the button.

Check the brake warning light by turningthe ignition switch ON (do not start theengine). This light will be illuminatedwhen the hand brake is applied with theignition switch in the START or ON posi-tion.Before driving, be sure the hand brake isfully released and the brake warning lightis off.If the brake warning light remains onafter the hand brake is released whileengine is running, there may be a mal-function in the brake system. Immediateattention is necessary.If at all possible, cease driving the vehi-cle immediately. If that is not possible,use extreme caution while operating thevehicle and only continue to drive thevehicle until you can reach a safe loca-tion or repair shop.

WARNING• To prevent unintentional move-

ment when stopped and leavingthe vehicle, do not use thegearshift lever in place of thehand brake. Set the hand brakeAND make sure the gearshiftlever is securely positioned in 1st(First) gear or R (Reverse) formanual transaxle equipped vehi-cles and in P (Park) for automatictransaxle equipped vehicles.

• Never allow anyone who is unfa-miliar with the vehicle to touchthe hand brake. If the hand brakeis released unintentionally, seri-ous injury may occur.

• All vehicles should always havethe hand brake fully engagedwhen parking to avoid inadver-tent movement of the car whichcan injure occupants or pedestri-ans.

OFD057007R W-75


205

E070300AFD-EA

Anti-lock brake system (ABS) (if equipped)

The ABS continuously senses the speedof the wheels. If the wheels are going tolock, the ABS system repeatedly modu-lates the hydraulic brake pressure to thewheels.When you apply your brakes under con-ditions which may lock the wheels, youmay hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from thebrakes, or feel a corresponding sensationin the brake pedal. This is normal and itmeans your ABS is active.In order to obtain the maximum efficien-cy from your ABS in an emergency situ-ation, do not attempt to modulate yourbrake pressure and do not try to pumpyour brakes. Press your brake pedal ashard as possible or as hard as the situa-tion warrants and allow the ABS to con-trol the force being delivered to thebrakes.

WARNINGABS (or ESP) will not prevent acci-dents due to improper or danger-ous driving manoeuvres. Eventhough vehicle control is improvedduring emergency braking, alwaysmaintain a safe distance betweenyou and objects ahead. Vehiclespeeds should always be reducedduring extreme road conditions.The braking distance for carsequipped with an anti-lock brakingsystem (Electronic StabilityProgram System) may be longerthan for those without it in the fol-lowing road conditions.During these conditions the vehicleshould be driven at reducedspeeds:• Rough, gravel or snow-covered

roads.• With tyre chains installed.• On roads where the road surface

is pitted or has different surfaceheight.

(Continued)

(Continued)The safety features of an ABS (orESP) equipped vehicle should notbe tested by high speed driving orcornering. This could endanger thesafety of yourself or others.

5 21


✽✽ NOTICEA click sound may be heard in theengine compartment when the vehiclebegins to move after the engine is start-ed. These conditions are normal andindicate that the anti-lock brake systemis functioning properly.

• Even with the anti-lock brake system,your vehicle still requires sufficientstopping distance. Always maintain asafe distance from the vehicle in frontof you.

• Always slow down when cornering.The anti-lock brake system cannot pre-vent accidents resulting from exces-sive speeds.

• On loose or uneven road surfaces,operation of the anti-lock brake systemmay result in a longer stopping dis-tance than for vehicles equipped with aconventional brake system.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen you jump start your vehiclebecause of a drained battery, the enginemay not run as smoothly and the ABSwarning light may turn on at the sametime. This happens because of the lowbattery voltage. It does not mean yourABS is malfunctioning.• Do not pump your brakes!• Have the battery recharged before

driving the vehicle.

W-78

CAUTION• If the ABS warning light is on and

stays on, you may have a problemwith the ABS. In this case, howev-er, your regular brakes will worknormally.

• The ABS warning light will stay onfor approximately 3 seconds afterthe ignition switch is ON. Duringthat time, the ABS will go throughself-diagnosis and the light will gooff if everything is normal. If thelight stays on, you may have aproblem with your ABS. Contactan authorised HYUNDAI dealer assoon as possible.

CAUTION• When you drive on a road having

poor traction, such as an icy road,and operate your brakes continu-ously, the ABS will be active con-tinuously and the ABS warninglight may illuminate. Pull your carover to a safe place and stop theengine.

• Restart the engine. If the ABSwarning light is off, then yourABS system is normal.Otherwise, you may have a prob-lem with the ABS. Contact anauthorised HYUNDAI dealer assoon as possible.


225

E070500AUN-EA

Electronic stability program (ESP)(If equipped)The Electronic Stability Program (ESP)system is designed to stabilise the vehicleduring cornering manoeuvres. ESPchecks where you are steering and wherethe vehicle is actually going. ESP appliesthe brakes at individual wheels andintervenes in the engine managementsystem to stabilise the vehicle.

The Electronic Stability Program (ESP)system is an electronic system designedto help the driver maintain vehicle controlunder adverse conditions. It is not asubstitute for safe driving practices.Factors including speed, road conditionsand driver steering input can all affectwhether ESP will be effective inpreventing a loss of control. It is still yourresponsibility to drive and corner atreasonable speeds and to leave asufficient margin of safety.When you apply your brakes under con-ditions which may lock the wheels, youmay hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from thebrakes, or feel a corresponding sensationin the brake pedal. This is normal and itmeans your ESP is active.

✽✽ NOTICEA click sound may be heard in theengine compartment when the vehiclebegins to move after the engine is start-ed. These conditions are normal andindicate that the Electronic StabilityProgram System is functioning proper-ly.

WARNINGNever drive too fast for the roadconditions or too quickly when cor-nering. Electronic stability program(ESP) will not prevent accidents.Excessive speed in turns, abruptmanoeuvres and aquaplaning onwet surfaces can still result in seri-ous accidents. Only a safe andattentive driver can prevent acci-dents by avoiding manoeuvres thatcause the vehicle to lose traction.Even with ESP installed, always fol-low all the normal precautions fordriving - including driving at safespeeds for the conditions.

OFD057008R

5 23


E070501AUN-EE

ESP operationESP ON condition

• When the ignition is turnedON, ESP and ESP OFF indi-cator lights illuminate forapproximately 3 seconds,then ESP is turned on.

• Press the ESP OFF button forat least half a second afterturning the ignition ON to turnESP off. (ESP OFF indicatorwill illuminate). To turn theESP on, press the ESP OFFbutton (ESP OFF indicatorlight will go off).

• When starting the engine,you may hear a slight tickingsound. This is the ESP per-forming an automatic systemself-check and does not indi-cate a problem.

When operating

When the ESP is in operation,ESP indicator light blinks.• When the Electronic Stability

Program is operating properly,you can feel a slight pulsationin the vehicle. This is only theeffect of brake control and indi-cates nothing unusual.

• When moving out of the mudor slippery road, pressing theaccelerator pedal may notcause the engine rpm (revo-lutions per minute) toincrease.

E070502AUN-EE

ESP operation offESP OFF state

• To cancel ESP operation,press the ESP OFF button(ESP OFF indicator light illu-minates).

• If the ignition switch is turnedto LOCK position when ESPis off, ESP remains off. Uponrestarting the engine, theESP will automatically turn onagain.

-

ESPESPOFF


245

E070503BFD-EA

Indicator lightWhen ignition switch is turned to ON, theindicator light illuminates, then goes off ifESP system is operating normally.The ESP indicator light blinks wheneverESP is operating.ESP OFF indicator light comes on wheneither the ESP is turned off with the but-ton, or ESP fails to operate when turnedon.

✽✽ NOTICEAfter reconnecting or recharging a dis-charged battery, the ESP OFF indicatormay illuminate. In this case, turn thesteering wheel 360 degrees to the leftand 360 degrees to the right while theignition switch is in the ON position.Then, restart the engine after the igni-tion is off. If the ESP OFF indicator doesnot turn off, have the system checked byan authorised HYUNDAI dealer as soonas possible.

E070504AUN-EE

ESP OFF usageWhen driving

• It’s a good idea to keep the ESP turnedon for daily driving whenever possible.

• To turn ESP off while driving, press theESP OFF button while driving on a flatroad surface.

Never press the ESP OFF button whileESP is operating (ESP indicator lightblinks).If ESP is turned off while ESP is operat-ing, the vehicle may slip out of control.

✽✽ NOTICE• When operating the vehicle on a

dynamometer, ensure that the ESP isturned off (ESP OFF light illuminat-ed). If the ESP is left on, it may pre-vent the vehicle speed from increas-ing, and result in false diagnosis.

• Turning the ESP off does not affectABS or brake system operation.

ESP

ESPOFF

■ ESP indicator light (blinks)

■ ESP OFF indicator light (comes on)

CAUTIONDriving with varying tyre or wheelsizes may cause the ESP system tomalfunction. When replacing tyres,make sure they are the same size asyour original tyres.

WARNINGThe Electronic Stability Programsystem is only a driving aid; useprecautions for safe driving byslowing down on curved, snowy, oricy roads. Drive slowly and don’tattempt to accelerate whenever theESP indicator light is blinking, orwhen the road surface is slippery.

5 25


E070600AFD-EA

Good braking practices

• After being parked, check to be surethe hand brake is not engaged and thatthe hand brake indicator light is outbefore driving away.

• Driving through water may get thebrakes wet. They can also get wetwhen the car is washed. Wet brakescan be dangerous! Your car will notstop as quickly if the brakes are wet.Wet brakes may cause the car to pullto one side.

To dry the brakes, apply the brakeslightly until the braking action returns tonormal, taking care to keep the carunder control at all times. If the brakingaction does not return to normal, stopas soon as it is safe to do so and callan authorised HYUNDAI dealer forassistance.

• Don't coast down hills with the car outof gear. This is extremely hazardous.Keep the car in gear at all times, usethe brakes to slow down, then shift to alower gear so that engine braking willhelp you maintain a safe speed.

• Don't "ride" the brake pedal. Restingyour foot on the brake pedal while driv-ing can be dangerous because it canresult in the brakes overheating andlosing their effectiveness. It alsoincreases the wear of the brake com-ponents.

• If a tyre goes flat while you are driving,apply the brakes gently and keep thecar pointed straight ahead while youslow down. When you are movingslowly enough for it to be safe to do so,pull off the road and stop in a safeplace.

WARNINGNever press the ESP OFF buttonwhile ESP is operating.If the ESP is turned off while ESP isoperating, the vehicle may go out ofcontrol.To turn ESP off while driving, pressthe ESP OFF button while drivingon a flat road surface.

WARNING• Whenever leaving vehicle or

parking, always set the handbrake as far as possible and fullyengage the vehicle's transaxleinto the park position. Vehiclesnot fully engaged in park with thehand brake set are at risk formoving inadvertently and injur-ing yourself or others.

• All vehicles should always havethe hand brake fully engagedwhen parking to avoid inadver-tent movement of the car whichcan injure occupants or pedestri-ans.


265

• If your car is equipped with an auto-matic transaxle, don't let your carcreep forward. To avoid creeping for-ward, keep your foot firmly on thebrake pedal when the car is stopped.

• Use caution when parking on a hill.Firmly engage the hand brake andplace the gear selector lever in P (auto-matic transaxle) or in first or reversegear (manual transaxle). If your car isfacing downhill, turn the front wheelsinto the kerb to help keep the car fromrolling. If your car is facing uphill, turnthe front wheels away from the kerb tohelp keep the car from rolling. If thereis no kerb or if it is required by otherconditions to keep the car from rolling,block the wheels.

• Under some conditions your handbrake can freeze in the engaged posi-tion. This is most likely to happen whenthere is an accumulation of snow or icearound or near the rear brakes or if thebrakes are wet. If there is a risk that thehand brake may freeze, apply it onlytemporarily while you put the gearselector lever in P (automatictransaxle) or in first or reverse gear(manual transaxle) and block the rearwheels so the car cannot roll. Thenrelease the hand brake.

• Do not hold the vehicle on the upgradewith the accelerator pedal. This cancause the transaxle to overheat.Always use the brake pedal or handbrake.

5 27


E090000AFD-EA

The cruise control system allows you toprogram the vehicle to maintain a con-stant speed without resting your foot onthe accelerator pedal.This system is designed to functionabove approximately 40 km/h (25 mph).

✽✽ NOTICEDuring normal cruise control operation,when the SET switch is activated orreactivated after applying the brakes,the cruise control will energize afterapproximately 3 seconds. This delay isnormal.

E090100AUN

To set cruise control speed:1. Push the CRUISE ON-OFF button on

the steering wheel to turn the systemon. The CRUISE indicator light in theinstrument cluster will illuminate.

2. Accelerate to the desired speed, whichmust be more than 40 km/h (25 mph).

CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING• If the cruise control is left on,

(CRUISE indicator light in theinstrument cluster illuminated)the cruise control can beswitched on accidentally. Keepthe cruise control system off(CRUISE indicator light OFF)when the cruise control is not inuse, to avoid inadvertently set-ting a speed.

• Use the cruise control systemonly when travelling on openhighways in good weather.

• Do not use the cruise controlwhen it may not be safe to keepthe car at a constant speed, forinstance, driving in heavy orvarying traffic, or on slippery(rainy, icy or snow-covered) orwinding roads or over 6% up-hillor down-hill roads.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Pay particular attention to the

driving conditions wheneverusing the cruise control system.

• Be careful when driving downhillusing the cruise control system,which may increase the vehiclespeed.

OFD057010CAUTION

During cruise-speed driving of amanual transaxle vehicle, do notshift into neutral without depress-ing the clutch pedal, since theengine will be overrevved. If thishappens, depress the clutch pedalor release the cruise controlON/OFF switch.


285

3. Push the COAST/SET switch, andrelease it at the desired speed.The SETindicator light in the instrument clusterwill illuminate. Release the acceleratorat the same time.The desired speed willautomatically be maintained.

On a steep grade, the vehicle may slowdown or speed up slightly while goingdownhill.

E090200AFD

To increase cruise control setspeed:Follow either of these procedures:• Push the RES/ACCEL switch and hold

it. Your vehicle will accelerate. Releasethe switch at the speed you want.

• Push the RES/ACCEL switch andrelease it immediately. The cruisingspeed will increase by 1.6 km/h (1 mph)each time the RES/ACCEL switch isoperated in this manner.

E090300AFD

To decrease the cruising speed:Follow either of these procedures:• Push the COAST/SET switch and hold

it. Your vehicle will gradually slowdown. Release the switch at the speedyou want to maintain.

• Push the COAST/SET switch andrelease it immediately. The cruisingspeed will decrease by 1.6 km/h (1mph) each time the COAST/SET switchis operated in this manner.

OFD057011 OFD057012 OFD057011

5 29


E090400AUN

To temporarily accelerate with thecruise control on:If you want to speed up temporarily whenthe cruise control is on, depress theaccelerator pedal. Increased speed willnot interfere with cruise control operationor change the set speed.To return to the set speed, take your footoff the accelerator.

E090500AFD

To cancel cruise control, do oneof the following:• Press the brake pedal.• Press the clutch pedal with a manual

transaxle.• Shift into N (Neutral) with an automatic

transaxle.• Press the CANCEL switch located on

the steering wheel.• Decrease the vehicle speed lower than

the memory speed by 15 km/h (9mph).

• Decrease the vehicle speed to lessthan approximately 40 km/h (25 mph).

Each of these actions will cancel cruisecontrol operation (the SET indicator lightin the instrument cluster will go off), but itwill not turn the system off. If you wish toresume cruise control operation, pushthe RES/ACCEL switch located on yoursteering wheel. You will return to yourpreviously preset speed.

OFD057013


305

E090600AUN

To resume cruising speed atmore than approximately 40 km/h(25 mph):If any method other than the CRUISEON-OFF switch was used to cancelcruising speed and the system is stillactivated, the most recent set speed willautomatically resume when theRES/ACCEL switch is pushed.It will not resume, however, if the vehiclespeed has dropped below approximately40 km/h (25 mph).

E090700AUN

To turn cruise control off, do oneof the following:• Push the CRUISE ON-OFF button (the

CRUISE indicator light in the instru-ment cluster will go off).

• Turn the ignition off.Both of these actions cancel cruise con-trol operation. If you want to resumecruise control operation, repeat the stepsprovided in “To set cruise control speed”on the previous page.

OFD057012

5 31


E100000AFD-EA

Your vehicle's fuel economy dependsmainly on your style of driving, where youdrive and when you drive.Each of these factors affects how manykilometers (miles) you can get from a litre(gallon) of fuel. To operate your vehicleas economically as possible, use the fol-lowing driving suggestions to help savemoney in both fuel and repairs:• Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a moder-

ate rate. Don't make “kangaroo” startsor full-throttle shifts and maintain asteady cruising speed. Don't racebetween stoplights. Try to adjust yourspeed to that of the other traffic so youdon't have to change speeds unneces-sarily. Avoid heavy traffic wheneverpossible. Always maintain a safe dis-tance from other vehicles so you canavoid unnecessary braking. This alsoreduces brake wear.

• Drive at a moderate speed. The fasteryou drive, the more fuel your car uses.Driving at a moderate speed, especial-ly on the highway, is one of the mosteffective ways to reduce fuel consump-tion.

• Don't "ride" the brake or clutch pedal.This can increase fuel consumptionand also increase wear on these com-ponents. In addition, driving with yourfoot resting on the brake pedal maycause the brakes to overheat, whichreduces their effectiveness and maylead to more serious consequences.

• Take care of your tyres. Keep theminflated to the recommended pressure.Incorrect inflation, either too much ortoo little, results in unnecessary tyrewear. Check the tyre pressures at leastonce a month.

• Be sure that the wheels are alignedcorrectly. Improper alignment canresult from hitting kerbs or driving toofast over irregular surfaces. Poor align-ment causes faster tyre wear and mayalso result in other problems as well asgreater fuel consumption.

• Keep your car in good condition. Forbetter fuel economy and reducedmaintenance costs, maintain your carin accordance with the maintenanceschedule in Section 7. If you drive yourcar in severe conditions, more frequentmaintenance is required (see Section7 for details).

• Keep your car clean. For maximumservice, your vehicle should be keptclean and free of corrosive materials. Itis especially important that mud, dirt,ice, etc. not be allowed to accumulateon the underside of the car. This extraweight can result in increased fuel con-sumption and also contribute to corro-sion.

• Travel lightly. Don't carry unnecessaryweight in your car. Weight reduces fueleconomy.

• Don't let the engine idle longer thannecessary. If you are waiting (and notin traffic), turn off your engine andrestart only when you're ready to go.

• Remember, your vehicle does notrequire extended warm-up. After theengine has started, allow the engine torun for 10 to 20 seconds prior to plac-ing the vehicle in gear. In very coldweather, however, give your engine aslightly longer warm-up period.

• Don't “labour” or “over-rev” the engine.Labouring is driving too slowly in toohigh a gear resulting in the enginebucking. If this happens, shift to a lowergear. Over-revving is racing the enginebeyond its safe limit. This can be avoid-ed by shifting at the recommendedspeeds.

ECONOMICAL OPERATION


325

• Use your air conditioning sparingly.The air conditioning system is operat-ed by engine power so your fuel econ-omy is reduced when you use it.

• Open windows at high speeds canreduce fuel economy.

• Fuel economy is less in crosswindsand headwinds. To help offset some ofthis loss, slow down when driving inthese conditions.

Keeping a vehicle in good operating con-dition is important both for economy andsafety. Therefore, have an authorisedHYUNDAI dealer perform scheduledinspections and maintenance.

WARNING - Engine off dur-ing motion

Never turn the engine off to coastdown hills or anytime the vehicle isin motion. The power steering andpower brakes will not functionproperly without the engine run-ning. Instead, keep the engine onand downshift to an appropriategear for engine braking effect. Inaddition, turning off the ignitionwhile driving could engage thesteering wheel lock resulting inloss of vehicle steering whichcould cause serious injury ordeath.

5 33


E110100AUN-EA

Hazardous driving conditions When hazardous driving conditions areencountered such as water, snow, ice,mud, sand, or similar hazards, followthese suggestions:• Drive cautiously and allow extra dis-

tance for braking.• Avoid sudden movements in braking or

steering.• When braking with non-ABS brakes

pump the brake pedal with a light up-and-down motion until the vehicle isstopped.

• If stalled in snow, mud, or sand, usesecond gear. Accelerate slowly toavoid spinning the drive wheels.

• Use sand, rock salt, tyre chains, orother non-slip material under the drivewheels to provide traction when stalledin ice, snow, or mud.

E110200AEN-EA

Rocking the vehicle If it is necessary to rock the vehicle tofree it from snow, sand, or mud, first turnthe steering wheel right and left to clearthe area around your front wheels. Then,shift back and forth between R (Reverse)and any forward gear in vehiclesequipped with an automatic transaxle. Donot race the engine, and spin the wheelsas little as possible. If you are still stuckafter a few tries, have the vehicle pulledout by a tow vehicle to avoid engine over-heating and possible damage to thetransaxle.

✽✽ NOTICEThe ESP system (if equipped) should beturned OFF prior to rocking the vehicle.

SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS

WARNING - DownshiftingDownshifting with an automatictransaxle, while driving on slipperysurfaces can cause an accident.The sudden change in tyre speedcould cause the tyres to skid. Becareful when downshifting on slip-pery surfaces.

WARNING - ABSDo not pump the brake pedal on avehicle equipped with ABS.

CAUTIONProlonged rocking may causeengine over-heating, transaxle dam-age or failure, and tyre damage.

WARNING - Spinning tyresDo not spin the wheels, especiallyat speeds more than 56 km/h (35mph). Spinning the wheels at highspeeds when the vehicle is station-ary could cause a tyre to overheatwhich could result in tyre damagethat may injure bystanders.

WARNINGIf your vehicle becomes stuck insnow, mud, sand, etc., then youmay attempt to rock the vehicle freeby moving it forward and backward.Do not attempt this procedure ifpeople or objects are anywherenear the vehicle. During the rockingoperation the vehicle may suddenlymove forward or backward as itbecomes unstuck, causing injuryor damage to nearby people orobjects.


345

E110300AUN-EA

Smooth corneringAvoid braking or gear changing in cor-ners, especially when roads are wet.Ideally, corners should always be takenunder gentle acceleration. If you followthese suggestions, tyre wear will be heldto a minimum.

E110400AUN

Driving at night Because night driving presents morehazards than driving in the daylight, hereare some important tips to remember:• Slow down and keep more distance

between you and other vehicles, as itmay be more difficult to see at night,especially in areas where there maynot be any street lights.

• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glarefrom other driver's headlights.

• Keep your headlights clean and prop-erly aimed on vehicles not equippedwith the automatic headlight aimingfeature. Dirty or improperly aimedheadlights will make it much more diffi-cult to see at night.

• Avoid staring directly at the headlightsof oncoming vehicles. You could betemporarily blinded, and it will takeseveral seconds for your eyes to read-just to the darkness.

OUN056051M OCM053010

5 35


E110500AUN-EA

Driving in the rain Rain and wet roads can make drivingdangerous, especially if you’re not pre-pared for the slick pavement. Here are afew things to consider when driving in therain:• A heavy rainfall will make it harder to

see and will increase the distanceneeded to stop your vehicle, so slowdown.

• Keep your windshield wiping equip-ment in good shape. Replace yourwindshield wiper blades when theyshow signs of streaking or missingareas on the windshield.

• If your tyres are not in good condition,making a quick stop on wet pavementcan cause a skid and possibly lead toan accident. Be sure your tyres are ingood shape.

• Turn on your headlights to make it eas-ier for others to see you.

• Driving too fast through large puddlescan affect your brakes. If you must gothrough puddles, try to drive throughthem slowly.

• If you believe you may have gottenyour brakes wet, apply them lightlywhile driving until normal braking oper-ation returns.

E110600AUN

Driving in flooded areas Avoid driving through flooded areasunless you are sure the water is no high-er than the bottom of the wheel hub.Drive through any water slowly. Allowadequate stopping distance becausebrake performance may be affected.After driving through water, dry thebrakes by gently applying them severaltimes while the vehicle is moving slowly.

E110700AUN-EA

Highway drivingTyres:Adjust the tyre inflation pressures tospecification. Low tyre inflation pressureswill result in overheating and possiblefailure of the tyres.Avoid using worn or damaged tyreswhich may result in reduced traction ortyre failure.

✽✽ NOTICENever exceed the maximum tyre infla-tion pressure shown on the tyres.

1VQA3003M 1VQA1004R


365

Fuel, engine coolant and engine oil:High speed travel consumes more fuelthan urban motoring. Do not forget tocheck both engine coolant and engineoil.

Drive belt:A loose or damaged drive belt may resultin overheating of the engine.

WARNING• Underinflated or overinflated

tyres can cause poor handling,loss of vehicle control, and sud-den tyre failure leading to acci-dents, injuries, and even death.Always check the tyres for properinflation before driving. For prop-er tyre pressures, refer to section9, “Tyres and wheels”.

• Driving on tyres with no or insuf-ficient tread is dangerous. Worn-out tyres can result in loss ofvehicle control, collisions, injury,and even death. Worn-out tyresshould be replaced as soon aspossible and should never beused for driving. Always checkthe tyre tread before driving yourcar. For further information andtread limits, refer to section 7,“Tyres and wheels”.

5 37


E120000AUN-EA

The more severe weather conditions ofwinter result in greater wear and otherproblems. To minimise the problems ofwinter driving, you should follow thesesuggestions:

E120100AUN-EA

Snowy or Icy conditionsTo drive your vehicle in deep snow, it maybe necessary to use snow tyres or toinstall tyre chains on your tyres. If snowtyres are needed, it is necessary toselect tyres equivalent in size and type ofthe original equipment tyres. Failure to doso may adversely affect the safety andhandling of your car. Furthermore,speeding, rapid acceleration, suddenbrake applications, and sharp turns arepotentially very hazardous practices.

During deceleration, use engine brakingto the fullest extent. Sudden brake appli-cations on snowy or icy roads may causeskids to occur. You need to keep suffi-cient distance between the vehicle inoperation in front and your vehicle. Also,apply the brake gently. It should be notedthat installing tyre chains on the tyre willprovide a greater driving force, but willnot prevent side skids.

✽✽ NOTICETyre chains are not legal in all countries.Check the country laws before fittingtyre chains.

E120101AUN-EA

Snow tyres If you mount snow tyres on your vehicle,make sure they are radial tyres of thesame size and load range as the originaltyres. Mount snow tyres on all fourwheels to balance your vehicle’s han-dling in all weather conditions. Keep inmind that the traction provided by snowtyres on dry roads may not be as high asyour vehicle's original equipment tyres.You should drive cautiously even whenthe roads are clear. Check with the tyredealer for maximum speed recommen-dations.

Do not install studded tyres without firstchecking local, state and municipal regu-lations for possible restrictions againsttheir use.

WINTER DRIVING

WARNING - Snow tyre sizeSnow tyres should be equivalent insize and type to the vehicle's stan-dard tyres. Otherwise, the safetyand handling of your vehicle maybe adversely affected.

1VQA3005


385

E120102AUN-EA

Tyre chains Since the sidewalls of radial tyres arethinner, they can be damaged by mount-ing some types of snow chains on them.Therefore, the use of snow tyres is rec-ommended instead of snow chains. Donot mount tyre chains on vehiclesequipped with aluminium wheels; snowchains may cause damage to the wheels.If snow chains must be used, use wire-type chains with a thickness of less than15 mm (0.59 in). Damage to your vehiclecaused by improper snow chain use isnot covered by your vehicle manufactur-ers warranty.Install tyre chains only on the front tyres.

✽✽ NOTICESnow chains are not allowed for the tyreof 225/45R17.

Chain installation

When installing chains, follow the manu-facturer's instructions and mount them astightly as you can. Drive slowly withchains installed. If you hear the chainscontacting the body or chassis, stop andtighten them. If they still make contact,slow down until it stops. Remove thechains as soon as you begin driving oncleared roads.

CAUTION• Make sure the snow chains are

the correct size and type for yourtyres. Incorrect snow chains cancause damage to the vehicle bodyand suspension and may not becovered by your vehicle manufac-turer warranty. Also, the snowchain connecting hooks may bedamaged from contacting vehiclecomponents causing the snowchains to come loose from thetyre. Make sure the snow chainsare SAE class “S” certified.

• Always check chain installationfor proper mounting after drivingapproximately 0.5 to 1 km (0.3 to0.6 miles) to ensure safe mount-ing. Retighten or remount thechains if they are loose.

WARNING - Mounting chains

When mounting snow chains, parkthe vehicle on level ground awayfrom traffic. Turn on the vehicleHazard Warning flashers and placea triangular emergency warningdevice behind the vehicle if avail-able. Always place the vehicle inpark (P), apply the hand brake andturn off the engine before installingsnow chains.

1JBA4068

5 39


E120200AUN

Use high quality ethylene glycolcoolantYour vehicle is delivered with high qualityethylene glycol coolant in the coolingsystem. It is the only type of coolant thatshould be used because it helps preventcorrosion in the cooling system, lubri-cates the water pump and preventsfreezing. Be sure to replace or replenishyour coolant in accordance with themaintenance schedule in section 7.Before winter, have your coolant tested toassure that its freezing point is sufficientfor the temperatures anticipated duringthe winter.

E120300AFD-EA

Check battery and cablesWinter puts additional burdens on thebattery system. Visually inspect the bat-tery and cables as described in section7. The level of charge in your battery canbe checked by an authorised HYUNDAIdealer or a service station.

E120400AFD-EA

Change to "winter weight" oil ifnecessaryIn some climates it is recommended thata lower viscosity "winter weight" oil beused during cold weather. See section 9for recommendations. If you aren't surewhat weight oil you should use, consultan authorised HYUNDAI dealer.

E120500AUN

Check spark plugs and ignitionsystemInspect your spark plugs as described insection 7 and replace them if necessary.Also check all ignition wiring and compo-nents to be sure they are not cracked,worn or damaged in any way.

CAUTION• Chains that are the wrong size or

improperly installed can damageyour vehicle's brake lines, sus-pension, body and wheels.

• Stop driving and retighten thechains any time you hear themhitting the vehicle.

WARNING - Tyre chains• The use of chains may adversely

affect vehicle handling.• Do not exceed 30 km/h (20 mph)

or the chain manufacturer’s rec-ommended speed limit, whichev-er is lower.

• Drive carefully and avoid bumps,holes, sharp turns, and otherroad hazards, which may causethe vehicle to bounce.

• Avoid sharp turns or locked-wheel braking.


405

E120600AUN

To keep locks from freezingTo keep the locks from freezing, squirt anapproved de-icer fluid or glycerine intothe key opening. If a lock is covered withice, squirt it with an approved de-icingfluid to remove the ice. If the lock isfrozen internally, you may be able to thawit out by using a heated key. Handle theheated key with care to avoid injury.

E120700AFD-EA

Use approved window washeranti-freeze in systemTo keep the water in the window washersystem from freezing, add an approvedwindow washer anti-freeze solution inaccordance with instructions on the con-tainer. Window washer anti-freeze isavailable from an authorised HYUNDAIdealer and most auto parts outlets. Donot use engine coolant or other types ofanti-freeze as these may damage thepaint finish.

E120800AUN-EA

Don't let your hand brake freezeUnder some conditions your hand brakecan freeze in the engaged position. Thisis most likely to happen when there is anaccumulation of snow or ice around ornear the rear brakes or if the brakes arewet. If there is a risk the hand brake mayfreeze, apply it only temporarily while youput the gear selector lever in P (automat-ic transaxle) or in first or reverse gear(manual transaxle) and block the rearwheels so the car cannot roll. Thenrelease the hand brake.

E120900AUN

Don't let ice and snow accumu-late underneathUnder some conditions, snow and icecan build up under the fenders and inter-fere with the steering. When driving insevere winter conditions where this mayhappen, you should periodically checkunderneath the car to be sure the move-ment of the front wheels and the steeringcomponents is not obstructed.

E121000AUN-EA

Carry emergency equipmentDepending on the severity of the weath-er where you drive your car, you shouldcarry appropriate emergency equipment.Some of the items you may want to carryinclude tyre chains, tow straps or chains,flashlight, emergency flares, sand, ashovel, jumper cables, a window scraper,gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, a blanket,etc.

5 41


E140000AFD-EA

If you are considering towing with yourcar, you should first check with yourcountry's Department of Motor Vehiclesto determine their legal requirements.Since laws vary the requirements for tow-ing trailers, cars, or other types of vehi-cles or apparatus may differ. Ask anauthorised HYUNDAI dealer for furtherdetails before towing. Your vehicle can tow a trailer. To identify

what the vehicle trailering capacity is foryour vehicle, you should read the infor-mation in “Weight of the trailer” thatappears later in this section.

Remember that trailering is different thanjust driving your vehicle by itself.Trailering means changes in handling,durability, and fuel economy. Successful,safe trailering requires correct equip-ment, and it has to be used properly.

This section contains many time-tested,important trailering tips and safety rules.Many of these are important for yoursafety and that of your passengers.Please read this section carefully beforeyou pull a trailer.

Load-pulling components such as theengine, transaxle, wheel assemblies, andtyres are forced to work harder againstthe load of the added weight. The engineis required to operate at relatively higherspeeds and under greater loads. Thisadditional burden generates extra heat.The trailer also adds considerably towind resistance, increasing the pullingrequirements.

TRAILER TOWING

CAUTIONPulling a trailer improperly candamage your vehicle and result incostly repairs not covered by yourwarranty. To pull a trailer correctly,follow the advice in this section.

WARNING - Towing a trail-er

If you don't use the correct equip-ment and drive improperly, you canlose control when you pull a trailer.For example, if the trailer is tooheavy, the brakes may not workwell - or even at all. You and yourpassengers could be seriously orfatally injured. Pull a trailer only ifyou have followed all the steps inthis section.

WARNING - Weight limitsBefore towing, make sure the totaltrailer weight, gross combinationweight, gross vehicle weight, grossaxle weight and trailer tongue loadare all within the limits.


425

E140100AUN-EA

TowbarsIt's important to have the correct towbarequipment. Crosswinds, large trucksgoing by, and rough roads are a few rea-sons why you’ll need the right towbar.Here are some rules to follow:• Will you have to make any holes in the

body of your vehicle when you install atrailer towbar? If you do, then be sureto seal the holes later when youremove the towbar.If you don’t seal them, deadly carbonmonoxide (CO) from your exhaust canget into your vehicle, as well as dirt andwater.

• The bumpers on your vehicle are notintended for towbars. Do not attachrental towbars or other bumper-typetowbars to them. Use only a frame-mounted towbar that does not attach tothe bumper.

✽✽ NOTICEWe recommend only genuineHYUNDAI towbars (the towbars aremade and tested in Australia/NZ forlocal conditions).

E140200AUN-EA

Safety chains You should always attach chainsbetween your vehicle and your trailer.Cross the safety chains under the tongueof the trailer so that the tongue will notdrop to the road if it becomes separatedfrom the towbar.Instructions about safety chains may beprovided by the towbar manufacturer orby the trailer manufacturer. Follow themanufacturer’s recommendation forattaching safety chains. Always leave justenough slack so you can turn with yourtrailer. And, never allow safety chains todrag on the ground.

E140300AUN

Trailer brakes If your trailer is equipped with a brakingsystem, make sure it conforms to yourcountry’s regulations and that it is prop-erly installed and operating correctly.If your trailer weighs more than the max-imum trailer weight without trailer brakesloaded, then it needs its own brakes andthey must be adequate. Be sure to readand follow the instructions for the trailerbrakes so you’ll be able to install, adjustand maintain them properly.• Don’t tap into your vehicle's brake sys-

tem.

WARNING - Trailer brakesDo not use a trailer with its ownbrakes unless you are absolutelycertain that you have properly setup the brake system. This is not atask for amateurs. Use an experi-enced, competent trailer shop forthis work.

5 43


E140400AUN-EA

Driving with a trailer Towing a trailer requires a certainamount of experience. Before setting outfor the open road, you must get to knowyour trailer. Acquaint yourself with thefeel of handling and braking with theadded weight of the trailer. And alwayskeep in mind that the vehicle you aredriving is now a good deal longer and notnearly so responsive as your vehicle isby itself.Before you start, check the trailer towbarand platform, safety chains, electricalconnector(s), lights, tyres and mirroradjustment. If the trailer has electricbrakes, start your vehicle and trailer mov-ing and then apply the trailer brake con-troller by hand to be sure the brakes areworking. This lets you check your electri-cal connection at the same time.During your trip, check occasionally to besure that the load is secure, and that thelights and any trailer brakes are still work-ing.

E140401AUN

Following distance Stay at least twice as far behind the vehi-cle ahead as you would when drivingyour vehicle without a trailer. This canhelp you avoid situations that requireheavy braking and sudden turns.

E140402AUN-EA

Passing You’ll need more passing distance upahead when you’re towing a trailer. Dueto the increased vehicle length, you’llneed to go much farther beyond thepassed vehicle before you can return toyour lane.

E140403AUN

Backing up Hold the bottom of the steering wheelwith one hand. Then, to move the trailerto the left, just move your hand to the left.To move the trailer to the right, move yourhand to the right. Always back up slowlyand, if possible, have someone guideyou.

E140404AUN-EA

Making turns When you’re turning with a trailer, makewider turns than normal. Do this so yourtrailer won’t strike soft shoulders, kerbs,road signs, trees, or other objects. Avoidjerky or sudden manoeuvres. Signal wellin advance.

E140405AFD-EA

Turn signals when towing a trailer When you tow a trailer, your vehicle hasto have a different turn signal flasher andextra wiring. The green arrows on yourinstrument panel will flash whenever yousignal a turn or lane change. Properlyconnected, the trailer lights will also flashto alert other drivers you’re about to turn,change lanes, or stop.When towing a trailer, the green arrowson your instrument panel will flash forturns even if the bulbs on the trailer areburned out. Thus, you may think driversbehind you are seeing your signalswhen, in fact, they are not. It’s importantto check occasionally to be sure the trail-er bulbs are still working. You must alsocheck the lights every time you discon-nect and then reconnect the wires.Do not connect a trailer lighting systemdirectly to your vehicle’s lighting system.Use only an approved trailer wiring har-ness.An authorised HYUNDAI dealer canassist you in installing the wiring harness.

WARNING Failure to use an approved trailerwiring harness could result in dam-age to the vehicle electrical systemand/or personal injury.


445

E140406AFD-EA

Driving on grades Reduce speed and shift to a lower gearbefore you start down a long or steepdowngrade. If you don’t shift down, youmight have to use your brakes so muchthat they would get hot and no longeroperate efficiently.On a long uphill grade, shift down andreduce your speed to around 70 km/h (45mph) to reduce the possibility of engineand transaxle overheating.If your trailer weighs more than the max-imum trailer weight without trailer brakesand you have an automatic transaxle,you should drive in D (Drive) when tow-ing a trailer.Operating your vehicle in D (Drive) whentowing a trailer will minimise heat build upand extend the life of your transaxle.

✽✽ NOTICE - For petrol engine(2.0l) and diesel engine (1.6l) withAutomatic Transaxle

If you tow a trailer on steep grades(inexcess of 12%) at a speed over 30 km/hwith the maximum gross vehicle weightand the maximum trailer weight, it cancause the engine or transaxle to over-heat. When driving in such conditions,allow the engine to idle until it coolsdown. You may proceed once when theengine or transaxle has cooled suffi-ciently.

E140407AUN-EA

Parking on hills Generally, if you have a trailer attached toyour vehicle, you should not park yourvehicle on a hill. People can be seriouslyor fatally injured, and both your vehicleand the trailer can be damaged if unex-pectedly roll down hill.

However, if you ever have to park yourtrailer on a hill, here's how to do it:1. Pull the vehicle into the parking space.

Turn the steering wheel in the directionof the kerb (right if headed down hill,left if headed up hill).

2. If the vehicle has a manual transaxle,place the car in neutral. If the vehiclehas an automatic transaxle, place thecar in P (Park).

3. Set the hand brake and shut off thevehicle.

4. Place chocks under the trailer wheelson the down hill side of the wheels.

CAUTION• When towing a trailer on steep

grades (in excess of 6%) payclose attention to the enginecoolant temperature gauge toensure the engine does not over-heat.

(Continued)

(Continued)If the needle of the coolant tem-perature gauge moves across thedial towards “H” or “130°C” (HOT),pull over and stop as soon as it issafe to do so, and allow theengine to idle until it cools down.You may proceed once the enginehas cooled sufficiently.

• You must decide driving speeddepending on trailer weight anduphill grade to reduce the possi-bility of engine and transaxleoverheating.

WARNING - Parking on ahill

Parking your vehicle on a hill with atrailer attached could cause seri-ous injury or death, should the trail-er break loose.

5 45


5. Start the vehicle, hold the brakes, shiftto neutral, release the hand brake andslowly release the brakes until the trail-er chocks absorb the load.

6. Reapply the brakes, reapply the handbrake and shift the vehicle to R(Reverse) for manual transaxle or P(Park) for automatic transaxle.

7. Shut off the vehicle and release thevehicle brakes but leave the handbrake set.

When you are ready to leave after park-ing on a hill

1. With the manual transaxle in Neutralor automatic transaxle in P (Park),apply your brakes and hold the brakepedal down while you:• Start your engine;• Shift into gear; and• Release the hand brake.

2. Slowly remove your foot from thebrake pedal.

3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear ofthe chocks.

4. Stop and have someone pick up andstore the chocks.

E140500AUN-EA

Maintenance when trailer towing Your vehicle will need service more oftenwhen you regularly pull a trailer.Important items to pay particular atten-tion to include engine oil, automatictransaxle fluid, axle lubricant and coolingsystem fluid. Brake condition is anotherimportant item to frequently check. Eachitem is covered in this manual, and theIndex will help you find them quickly. Ifyou’re trailering, it’s a good idea to reviewthese sections before you start your trip.Don’t forget to also maintain your trailerand towbar. Follow the maintenanceschedule that accompanied your trailerand check it periodically. Preferably, con-duct the check at the start of each day’sdriving. Most importantly, all towbar nutsand bolts should be tight.

WARNING - hand brakeIt can be dangerous to get out ofyour vehicle if the hand brake is notfirmly set.If you have left the engine running,the vehicle can move suddenly.Youor others could be seriously orfatally injured.

CAUTION• Due to higher load during trailer

usage, overheating might occurin hot days or during uphill driv-ing. If the coolant gauge indicatesover-heating, switch off the A/Cand stop the vehicle in a safe areato cool down the engine.

• When towing check transaxlefluid more frequently.

• If your vehicle is not equippedwith the air conditioner, youshould install a condenser fan toimprove engine performancewhen towing a trailer.


465

E140600BFD-EA

If you do decide to pull a trailerHere are some important points if youdecide to pull a trailer:• Consider using a sway control.You can

ask a towbar dealer about sway con-trol.

• Do not do any towing with your car dur-ing its first 2,000 km (1,200 miles) inorder to allow the engine to properlyrun in. Failure to heed this caution mayresult in serious engine or transaxledamage.

• When towing a trailer, be sure to con-sult an authorised HYUNDAI dealer forfurther information on additionalrequirements such as a towing kit, etc.

• Always drive your vehicle at a moder-ate speed (less than 100 km/h (60mph)).

• On a long uphill grade, do not exceed70 km/h (45 mph) or the posted towingspeed limit, whichever is lower.

• The chart contains important consider-ations that have to do with weight:

Engine

1.6 Engine 2.0 Engine 1.6 EngineItem

Maximum Without brake 500 500 500

trailer System (1102) (1102) (1102)

weight With brake 1100 1200 1200

kg (Ibs.) System (2425) (2645) (2645)

Maximum permissible

static vertical load on 75 75 75

the coupling device (165) (165) (165)

kg (Ibs.)

Recommended distance

from rear wheel centre 5 Door : 820 (32.3)

to coupling point Wagon : 1000 (39.4)

mm (Inch)

Petrol Engine Diesel Engine

5 47


E140601AUN

Weight of the trailerHow heavy can a trailer safely be? Itshould never weigh more than the maxi-mum trailer weight with trailer brakes. Buteven that can be too heavy.It depends on how you plan to use yourtrailer. For example, speed, altitude, roadgrades, outside temperature and howoften your vehicle is used to pull a trailerare all important. The ideal trailer weightcan also depend on any special equip-ment that you have on your vehicle.

E140602AEN-EA

Weight of the trailer tongueThe tongue load of any trailer is animportant weight to measure because itaffects the total gross vehicle weight(GVW) of your vehicle. This weightincludes the kerb weight of the vehicle,any cargo you may carry in it, and thepeople who will be riding in the vehicle.And if you will tow a trailer, you must addthe tongue load to the GVW becauseyour vehicle will also be carrying thatweight.The trailer tongue should weigh withinthe limits of the maximum trailer tongueload permissible. After you've loadedyour trailer, weigh the trailer and then thetongue, separately, to see if the weightsare proper. If they aren’t, you may be ableto correct them simply by moving someitems around in the trailer.Tongue loads can be increased ordecreased by redistributing the load inthe trailer. This can be verified by check-ing the total weight of the loaded trailerand then checking the load on thetongue.

WARNING - Trailer• Never load a trailer with more

weight in the rear than in thefront. The front should be loadedwith approximately 60% of thetotal trailer load; the rear shouldbe loaded with approximately40% of the total trailer load.

(Continued)

C190E02JM

Gross Axle Weight Gross Vehicle Weight

C190E01JM

Tongue Load Total Trailer Weight


485

(Continued)• Never exceed the maximum

weight limits of the trailer or trail-er towing equipment. Improperloading can result in damage toyour vehicle and/or personalinjury. Check weights and loadingat a commercial scale or highwaypatrol office equipped withscales.

• An improperly loaded trailer cancause loss of vehicle control.

5 49


E160000AUN-EA

This section will guide you in the properloading of your vehicle and/or trailer, tokeep your loaded vehicle weight within itsdesign rating capability, with or without atrailer. Properly loading your vehicle willprovide maximum return of the vehicledesign performance. Before loading yourvehicle, familiarize yourself with the fol-lowing terms for determining your vehi-cle's weight ratings, with or without atrailer, from the vehicle's specificationsand the certification label:

E160100AUN-EA

Base kerb weight This is the weight of the vehicle includinga full tank of fuel and all standard equip-ment. It does not include passengers,cargo, or optional equipment.

E160200AUN-EA

Vehicle kerb weightThis is the weight of your new vehiclewhen you picked it up from your dealerplus any aftermarket equipment.

E160300AUN-EA

Cargo weightThis figure includes all weight added tothe Base Kerb Weight, including cargoand optional equipment.

E160400AUN-EA

GAW (Gross axle weight)This is the total weight placed on eachaxle (front and rear) - including vehiclekerb weight and all payload.

E160500AUN-EA

GAWR (Gross axle weight rating)This is the maximum allowable weightthat can be carried by a single axle (frontor rear). These numbers are shown onthe certification label.The total load on each axle must neverexceed its GAWR.

E160600AUN-EA

GVW (Gross vehicle weight)This is the Base Kerb Weight plus actualCargo Weight plus passengers.

E160700AUN-EA

GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating)This is the maximum allowable weight ofthe fully loaded vehicle (including alloptions, equipment, passengers andcargo). The GVWR is shown on the cer-tification label.

E160800AUN-EA

Overloading

VEHICLE WEIGHT

WARNING - Vehicle weightThe gross axle weight rating(GAWR) and the gross vehicleweight rating (GVWR) for your vehi-cle are on the certification label.Exceeding these ratings can causean accident or vehicle damage. Youcan calculate the weight of yourload by weighing the items (andpeople) before putting them in thevehicle. Be careful not to overloadyour vehicle.

6

Road warning / 6-2In case of an emergency while driving / 6-2If the engine will not start / 6-3Emergency starting / 6-4If the engine overheats / 6-6If you have a flat tyre / 6-7Towing / 6-15



26

ROAD WARNING

F010100AUN-EA

Hazard warning flasher The hazard warning flasher serves as awarning to other drivers to exerciseextreme caution when approaching,overtaking, or passing your vehicle.

It should be used whenever emergencyrepairs are being made or when the vehi-cle is stopped near the edge of a road-way.Depress the flasher switch with the igni-tion switch in any position. The flasherswitch is located in the centre consoleswitch panel. All turn signal lights willflash simultaneously.

• The hazard warning flasher operateswhether your vehicle is running or not.

• The turn signals do not work when thehazard flasher is on.

• Care must be taken when using thehazard warning flasher while the vehi-cle is being towed.

F020100AUN

If the engine stalls at a crossroador crossing• If the engine stalls at a crossroad or

crossing, set the shift lever in the N(Neutral) position and then push thevehicle to a safe place.

• If your vehicle has a manual transaxlenot equipped with a ignition lockswitch, the vehicle can move forwardby shifting to the 2(second) or 3(third)gear and then turning the starter with-out depressing the clutch pedal.

F020200AUN-EA

If you have a flat tyre while driv-ingIf a tyre goes flat while you are driving:1.Take your foot off the accelerator pedal

and let the car slow down while drivingstraight ahead. Do not apply the brakesimmediately or attempt to pull off theroad as this may cause a loss of con-trol. When the car has slowed to sucha speed that it is safe to do so, brakecarefully and pull off the road. Drive offthe road as far as possible and park onfirm, level ground. If you are on a divid-ed highway, do not park in the medianarea between the two traffic lanes.

IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCYWHILE DRIVING

OFD067001R

OFD067002

Type A

Type B

6 3


2.When the car is stopped, turn on youremergency hazard flashers, set thehand brake and put the transaxle in P(automatic transaxle) or reverse (man-ual transaxle).

3.Have all passengers get out of the car.Be sure they all get out on the side ofthe car that is away from traffic.

4.When changing a flat tyre, follow theinstruction provided later in this sec-tion.

F020300AFD-EA

If engine stalls while driving1. Reduce your speed gradually, keeping

a straight line. Move cautiously off theroad to a safe place.

2. Turn on your emergency flashers.3. Try to start the engine again. If your

vehicle will not start, contact an autho-rised HYUNDAI dealer or seek otherqualified assistance.

F030100AUN

If engine doesn't turn over orturns over slowly1. If your car has an automatic transaxle,

be sure the gear selector lever is in N(Neutral) or P (Park) and the emer-gency brake is set.

2. Check the battery connections to besure they are clean and tight.

3. Turn on the interior light. If the lightdims or goes out when you operate thestarter, the battery is discharged.

4. Check the starter connections to besure they are securely tightened.

5. Do not push or pull the vehicle to startit. See instructions for "Jump starting".

F030200AFD-EA

If engine turns over normally butdoes not start1. Check fuel level.2. With the ignition switch in the OFF

position, check all connectors at igni-tion, coil and spark plugs. Reconnectany connectors that may be discon-nected or loose.

3. Check the fuel line in the engine com-partment.

4. If the engine still does not start, call anauthorised HYUNDAI dealer or seekother qualified assistance.

IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START

WARNINGIf the engine will not start, do notpush or pull the car to start it. Thiscould result in a collision or causeother damage. In addition, push orpull starting may cause the catalyt-ic converter to be overloaded andcreate a fire hazard.


46

EMERGENCY STARTING

F040100AUN

Jump starting Jump starting can be dangerous if doneincorrectly. Therefore, to avoid harm toyourself or damage to your vehicle orbattery, follow the jump starting proce-dures. If in doubt, we strongly recom-mend that you have a competent techni-cian or towing service jump start yourvehicle.

F040101AFD-EA

Jump starting procedure 1. Make sure the booster battery is 12-

volt and that its negative terminal isgrounded.

2. If the booster battery is in anothervehicle, do not allow the vehicles totouch.

3. Turn off all unnecessary electricalloads.

4. Connect the jumper cables in the exactsequence shown in the illustration.First connect one end of a jumpercable to the positive terminal of thedischarged battery (1), then connectthe other end to the positive terminalon the booster battery (2). Proceed toconnect one end of the other jumpercable to the negative terminal of thebooster battery (3), then the other endto a solid, stationary, metallic point (forexample, the engine lifting bracket)away from the battery (4). Do not con-nect it to or near any part that moveswhen the engine is cranked.Do not allow the jumper cables to con-tact anything except the correct batteryterminals or the correct ground. Do notlean over the battery when makingconnections.

CAUTIONUse only a 12-volt jumper system.You can damage a 12-volt startingmotor, ignition system, and otherelectrical parts beyond repair byuse of a 24-volt power supply (eithertwo 12-volt batteries in series or a24-volt motor generator set).

WARNING - Battery• Keep all flames or sparks away

from the battery. The battery pro-duces hydrogen gas which mayexplode if exposed to flame orsparks.

• Do not attempt to jump start thevehicle if the discharged batteryis frozen or if the electrolyte levelis low; the battery may rupture orexplode.

WARNING - BatteryNever attempt to check the elec-trolyte level of the battery as thismay cause the battery to rupture orexplode causing serious injury.

1VQA4001

Discharged battery

Jumper Cables

Booster battery

(-)

(+)

(+)(-)

6 5


5. Start the engine of the vehicle with thebooster battery and let it run at 2,000rpm, then start the engine of the vehi-cle with the discharged battery.

If the cause of your battery discharging isnot apparent, you should have your vehi-cle checked by an authorised HYUNDAIdealer.

F040200AUN

Push-starting Your manual transaxle-equipped vehicleshould not be push-started because itmight damage the emission control sys-tem.Vehicles equipped with automatictransaxle cannot be push-started.Follow the directions in this section forjump-starting.

WARNINGNever tow a vehicle to start itbecause the sudden surge forwardwhen the engine starts could causea collision with the tow vehicle.

CAUTION - Battery cablesDo not connect the jumper cablefrom the negative terminal of thebooster battery to the negative ter-minal of the discharged battery.This can cause the discharged bat-tery to overheat and crack, releas-ing battery acid.


66

IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATSF050000AFD-EA

If your temperature gauge indicates over-heating, you experience a loss of power,or hear loud pinging or knocking, theengine is probably too hot. If this hap-pens, you should:

1. Pull off the road and stop as soon as itis safe to do so.

2. Place the gear selector lever in P(automatic transaxle) or neutral (man-ual transaxle) and set the hand brake.If the air conditioning is on, turn it off.

3. If engine coolant is running out underthe car or steam is coming out fromunderneath the bonnet, stop theengine. Do not open the bonnet untilthe coolant has stopped running orthe steaming has stopped. If there isno visible loss of engine coolant andno steam, leave the engine runningand check to be sure the engine cool-ing fan is operating. If the fan is notrunning, turn the engine off.

4. While engine is switched off, check tosee if the water pump drive belt ismissing. If it is not missing, check tosee that it is tight. If the drive beltseems to be satisfactory, check forcoolant leaking from the radiator,hoses or under the car. (If the air con-ditioning had been in use, it is normalfor cold water to be draining from itwhen you stop).

5. If the water pump drive belt is brokenor engine coolant is leaking out, stopthe engine immediately and call thenearest authorised HYUNDAI dealerfor assistance.

6. If you cannot find the cause of theoverheating, wait until the engine tem-perature has returned to normal. Then,if coolant has been lost, carefully addcoolant to the reservoir to bring thefluid level in the reservoir up to thehalfway mark.

7.Proceed with caution, keeping alert forfurther signs of overheating. If over-heating happens again, call an autho-rised HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.

CAUTIONSerious loss of coolant indicatesthere is a leak in the cooling systemand this should be checked as soonas possible by an authorisedHYUNDAI dealer.

WARNINGWhile the engine is running, keephair, hands and clothing away frommoving parts such as the fan anddrive belts to prevent injury.

WARNINGDo not remove the radiator capwhen the engine is hot. This mayresult in coolant being blown out ofthe opening and cause seriousburns.

6 7


IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TYRE

F070100AFD-EA

Jack and toolsThe spare tyre, jack, jack handle, thewheel brace are stored in the lug-gage compartment. Remove the lug-gage under tray out of the way toreach this equipment.(1) Towing hook(2) Jack handle(3) Screwdriver(4) Jack(5) Wheel brace

F070101AUN-EA

Jacking instructions The jack is provided for emergencytyre changing only.To prevent the jack from “rattling”while the vehicle is in motion, store itproperly.Follow jacking instructions to reducethe possibility of personal injury.

OFD067004

WARNING - Changingtyres

• Never attempt vehicle repairsin the traffic lanes of a publicroad or highway.

• Always move the vehicle com-pletely off the road and ontothe shoulder before trying tochange a tyre.The jack shouldbe used on level firm ground.If you cannot find a firm, levelplace off the road, call a tow-ing service company forassistance.

• Be sure to use the correctfront and rear jacking posi-tions on the vehicle; neveruse the bumpers or any otherpart of the vehicle for jacksupport.

(Continued)


86

F070200AFD-EA

Removing and storing the sparetyre Turn the tyre hold-down wing boltcounterclockwise.Store the tyre in the reverse order ofremoval.To prevent the spare tyre and toolsfrom “rattling” while the vehicle is inmotion, store them properly.

F070300AFD-EA

Changing tyres 1. Park on a level surface and apply

the hand brake firmly.2. Shift the shift lever into R

(Reverse) with manual transaxleor P (Park) with automatictransaxle.

3. Activate the hazard warning flash-er.

OFD067005

(Continued)• The vehicle can easily roll off

the jack causing seriousinjury or death. No personshould place any portion oftheir body under a vehicle thatis supported only by a jack;use vehicle support stands.

• Do not start or run the enginewhile the vehicle is on thejack.

• Do not allow anyone to remainin the vehicle while it is on thejack.

• Make sure any children pres-ent are in a secure place awayfrom the road and from thevehicle to be raised with thejack.

OED066033M

6 9


4. Remove the wheel brace, jack,jack handle, and spare tyre fromthe vehicle.

5. Block both the front and rear of thewheel that is diagonally oppositethe jack position.

6. Loosen the wheel nuts counter-clockwise one turn each, but donot remove any nut until the tyrehas been raised off the ground.

OFD067015 OFD067006

WARNING - Changing a tyre• To prevent vehicle movement

while changing a tyre, alwaysset the hand brake fully, andalways block the wheel diago-nally opposite the wheelbeing changed.

• We recommend that thewheels of the vehicle bechocked, and that no personremain in a vehicle that isbeing jacked.


106

7. Place the jack at the front or rearjacking position closest to the tyreyou are changing. Place the jackat the designated locations underthe frame. The jacking positionsare plates welded to the framewith two tabs and a raised dot toindex with the jack.

8. Insert the jack handle into the jackand turn it clockwise, raising thevehicle until the tyre just clears theground. This measurement isapproximately 30 mm (1.2 in).Before removing the wheel nuts,make sure the vehicle is stableand that there is no chance formovement or slippage.

9. Loosen the wheel nuts andremove them with your fingers.Slide the wheel off the studs andlay it flat so it cannot roll away. Toput the wheel on the hub, pick upthe spare tyre, line up the holeswith the studs and slide the wheelonto them. If this is difficult, tip thewheel slightly and get the top holein the wheel lined up with the topstud. Then jiggle the wheel backand forth until the wheel can slideover the other studs.

WARNING - Jack locationTo reduce the possibility ofinjury, be sure to use only thejack provided with the vehicleand in the correct jack position;never use any other part of thevehicle for jack support.

OFD067009 OUN046018

6 11


10. To reinstall the wheel, hold it onthe studs, put the wheel nuts onthe studs and tighten them fingertight.The nuts should be installedwith their tapered small diameterends directed inward. Jiggle thetyre to be sure it is completelyseated, then tighten the nuts asmuch as possible with your fin-gers again.

11. Lower the car to the ground byturning the wheel brace counter-clockwise. Then position the wheel brace as

shown in the drawing and tighten thewheel nuts. Be sure the socket isseated completely over the nut. Donot stand on the wheel brace handleor use an extension pipe over thewheel brace handle.Go around the wheel tighteningevery other nut until they are all tight.Then double-check each nut fortightness. After changing wheels,have an authorised HYUNDAI dealertighten the wheel nuts to their propertorque as soon as possible.Wheel nut tightening torque:Steel wheel & aluminium alloy wheel:9~11 kg.m (65~79 lb.ft)

OUN046019

WARNINGWheels and wheel covers mayhave sharp edges. Handle themcarefully to avoid possiblesevere injury. Before putting thewheel into place, be sure thatthere is nothing on the hub orwheel (such as mud, tar, gravel,etc.) that prevents the wheelfrom fitting solidly against thehub.If there is, remove it. If there isnot good contact on the mount-ing surface between the wheeland hub, the wheel nuts couldcome loose and cause the lossof a wheel. Loss of a wheel mayresult in loss of control of thevehicle. This may cause seriousinjury or death.


126

If you have a tyre gauge, remove thevalve cap and check the air pressure.If the pressure is lower than recom-mended, drive slowly to the nearestservice station and inflate to the cor-rect pressure. If it is too high, adjustit until it is correct. Always reinstallthe valve cap after checking oradjusting tyre pressure. If the cap isnot replaced, air may leak from thetyre. If you lose a valve cap, buyanother and install it as soon as pos-sible.After you have changed wheels,always secure the flat tyre in its placeand return the jack and tools to theirproper storage locations.

To prevent the jack, jack handle,wheel brace and spare tyre from rat-tling while the vehicle is in motion,store them properly.

CAUTIONYour vehicle has metric threadson the wheel studs and nuts.Make certain during wheelremoval that the same nuts thatwere removed are reinstalled -or, if replaced, that nuts withmetric threads and the samechamfer configuration are used.Installation of a non-metricthread nut on a metric stud orvice-versa will not secure thewheel to the hub properly andwill damage the stud so that itmust be replaced.Note that most wheel nuts donot have metric threads. Be sureto use extreme care in checkingfor thread style before installingaftermarket wheel nuts orwheels. If in doubt, consult anauthorised HYUNDAI dealer.

WARNING - Wheel studsIf the studs are damaged, theymay lose their ability to retainthe wheel.This could lead to theloss of the wheel and a collisionresulting in serious injuries.

WARNING - Inadequatespare tyre pressure

Check the inflation pressures assoon as possible after installingthe spare tyre. Adjust it to thespecified pressure, if necessary.Refer to “Tyres and wheels” insection 9.

6 13


F070301AUN-EA

Important - use of compact sparetyre (if equipped)Your vehicle is equipped with a com-pact spare tyre. This compact sparetyre takes up less space than a reg-ular-size tyre. This tyre is smallerthan a conventional tyre and isdesigned for temporary use only.

The compact spare should be inflat-ed to 420 kPa (60 psi).

✽✽ NOTICECheck the inflation pressure afterinstalling the spare tyre. Adjust it tothe specified pressure, as necessary.

When using a compact spare tyre,observe the following precautions:• Under no circumstances should

you exceed 80 km/h (50 mph); ahigher speed could damage thetyre.

• Ensure that you drive slowlyenough for the road conditions toavoid all hazards. Any road hazard,such as a pothole or debris, couldseriously damage the compactspare.

• Any continuous road use of thistyre could result in tyre failure, lossof vehicle control, and possiblepersonal injury.

• Do not exceed the vehicle’s maxi-mum load rating or the load-carry-ing capacity shown on the sidewallof the compact spare tyre.

• Avoid driving over obstacles. Thecompact spare tyre diameter issmaller than the diameter of a con-ventional tyre and reduces theground clearance approximately25 mm (1 inch), which could resultin damage to the vehicle.

CAUTION• You should drive carefully

when the compact spare is inuse. The compact spareshould be replaced by theproper conventional tyre andrim at the first opportunity.

• The operation of this vehicleis not recommended withmore than one compact sparetyre in use at the same time.

WARNINGThe compact spare tyre is foremergency use only. Do notoperate your vehicle on thiscompact spare at speeds over80 km/h (50 mph). The originaltyre should be repaired orreplaced as soon as is possibleto avoid failure of the sparepossibly leading to personalinjury or death.


146

• Do not take this vehicle through anautomatic car wash while the com-pact spare tyre is installed.

• Do not use tyre chains on the com-pact spare tyre. Because of thesmaller size, a tyre chain will not fitproperly. This could damage thevehicle and result in loss of thechain.

• The compact spare tyre should notbe installed on the front axle if thevehicle must be driven in snow oron ice.

• Do not use the compact spare tyreon any other vehicle because thistyre has been designed especiallyfor your vehicle.

• The compact spare tyre’s tread lifeis shorter than a regular tyre.Inspect your compact spare tyreregularly and replace worn com-pact spare tyres with the same sizeand design, mounted on the samewheel.

• The compact spare tyre should notbe used on any other wheels, norshould standard tyres, snow tyres,wheel covers or trim rings be usedwith the compact spare wheel. Ifsuch use is attempted, damage tothese items or other car compo-nents may occur.

• Do not use more than one tempo-rary spare tyre at a time.

• Do not tow a trailer while the tem-porary spare tyre is installed.

6 15


TOWING

F080100AFD-EA

Towing serviceIf emergency towing is necessary, werecommend having it done by an autho-rised HYUNDAI dealer or a commercialtow-truck service. Proper lifting and tow-ing procedures are necessary to preventdamage to the vehicle. The use of wheeldollies or flatbed is recommended.For trailer towing guidelines information,refer to “Trailer towing” in section 5.

It is acceptable to tow the vehicle with therear wheels on the ground (without dol-lies) and the front wheels off the ground.If any of the loaded wheels or suspen-sion components are damaged or thevehicle is being towed with the frontwheels on the ground, use a towing dollyunder the front wheels.When being towed by a commercial towtruck and wheel dollies are not used, thefront of the vehicle should always be lift-ed, not the rear.

HNF4015

D080B02NF

D080B01NF

CAUTION• Do not tow the vehicle backwards

with the front wheels on theground as this may cause dam-age to the vehicle.

• Do not tow with sling-type equip-ment. Use wheel lift or flatbedequipment.

CAUTIONBefore towing, check the level ofthe automatic transaxle fluid. If it isbelow the "HOT" range on the dip-stick, add fluid. If you cannot addfluid, a towing dolly must be used.

dolly


166

When towing your vehicle in an emer-gency without wheel dollies :1. Set the ignition switch in the ACC posi-

tion.2. Place the transaxle shift lever in N

(Neutral).3. Release the hand brake.

F080200AUN

Removable towing hook (rear)1. Open the tailgate, and remove the tow-

ing hook from the tool case.2. Remove the hole cover pressing the

lower part of the cover on the rearbumper.

3. Install the towing hook by turning itclockwise into the hole until it is fullysecured.

4. Remove the towing hook and installthe cover after use.

CAUTIONFailure to place the transaxle shiftlever in N (Neutral) may cause inter-nal damage to the transaxle. OFD067010 OFD067011

6 17


F080300AFD-EA

Emergency towingIf towing is necessary, we recommendyou to have it done by an authorisedHYUNDAI dealer or a commercial towtruck service.If towing service is not available in anemergency, your vehicle may be tem-porarily towed using a cable or chainsecured to the emergency towing hookunder the front (or rear) of the vehicle.

Use extreme caution when towing thevehicle. A driver must be in the vehicle tosteer it and operate the brakes.Towing in this manner may be done onlyon hard-surfaced roads for a short dis-tance and at low speeds. Also, thewheels, axles, power train, steering andbrakes must all be in good condition.• Do not use the towing hooks to pull a

vehicle out of mud, sand or other con-ditions from which the vehicle cannotbe driven out under its own power.

• Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than thevehicle doing the towing.

• The drivers of both vehicles shouldcommunicate with each other frequent-ly.

• Before emergency towing, check thatthe hook is not broken or damaged.

• Fasten the towing cable or chainsecurely to the hook.

• Do not jerk the hook. Apply steady andeven force.

• To avoid damaging the hook, do notpull from the side or at a vertical angle.Always pull straight ahead.

OFD067012

OFD067010

Front

Rear

CAUTION• Attach a towing strap to the tow

hook.• Using a portion of the vehicle

other than the tow hooks for tow-ing may damage the body of yourvehicle.

• Use only a cable or chain specifi-cally intended for use in towingvehicles. Securely fasten thecable or chain to the towing hookprovided.


186

• Use a towing strap less than 5 m (16feet) long. Attach a white or red cloth(about 30 cm (12 inches) wide) in themiddle of the strap for easy visibility.

• Drive carefully so that the towing strapis not loosened during towing.

E080301AUN-EA

Emergency towing precautions• Turn the ignition switch to ACC so the

steering wheel isn’t locked.• Place the transaxle shift lever in N

(Neutral).• Release the hand brake.• Press the brake pedal with more force

than normal since you will havereduced brake performance.

• More steering effort will be requiredbecause the power steering systemwill be disabled.

• If you are driving down a long hill, thebrakes may overheat and brake per-formance will be reduced. Stop oftenand let the brakes cool off.

WARNING Use extreme caution when towingthe vehicle.• Avoid sudden starts or erratic

driving manoeuvres which wouldplace excessive stress on theemergency towing hook and tow-ing cable or chain. The hook andtowing cable or chain may breakand cause serious injury or dam-age.

• If the disabled vehicle cannot bemoved, do not forcibly continuethe towing. Contact an autho-rised HYUNDAI dealer or a com-mercial tow truck service forassistance.

• Tow the vehicle as straight aheadas possible.

• Keep away from the vehicle dur-ing towing.

OUN046024

6 19


F080400AFD

Tie-down hook (for flatbed towing)

OFD067014

WARNING Do not use the hooks under thefront of the vehicle for towing pur-poses. These hooks are designedONLY for transport tie-down. If thetie-down hooks are used for tow-ing, the tie-down hooks or frontbumper will be damaged and thiscould lead to serious injury.

CAUTION - Automatictransaxle

• If the car is being towed with allfour wheels on the ground, it canbe towed only from the front. Besure that the transaxle is in neu-tral. Be sure the steering isunlocked by placing the ignitionswitch in the ACC position. Adriver must be in the towed vehi-cle to operate the steering andbrakes.

• To avoid serious damage to theautomatic transaxle, limit thevehicle speed to 15 km/h (10 mph)and drive less than 1.5 km (1mile) when towing.

• Before towing, check the auto-matic transaxle fluid leak underyour vehicle. If the automatictransaxle fluid is leaking, aflatbed equipment or towing dollymust be used.

7

Engine compartment / 7-2

Maintenance services / 7-4

Owner maintenance / 7-6

Scheduled maintenance service / 7-8

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items / 7-21

Engine oil / 7-24

Engine coolant / 7-25

Brake and clutch fluid / 7-28

Automatic transaxle fluid / 7-29

Washer fluid / 7-31

Hand brake / 7-31

Fuel filter / 7-32

Air cleaner / 7-33

Climate control air filter / 7-34

Wiper blades / 7-36

Battery / 7-40

Tyres and wheels / 7-43

Fuses / 7-53

Light bulbs / 7-62

Appearance care / 7-68

Emission control system / 7-74

Maintenance

Maintenance

27

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

OED070001R/OED070002R

G010000AFD-EA

1. Engine coolant reservoir

2. Engine oil filler cap

3. Brake fluid reservoir

4. Air cleaner

5. Fuse box

6. Negative battery terminal

7. Positive battery terminal

8. Auto transaxle oil dipstick*

9. Radiator cap

10. Engine oil dipstick

11. Windshield washer fluid reservoir

12. Clutch fluid reservoir*

* : if equipped

■■ Petrol Engine (1.6L)

■■ Petrol Engine (2.0L)

7 3

Maintenance

OFD077004R

1. Engine coolant reservoir

2. Engine oil filler cap

3. Brake fluid reservoir

4. Clutch fluid reservoir

5. Fuel filter

6. Air cleaner

7. Fuse box

8. Negative battery terminal

9. Positive battery terminal

10. Radiator cap

11. Engine oil dipstick

12. Windshield washer fluid reservoir

■■ Diesel Engine (1.6L)

Maintenance

47

MAINTENANCE SERVICESG020000AFD-EA

You should exercise the utmost care toprevent damage to your vehicle andinjury to yourself whenever performingany maintenance or inspection proce-dures.Should you have any doubts concerningthe inspection or servicing of your vehi-cle, we strongly recommend that youhave an authorised HYUNDAI dealerperform this work.An authorised HYUNDAI dealer has fac-tory-trained technicians and genuineHYUNDAI parts to service your vehicleproperly. For expert advice and qualityservice, see an authorised HYUNDAIdealer.Inadequate, incomplete or insufficientservicing may result in operational prob-lems with your vehicle that could lead tovehicle damage, an accident, or person-al injury.

G020100AFD-EA

Owner’s responsibility

✽✽ NOTICEMaintenance Service and RecordRetention are the owner's responsibility.

You should retain documents that showproper maintenance has been performedon your vehicle in accordance with thescheduled maintenance service chartsshown on the following pages. You needthis information to establish your compli-ance with the servicing and maintenancerequirements of your vehicle warranties.Detailed warranty information is providedin your Service Passport.

Repairs and adjustments required as aresult of improper maintenance or a lackof required maintenance are not covered.We recommend you have your vehiclemaintained and repaired by an autho-rised HYUNDAI dealer. An authorisedHYUNDAI dealer meets HYUNDAI’s highservice quality standards and receivestechnical support from HYUNDAI inorder to provide you with a high level ofservice satisfaction.

7 5

Maintenance

G020200AFD-EA

Owner maintenance precautions Improper or incomplete service mayresult in problems. This section givesinstructions only for the maintenanceitems that are easy to perform.As explained earlier in this section, sev-eral procedures can be done only by anauthorised HYUNDAI dealer with specialtools.

✽✽ NOTICEImproper owner maintenance duringthe warranty period may affect warran-ty coverage. For details, read the sepa-rate Service Passport provided with thevehicle. If you're unsure about any serv-icing or maintenance procedure, have itdone by an authorised HYUNDAI deal-er.

WARNING - Maintenancework

• Performing maintenance work ona vehicle can be dangerous. Youcan be seriously injured whileperforming some maintenanceprocedures. If you lack sufficientknowledge and experience or theproper tools and equipment to dothe work, have it done by anauthorised HYUNDAI dealer.

• Working under the bonnet withthe engine running is dangerous.It becomes even more dangerouswhen you wear jewelry or looseclothing. These can becomeentangled in moving parts andresult in injury. Therefore, if youmust run the engine while work-ing under the bonnet, make cer-tain that you remove all jewelry(especially rings, bracelets,watches, and necklaces) and allneckties, scarves, and similarloose clothing before gettingnear the engine or cooling fans.

WARNING - Diesel EngineNever work on injection systemwith engine running or within 30seconds after shutting off engine.High-pressure pump, rail, injectorsand high-pressure pipes are sub-ject to high pressure even after theengine stopped. The fuel jet pro-duced by fuel leaks may cause seri-ous injury, if it touches the body.People using pacemakers shouldnot move than 30cm closer to theECU or wiring harness within theengine room while engine is run-ning, since the high currents in theelectronic engine control systemproduce considerable magneticfields.

Maintenance

67

OWNER MAINTENANCE G030000AFD-EA

The following lists are vehicle checks andinspections that should be performed bythe owner or an authorised HYUNDAIdealer at the frequencies indicated tohelp ensure safe, dependable operationof your vehicle.Any adverse conditions should bebrought to the attention of your dealer assoon as possible.These Owner Maintenance Checks aregenerally not covered by warranties andyou may be charged for labour, parts andlubricants used.

Owner maintenance schedule G030101AUN-EA

When you stop for fuel:• Check the engine oil level.• Check coolant level in coolant reser-

voir.• Check the windshield washer fluid

level.• Look for low or under-inflated tyres.

G030102AUN-EA

While operating your vehicle:• Note any changes in the sound of the

exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumesin the vehicle.

• Check for vibrations in the steeringwheel. Notice any increased steeringeffort or looseness in the steeringwheel, or change in its straight-aheadposition.

• Notice if your vehicle constantly turnsslightly or “pulls” to one side when trav-elling on smooth, level road.

• When stopping, listen and check forunusual sounds, pulling to one side,increased brake pedal travel or “hard-to-push” brake pedal.

• If any slipping or changes in the oper-ation of your transaxle occurs, checkthe transaxle fluid level.

• Check automatic transaxle P (Park)function.

• Check hand brake.• Check for fluid leaks under your vehicle

(water dripping from the air condition-ing system during or after use is nor-mal).

WARNING Be careful when checking yourengine coolant level when theengine is hot. Scalding hot coolantand steam may blow out underpressure. This could cause burnsor other serious injury.

7 7

Maintenance

G030103AUN-EA

At least monthly:• Check coolant level in the engine

coolant reservoir.• Check the operation of all exterior

lights, including the stoplights, turn sig-nals and hazard warning flashers.

• Check the inflation pressures of alltyres including the spare.

G030104AUN-EA

At least twice a year (i.e., every Spring and Fall) :• Check radiator, heater and air condi-

tioning hoses for leaks or damage.• Check windshield washer spray and

wiper operation. Clean wiper bladeswith clean cloth dampened with wash-er fluid.

• Check headlight alignment.• Check muffler, exhaust pipes, shields

and clamps.• Check the lap/shoulder belts for wear

and function.• Check for worn tyres and loose wheel

nuts.

G030105AFD-EA

At least once a year :• Clean body and door drain holes.• Lubricate door hinges and checks, and

bonnet hinges.• Lubricate door and bonnet locks and

latches.• Lubricate door rubber weatherstrips.• Check the air conditioning system.• Inspect and lubricate automatic

transaxle linkage and controls.• Clean battery and terminals.• Check the brake (and clutch) fluid

level.

Maintenance

87

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE G040000AFD-EA

Follow Normal Maintenance Scheduleif the vehicle is usually operated wherenone of the following conditions apply. Ifany of the following conditions apply, fol-low Maintenance Under Severe UsageConditions.• Repeated short distance driving.• Driving in dusty conditions or sandy

areas.• Extensive use of brakes.• Driving in areas where salt or other

corrosive materials are being used.• Driving on rough or muddy roads.• Driving in mountainous areas.• Extended periods of idling or low

speed operation.• Driving for a prolonged period in cold

temperatures and/or extremely humidclimates.

• More than 50% driving in heavy citytraffic during hot weather above 32°C(90°F).

If your vehicle is operated under theabove conditions, you should inspect,replace or refill more frequently than thefollowing Normal Maintenance Schedule.After 96 month or 120,000 km continueto follow the prescribed maintenanceintervals.

7 9

Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - PETROL ENGINEG040100AFD-EA

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change.*1 : Adjust alternator and power steering (and water pump drive belt) and air conditioner drive belt (if equipped).

Inspect and if necessary correct or replace.*2 : Check the engine oil level and leak every 500 km or before starting a long trip.*3 : For your convenience, it can be replaced prior to it's interval when you do maintenance of other items.*4 : Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary. A qualified technician should perform the

operation.

Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first

Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96

Km×1,000 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120

Drive belts *1 I I I I I I I I

Engine oil and engine oil filter *2 R R R R R R R R

Engine timing belt 2.0L Petrol

Tensioner/idler 2.0L Petrol

Air cleaner filter I I R I I R I I

Spark plugs

Valve clearance *4

Inspect every 90,000 km or 48 months and replace every 140,000 km or 72 months *3

Inspect when timing belt is inspected or replaced

MAINTENANCEINTERVALS

MAINTENANCEITEM

Inspect every 96,000 km or 48 months *3

Replace every 40,000 km *3

Maintenance

107

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - PETROL ENGINE (CONT.)

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change.


Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96

Km×1,000 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120

Vapour hose and fuel filler cap I I I I

Vacuum and crankcase ventilation hoses I I I I

Fuel filter R R

Fuel lines, hoses and connections I I I I I I I I

Cooling systemInspect “Coolant level adjustment and leak” every day

Inspect “Water pump” when replacing the drive belt or timing belt


MAINTENANCEITEM

7 11

Maintenance


I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change.*5 : When adding coolant, use only deionized water or soft water for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at

the factory. An improper coolant mixture can result in serious malfunction or engine damage.*6 : For your convenience, it can be replaced prior to it's interval when you do maintenance of other items.


MAINTENANCEITEM


Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96

Km×1,000 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120

Engine coolant *5

Battery condition I I I I I I I I

All electrical systems I I I I

Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I I I I I I

Brake pedal, clutch pedal I I I I

Hand brake I I I I I I I I

Brake/clutch fluid I R I R I R I R

Disc brakes and pads I I I I I I I I

At first, replace at 210,000 km or 10 years:after that, replace every 30,000 km or 24 months*6

Maintenance

127




Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96

Km×1,000 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I I I I I I I I

Driveshaft and boots I I I I I I I I

Tyre (pressure & tread wear) I I I I I I I I

Front suspension ball joints I I I I I I I I

Bolt and nuts on chassis and body I I I I I I I I

Air conditioner refrigerant (if equipped) I I I I I I I I

Air conditioner compressor (if equipped) I I I I I I I I

Climate control air filter (if equipped) R R R R R R R R

Manual transaxle fluid (if equipped) I I

Automatic transaxle fluid (if equipped) I I


MAINTENANCEITEM

7 13

Maintenance

MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS - PETROL ENGINEG040200BFD-EA

The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars mainly used under severe driving conditions.Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.

R : Replace I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace

Engine oil and engine oil filter R Every 7,500 km or 6 months A, B, C, D, E,

F, G, H, I, J

Air cleaner filter R C, E

Spark plugs R B, H

Engine timing belt2.0L Petrol R Every 90,000 km or 48 months D, E, F, G

tensioner and idler

Manual transaxle fluid (if equipped) R Every 120,000 km C, D, E, G, H, I, J

Automatic transaxle fluid (if equipped) R Every 100,000 kmA, C, D, E, F,

G, H, I, J

Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I C, D, E, F, G

MAINTENANCE ITEM Maintenanceoperation

Maintenance intervals Driving condition

Replace more frequently depending on the condition

Inspect more frequently depending on the condition


Maintenance

147

Severe driving conditions

A : Repeated short distance drivingB : Extensive idlingC : Driving in dusty, rough roadsD : Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive

materials or in very cold weatherE : Driving in sandy areas

F : More than 50 % driving in heavy city traffic during hotweather above 32°C (90°F)

G : Driving in mountainous areas.H : Towing a trailerI : Driving for patrol car, taxi, commercial car or vehicle tow-

ingJ : Driving over 170 km/h

Front suspension ball joints I C, D, E, F, G

Disc brakes and pads, calipers and rotors I C, D, E, G, H

Hand brake I C, D, G, H

Driveshaft and boots I C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J

Climate control air filter (if equipped) R C, E








7 15

Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - DIESEL ENGINEG040300AFD-EA

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change.*1 : Adjust alternator and power steering (and water pump drive belt) and air conditioner drive belt (if equipped).

Inspect and if necessary correct or replace.*2 : Check the engine oil level and leak every 500 km or before starting a long trip.


MAINTENANCEITEM


Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96

Km×1,000 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120

Drive belts *1 I I I I I I I I

Engine oil and engine oil filter *2 R R R R R R R R

Tensioner/idler/damper pulley

Air cleaner filter I I R I I R I I

Inspect when replacing the drive belt

Maintenance

167

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - DIESEL ENGINE (CONT.)


MAINTENANCEITEM


Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96

Km×1,000 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120

Fuel filler cap I I I I

PCV and Crank ventilation hose I I I I I I I I

Vacuum hose (for EGR & throttle body) I I I I I I I I

Vacuum pump and vacuum hose I I I I I I I I

Vacuum pump oil hose I I I I I I I I

Fuel filter cartridge *3, *4 R R R R

Fuel lines, hoses and connections I I I I I I I I

Cooling systemInspect “Coolant level adjustment and leak” every day

Inspect “Water pump” when replacing the drive belt or timing belt

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change.*3 : For your convenience, it can be replaced prior to it's interval when you do maintenance of other items.*4 : If the diesel fuel specifications don't meet the European standards EN590, replace it more frequently.

Consult an authorised HYUNDAI dealer for details.

7 17

Maintenance



Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96

Km×1,000 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120

Engine coolant *5

Battery condition I I I I I I I I

All electrical systems I I I I

Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I I I I I I

Brake pedal, clutch pedal I I I I

Hand brake I I I I I I I I

Brake/clutch fluid I R I R I R I R

Disc brakes and pads I I I I I I I I

At first, replace at 210,000 km or 10 years:after that, replace every 30,000 km or 24 months *6


MAINTENANCEITEM

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change.*5 : When adding coolant, use only deionized water or soft water for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at

the factory. An improper coolant mixture can result in serious malfunction or engine damage.*6 : For your convenience, it can be replaced prior to it's interval when you do maintenance of other items.

Maintenance

187



Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96

Km×1,000 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120

Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I I I I I I I I

Drive shaft and boots I I I I I I I I

Tyre (pressure & tread wear) I I I I I I I I

Front suspension ball joints I I I I I I I I

Bolt and nuts on chassis and body I I I I I I I I

Air conditioner refrigerant (if equipped) I I I I I I I I

Air conditioner compressor (if equipped) I I I I I I I I

Climate control air filter (if equipped) R R R R R R R R

Manual transaxle fluid (if equipped) I I

Automatic transaxle fluid (if equipped) I I


MAINTENANCEITEM


7 19

Maintenance

MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS - DIESEL ENGINEG040400AFD-EA

The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars mainly used under severe driving conditions.Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.

R : Replace I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace




Engine oil and engine oil filter R Every 7,500 km or 6 monthsA, B, C, F, G,

H, I, J, K, L

Air cleaner filter R C, E

Manual transaxle fluid (if equipped) R Every 120,000 km C, D, E, G, H, I, K

Automatic transaxle fluid (if equipped) R Every 100,000 kmA, C, D, E, F

G, H, I, K

Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I C, D, E, F, GInspect more frequently

depending on the condition

Maintenance

207

Severe driving conditionsA : Repeated short distance drivingB : Extensive idlingC : Driving in dusty, rough roadsD : Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive

materials or in very cold weatherE : Driving in sandy areasF : More than 50 % driving in heavy city traffic during hot

weather above 32 °C (90 °F)

G : Driving in mountainous areas.H : Towing a trailerI : Driving for patrol car, taxi, commercial car or vehicle tow-

ingJ : Driving in very cold weatherK : Driving over 170 km/hL : Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions

Front suspension ball joints I C, D, E, F, G

Disc brakes and pads, calipers and rotors I C, D, E, G, H

Hand brake I C, D, G, H

Drive shaft and boots I C, D, E, F, G, H, I

Climate control air filter (if equipped) R C, E








7 21

Maintenance

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMSG050100AUN

Engine oil and filterThe engine oil and filter should bechanged at the intervals specified in themaintenance schedule. If the car is beingdriven in severe conditions, more fre-quent oil and filter changes are required.

G050200AUN

Drive beltsInspect all drive belts for evidence ofcuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil satu-ration and replace if necessary. Drivebelts should be checked periodically forproper tension and adjusted as neces-sary.

G050300AFD-EA

Fuel filter (cartridge)A clogged filter can limit the speed atwhich the vehicle may be driven, damagethe emission system and cause multipleissues such as hard starting. If an exces-sive amount of foreign matter accumu-lates in the fuel tank, the filter mayrequire replacement more frequently.After installing a new filter, run the enginefor several minutes, and check for leaksat the connections. Fuel filters should beinstalled by an authorised HYUNDAIdealer.

G050400AFD-EA

Fuel lines, fuel hoses and con-nectionsCheck the fuel lines, fuel hoses and con-nections for leakage and damage. Havean authorised HYUNDAI dealer replaceany damaged or leaking parts immedi-ately.

WARNING - Diesel onlyNever work on injection systemwith engine running or within 30seconds after shutting off engine.High pressure pump, rail, injectorsand high pressure pipes are sub-ject to high pressure even after theengine stopped. The fuel jet pro-duced by fuel leaks may cause seri-ous injury, if it touch the body.People using pacemakers shouldnot move than 30cm closer to theECU or wiring harness within theengine room while engine is run-ning, since the high currents in theCommon Rail system produce con-siderable magnetic fields.

Maintenance

227

G050500AUN

Timing belt (if equipped)Inspect all parts related to the timing beltfor damage and deformation. Replaceany damaged parts immediately.

G050600AUN-EA

Vapour hose and fuel filler capThe vapour hose and fuel filler capshould be inspected at those intervalsspecified in the maintenance schedule.Make sure that a new vapour hose or fuelfiller cap is correctly replaced.

G050700AUN

Vacuum crankcase ventilationhoses (if equipped)Inspect the surface of hoses for evidenceof heat and/or mechanical damage. Hardand brittle rubber, cracking, tears, cuts,abrasions, and excessive swelling indi-cate deterioration. Particular attentionshould be paid to examine those hosesurfaces nearest to high heat sources,such as the exhaust manifold.Inspect the hose routing to assure thatthe hoses do not come in contact withany heat source, sharp edges or movingcomponent which might cause heat dam-age or mechanical wear. Inspect all hoseconnections, such as clamps and cou-plings, to make sure they are secure, andthat no leaks are present. Hoses shouldbe replaced immediately if there is anyevidence of deterioration or damage.

G050800AFD

Air cleaner filterA Genuine HYUNDAI air cleaner filter isrecommended when the filter isreplaced.

G050900AUN-EA

Spark plugs (for petrol engine)Make sure to install new spark plugs ofthe correct heat range.

G051000AFD-EA

Valve clearance (if equipped)Inspect excessive valve noise and/orengine vibration and adjust if necessary.An authorised HYUNDAI dealer shouldperform the operation.

G051100AUN

Cooling systemCheck the cooling system parts, such asradiator, coolant reservoir, hoses andconnections for leakage and damage.Replace any damaged parts.

G051200AUN

CoolantThe coolant should be changed at theintervals specified in the maintenanceschedule.

7 23

Maintenance

G051300AUN

Manual transaxle fluid (if equipped)Inspect the manual transaxle fluidaccording to the maintenance schedule.

G051400AUN-EA

Automatic transaxle fluid (if equipped)The fluid level should be in the "HOT"range of the dipstick, after the engineand transaxle are at normal operatingtemperature. Check the automatictransaxle fluid level with the engine run-ning and the transaxle in neutral, with thehand brake properly applied.

G051500AUN

Brake hoses and linesVisually check for proper installation,chafing, cracks, deterioration and anyleakage. Replace any deteriorated ordamaged parts immediately.

G051600AUN

Brake fluidCheck brake fluid level in the brake fluidreservoir. The level should be between“MIN” and “MAX” marks on the side ofthe reservoir. Use only hydraulic brakefluid conforming to DOT 3 or DOT 4specification.

G051700AUN-EA

Hand brakeInspect the hand brake system includingthe hand brake lever and cables.

G051900AUN

Brake pads, calipers and rotorsCheck the pads for excessive wear, discsfor run out and wear, and calipers for fluidleakage.

G052100AUN

Suspension mounting boltsCheck the suspension connections forlooseness or damage. Retighten to thespecified torque.

G052200AUN

Steering gear box, linkage &boots/lower arm ball jointWith the vehicle stopped and engine off,check for excessive free-play in thesteering wheel.Check the linkage for bends or damage.Check the dust boots and ball joints fordeterioration, cracks, or damage.Replace any damaged parts.

G052400AUN

Drive shafts and bootsCheck the drive shafts, boots and clampsfor cracks, deterioration, or damage.Replace any damaged parts and, if nec-essary, repack the grease.

G052500AUN

Air conditioning refrigerant (if equipped)Check the air conditioning lines and con-nections for leakage and damage.

Maintenance

247

ENGINE OIL

G060100AUN

Checking the engine oil level 1. Be sure the vehicle is on level ground.2. Start the engine and allow it to reach

normal operating temperature.3. Turn the engine off and wait for a few

minutes (about 5 minutes) for the oil toreturn to the oil pan.

4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean, andre-insert it fully.

5. Pull the dipstick out again and checkthe level. The level should be betweenF and L.

If it is near or at L, add enough oil to bringthe level to F. Do not overfill.

Use a funnel to help prevent oil frombeing spilled on engine components.

Use only the specified engine oil. (Referto “Recommended lubricants and capaci-ties” in section 9.)

WARNING - Radiator hoseBe very careful not to touch theradiator hose when checking oradding the engine oil as it may behot enough to burn you.

OFD077005 OFD077007

7 25

Maintenance

ENGINE COOLANTG060200AFD-EA

Changing the engine oil and filterHave engine oil and filter changed by anauthorised HYUNDAI dealer according tothe Maintenance Schedule at the begin-ning of this section.

G070000AFD-EA

The high-pressure cooling system has areservoir filled with year-round antifreezecoolant. The reservoir is filled at the fac-tory.Check the antifreeze protection andcoolant concentration level at least oncea year, at the beginning of the winter sea-son, and before travelling to a colder cli-mate.

G070100AFD-EA

Checking the coolant level

WARNING - Removingradiator cap

• Never attempt to remove the radi-ator cap while the engine is oper-ating or hot. Doing so might leadto cooling system and enginedamage and could result in seri-ous personal injury from escap-ing hot coolant or steam.

(Continued)

WARNINGUsed engine oil may cause irrita-tion or cancer of the skin if left incontact with the skin for prolongedperiods of time. Used engine oilcontains chemicals that havecaused cancer in laboratory ani-mals. Always protect your skin bywashing your hands thoroughlywith soap and warm water as soonas possible after handling used oil.

(Continued)• Turn the engine off and wait until

it cools down. Use extreme carewhen removing the radiator cap.Wrap a thick towel around it, andturn it counterclockwise slowly tothe first stop. Step back while thepressure is released from thecooling system. When you aresure all the pressure has beenreleased, press down on the cap,using a thick towel, and continueturning counterclockwise toremove it.

• Even if the engine is not operat-ing, do not remove the radiatorcap or the drain plug while theengine and radiator are hot. Hotcoolant and steam may still blowout under pressure, causing seri-ous injury.

Maintenance

267

-15°C (5°F) 35 65

-25°C (-13°F) 40 60

-35°C (-31°F) 50 50

-45°C (-49°F) 60 40

AmbientTemperature

Mixture Percentage (volume)

Antifreeze Water

Check the condition and connections ofall cooling system hoses and heaterhoses. Replace any swollen or deterio-rated hoses.The coolant level should be filledbetween F (MAX) and L (MIN) marks onthe side of the coolant reservoir when theengine is cool.

If the coolant level is low, add enoughspecified coolant to provide protectionagainst freezing and corrosion. Bring thelevel to F (MAX), but do not overfill. If fre-quent coolant refill is required, see anauthorised HYUNDAI dealer for a coolingsystem inspection.

G070101AUN-EA

Recommended engine coolant• When adding coolant, use only deion-

ized water or soft water for your vehicleand never mix hard water in thecoolant filled at the factory. An improp-er coolant mixture can result in seriousmalfunction or engine damage.

• The engine in your vehicle has alu-minium engine parts and must be pro-tected by an ethylene-glycol-basedcoolant to prevent corrosion and freez-ing.

• DO NOT USE alcohol or methanolcoolant or mix them with the specifiedcoolant.

• Do not use a solution that containsmore than 60% antifreeze or less than35% antifreeze, which would reducethe effectiveness of the solution.

For mixture percentage, refer to the fol-lowing table.

OHD076008

Type A

OED076024A

Type B

7 27

Maintenance

G070200AFD-EA

Changing the coolantHave coolant changed by an authorisedHYUNDAI dealer according to theMaintenance Schedule at the beginningof this section.

WARNING - Radiator capDo not remove the radiator capwhen the engine and radiator arehot. Scalding hot coolant andsteam may blow out under pres-sure causing serious injury.

CAUTIONPut a thick cloth or fabric aroundthe radiator cap before refilling thecoolant in order to prevent thecoolant from overflowing intoengine parts such as generator.

WARNING - Coolant• Do not use radiator coolant or

antifreeze in the washer fluidreservoir.

• Radiator coolant can severelyobscure visibility when sprayedon the windshield and may causeloss of vehicle control or damageto paint and body trim.

OFD077037

Type A

OED076024

Type B

Maintenance

287

BRAKE AND CLUTCH (IF EQUIPPED) FLUID

G080100AFD-EA

Checking the brake/clutch fluidlevel Check the fluid level in the reservoir peri-odically. The fluid level should bebetween MAX and MIN marks on theside of the reservoir.

Before removing the reservoir cap andadding brake/clutch fluid, clean the areaaround the reservoir cap thoroughly toprevent brake/clutch fluid contamination.If the level is low, add fluid to the MAXlevel. The level will fall with accumulatedmileage. This is a normal condition asso-ciated with the wear of the brake linings.If the fluid level is excessively low, havethe brake system checked by an autho-rised HYUNDAI dealer.

Use only the specified brake/clutch fluid.(Refer to “Recommended lubricants andcapacities” in section 9.)

Never mix different types of fluid.

WARNING - Brake fluidWhen changing and addingbrake/clutch fluid, handle it careful-ly. Do not let it come in contact withyour eyes. If brake/clutch fluidshould come in contact with youreyes, immediately flush them with alarge quantity of fresh tap water.Have your eyes examined by a doc-tor as soon as possible.

WARNING - Loss of brakefluid

In the event the brake systemrequires frequent additions of fluid,the vehicle should be inspected byan authorised HYUNDAI dealer.

OHD076011

CAUTIONDo not allow brake/clutch fluid tocontact the vehicle's body paint, aspaint damage will result.Brake/clutch fluid, which has beenexposed to open air for an extendedtime should never be used as itsquality cannot be guaranteed. Itshould be disposed of properly.Don't put in the wrong kind of fluid.A few drops of mineral-based oil,such as engine oil, in your brakeclutch system can damage brakeclutch system parts.

Brake fluid reservoir

OHD076011R

Clutch fluid reservoir (if equipped)

7 29

Maintenance

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (IF EQUIPPED)

G100100AFD-EA

Checking the automatic transaxlefluid level The automatic transaxle fluid levelshould be checked regularly.Keep the vehicle on the level ground withthe hand brake applied and check thefluid level according to the following pro-cedure.1. Place the selector lever in N (Neutral)

position and confirm the engine is run-ning at normal idle speed.

2. After the transaxle is warmed up suffi-ciently (fluid temperature 70~80°C(158~176°F), for example by 10 min-utes usual driving, move the shift leverthrough all positions then place theselector lever in “N (Neutral) or P(Park)” position.

3. Confirm that the fluid level is in “HOT”range on the level gauge. If the fluidlevel is lower, add the specified fluidfrom the fill hole. If the fluid level ishigher, drain the fluid from the drainhole.

4. If the fluid level is checked in cold con-dition (fluid temperature 20~30°C(68~86°F) add the fluid to “C” (COLD)line and then recheck the fluid levelaccording to the above step 2.

OHD076012 OHD076045N

Maintenance

307

✽✽ NOTICE“C” (COLD) range is for reference onlyand should NOT be used to determinetransaxle fluid level.

✽✽ NOTICENew automatic transaxle fluid should bered. The red dye is added so the assem-bly plant can identify it as automatictransaxle fluid and distinguish it fromengine oil or antifreeze. The red dye,which is not an indicator of fluid quali-ty, is not permanent. As the vehicle isdriven, the automatic transaxle fluidwill begin to look darker. The color mayeventually appear light brown.Therefore, have an authorisedHYUNDAI dealer change the automatictransaxle fluid according to theScheduled Maintenance at the begin-ning of this section.

Use only the specified automatictransaxle fluid. (Refer to “Recommendedlubricants and capacities” in section 9.)

G100200AFD-EA

Changing the automatic transaxlefluidHave automatic transaxle fluid changedby an authorised HYUNDAI dealeraccording to the Maintenance Scheduleat the beginning of this section.

WARNING - Transaxle fluidThe transaxle fluid level should bechecked when the engine is at nor-mal operating temperature. Thismeans that the engine, radiator,radiator hose and exhaust systemetc., are very hot. Exercise greatcare not to burn yourself duringthis procedure.

WARNING - Hand brakeTo avoid sudden movement of thevehicle, apply hand brake anddepress the brake pedal beforemoving the shift lever.

CAUTION• Low fluid level causes transaxle

slippage. Overfilling can causefoaming, loss of fluid and transaxlemalfunction.

• The use of a non-specified fluidcould result in transaxle malfunc-tion and failure.

7 31

Maintenance

WASHER FLUID

G120100AUN

Checking the washer fluid level The reservoir is translucent so that youcan check the level with a quick visualinspection.Check the fluid level in the washer fluidreservoir and add fluid if necessary. Plainwater may be used if washer fluid is notavailable. However, use washer solventwith antifreeze characteristics in cold cli-mates to prevent freezing.

G140100AFD-EA

Checking the hand brake Check the stroke of the hand brake bycounting the number of “clicks’’ heardwhile fully applying it from the releasedposition. Also, the hand brake aloneshould securely hold the vehicle on a fair-ly steep grade. If the stroke is more orless than specified, have the hand brakeadjusted by an authorised HYUNDAIdealer.

Stroke : 7 “clicks’’ at a force of 20 kg (44 lbs, 196 N).

WARNING - Coolant• Do not use radiator coolant or

antifreeze in the washer fluidreservoir.

• Radiator coolant can severelyobscure visibility when sprayedon the windshield and may causeloss of vehicle control or damageto paint and body trim.

• Windshield washer fluid agentscontain some amounts of alcoholand can be flammable under cer-tain circumstances. Do not allowsparks or flame to contact thewasher fluid or the washer fluidreservoir. Damage to the vehicleor occupants could occur.

• Windshield washer fluid is poi-sonous to humans and animals.Do not drink and avoid contact-ing windshield washer fluid.Serious injury or death couldoccur.

OHD076013 OFD057006R

HAND BRAKE

Maintenance

327

FUEL FILTER (FOR DIESEL)G150100AFD-EA

Draining water from fuel filterThe fuel filter for diesel engine plays animportant role of separating water fromfuel and accumulating the water in itsbottom.If water accumulates in the fuel filter, thewarning light comes on when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position.If the light is turned on, take your car tothe authorised HYUNDAI dealer andhave drain the water and checked thesystem.

G150200AFD

Fuel filter cartridge replacement

✽✽ NOTICEWhen replacing the fuel filter cartridge,use HYUNDAI genuine parts.

G150300AFD

Extracting air in the fuel filter(1.6L Diesel engine)If you drove until you have no fuel left orif you replaced the fuel filter, be sure toextract air in the fuel system as it makesyou difficult to start the engine.1. Disconnect the fuel outlet connector

(1) from the fuel filter.2. Pump up and down until the fuel flows

out of the fuel outlet nipple.

✽✽ NOTICE• Use cloths when you extract air so that

the fuel is not sprayed around.• Clean the fuel around the fuel filter or

the injection pump before starting theengine to prevent fire.

• Finally, check each part if the fuel isleaking.

OFD077020

CAUTIONIf the water accumulated in the fuelfilter is not drained at proper times,damages to the major parts such asthe fuel system can be caused bywater permeation in the fuel filter.

7 33

Maintenance

AIR CLEANER

G160100AFD

Filter replacement It must be replaced when necessary, andshould not be cleaned and reused.

1. Loosen the air cleaner cover attachingclips and open the cover.

2. Replace the air cleaner filter.3. Lock the cover with the cover attaching

clips.

OHD076016 OHD076017 OHD076018

Maintenance

347

Replace the filter according to theMaintenance Schedule.If the vehicle is operated in extremelydusty or sandy areas, replace the ele-ment more often than the usual recom-mended intervals. (Refer to“Maintenance under severe usage condi-tions” in this section.)

G170100AFD

Filter inspectionIf the vehicle is operated in the severelyair-polluted cities or on dusty roughroads for a long period, it should beinspected more frequently and replacedearlier. When you, the owner, replace theclimate control air filter, replace it per-forming the following procedure, and becareful to avoid damaging other compo-nents.Replace the filter according to the main-tenance Schedule.

Filter replacement1. Open the glove box and remove the

support rod.

CAUTION• Do not drive with the air cleaner

removed; this will result in exces-sive engine wear.

• When removing the air cleaner fil-ter, be careful that dust or dirtdoes not enter the air intake, ordamage may result.

• Use a HYUNDAI genuine part. Useof nongenuine part could damagethe air flow sensor or turbo charg-er.

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER (IF EQUIPPED)

OFD077016R

7 35

Maintenance

2. With the glove box open, remove thestoppers on both sides to allow theglove box hang freely on the hinges.

3. Remove the climate control air filtercase pulling out the cover.

4. Replace the climate control air filter.5. Reassemble in the reverse order of

disassembly.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen replacing the climate control airfilter install it according to the “��AIRFLOW��” identification marks.Otherwise, the system may producenoise and the effectiveness of the filtermay be reduced.

OFD077017R OFD077018 OFD077036

Maintenance

367

WIPER BLADES

G180100AUN-EA

Blade inspection✽✽ NOTICECommercial hot waxes applied by auto-matic car washes have been known tomake the windshield difficult to clean.

Contamination of either the windshield orthe wiper blades with foreign matter canreduce the effectiveness of the wind-shield wipers. Common sources of con-tamination are insects, tree sap, and hotwax treatments used by some commer-cial car washes. If the blades are not wip-ing properly, clean both the window andthe blades with a good cleaner or milddetergent, and rinse thoroughly withclean water.

G180200AUN

Blade replacement When the wipers no longer clean ade-quately, the blades may be worn orcracked, and require replacement.

1JBA5122MCAUTION

To prevent damage to the wiperblades, do not use petrol, kerosene,paint thinner, or other solvents onor near them.

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the wiperarms or other components, do notattempt to move the wipers manual-ly.

CAUTIONThe use of a non-specified wiperblade could result in wiper malfunc-tion and failure.

7 37

Maintenance

Front windshield wiper bladeType A

1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the wiperblade assembly to expose the plasticlocking clip.

2. Compress the clip and slide the bladeassembly downward.

3. Lift it off the arm.4. Install the blade assembly in the

reverse order of removal.

G180201AFD

Type B

1. Raise the wiper arm.

CAUTIONDo not allow the wiper arm to fallagainst the windshield, since it maychip or crack the windshield.

OEN076049

1JBA7037

1JBA7038

1LDA5023


Maintenance

387

2. Press the button and slide the bladeassembly upward.

3. Install the blade assembly in thereverse order of removal.

4. Return the wiper arm on the wind-shield.

Type C

1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the wiperblade assembly to expose the plasticlocking clip.

OEN076048 OED070112


OEN076047

7 39

Maintenance

2. Open the cover of the blade. 3. Compress the clip behind the wiperarm and lift it off the arm.

4. Install the blade assembly until it clicksinto place.

5. Close the cover of blade.6. Place back the wiper arm to the prop-

er position.

G180202AFD-EA

Rear window wiper blade (if equipped)1. Raise the wiper arm and pull out the

wiper blade assembly.

OED076040OED070114OED070113

Maintenance

407

2. Install the new blade assembly byinserting the centre part into the slot inthe wiper arm until it clicks into place.

3. Make sure the blade assembly isinstalled firmly by trying to pull it slight-ly.

To prevent damage to the wiper arms orother components, have an authorisedHYUNDAI dealer replace the wiperblade.

G190100BUN

For best battery service• Keep the battery securely mounted.• Keep the battery top clean and dry.• Keep the terminals and connections

clean, tight, and coated with petroleumjelly or terminal grease.

• Rinse any spilled electrolyte from thebattery immediately with a solution ofwater and baking soda.

• If the vehicle is not going to be used foran extended time, disconnect the bat-tery cables.

WARNING - Battery dangers

Always read the followinginstructions carefully whenhandling a battery.

Keep lighted cigarettes andall other flames or sparksaway from the battery.

Hydrogen, a highly com-bustible gas, is alwayspresent in battery cells andmay explode if ignited.

Keep batteries out of thereach of children becausebatteries contain highlycorrosive SULFURIC ACID.Do not allow battery acid tocontact your skin, eyes,clothing or paint finish.

(Continued)

BATTERY

OFD077037OED076041

7 41

Maintenance

\G190200AUN

Battery recharging Your vehicle has a maintenance-free,calcium-based battery.• If the battery becomes discharged in a

short time (because, for example, theheadlights or interior lights were left onwhile the vehicle was not in use),recharge it by slow charging (trickle)for 10 hours.

• If the battery gradually dischargesbecause of high electric load while thevehicle is being used, recharge it at 20-30A for two hours.

(Continued)• When lifting a plastic-cased bat-

tery, excessive pressure on thecase may cause battery acid toleak, resulting in personal injury.Lift with a battery carrier or withyour hands on opposite corners.

• Never attempt to recharge thebattery when the battery cablesare connected.

• The electrical ignition systemworks with high voltage. Nevertouch these components with theengine running or the ignitionswitched on.

Failure to follow the above warn-ings can result in serious bodilyinjury or death.

(Continued)

If any electrolyte gets intoyour eyes, flush your eyeswith clean water for at least15 minutes and get immedi-ate medical attention.If electrolyte gets on yourskin, thoroughly wash thecontacted area. If you feel apain or a burning sensa-tion, get medical attentionimmediately.

Wear eye protection whencharging or working near abattery. Always provideventilation when working inan enclosed space.

An inappropriately disposedbattery can be harmful tothe environment and humanhealth. Dispose the batteryaccording to your locallaw(s) or regulation.

(Continued)

Maintenance

427

G130300AUN

Reset itemsItems should be reset after the batteryhas been discharged or the battery hasbeen disconnected.• Auto up/down window (See section 4)• Sunroof (See section 4)• Trip computer (See section 4)• Climate control system

(See section 4)• Clock (See section 4)• Audio (See section 4)

(Continued)• Disconnect the battery charger in

the following order.1. Turn off the battery charger main

switch.2. Unhook the negative clamp from

the negative battery terminal.3. Unhook the positive clamp from

the positive battery terminal.• Before performing maintenance

or recharging the battery, turn offall accessories and stop theengine.

• The negative battery cable mustbe removed first and installedlast when the battery is discon-nected.

WARNING - Rechargingbattery

When recharging the battery,observe the following precautions:• The battery must be removed

from the vehicle and placed in anarea with good ventilation.

• Do not allow cigarettes, sparks,or flame near the battery.

• Watch the battery during charg-ing, and stop or reduce the charg-ing rate if the battery cells begingassing (boiling) violently or ifthe temperature of the electrolyteof any cell exceeds 49°C (120°F).

• Wear eye protection when check-ing the battery during charging.

(Continued)

7 43

Maintenance

TYRES AND WHEELS G200100AUN-EA

Tyre care For proper maintenance, safety, andmaximum fuel economy, you mustalways maintain recommended tyreinflation pressures and stay withinthe load limits and weight distributionrecommended for your vehicle.

G200200AFD-EA

Recommended cold tyre inflationpressures All tyre pressures (including thespare) should be checked when thetyres are cold. “Cold Tyres” meansthe vehicle has not been driven for atleast three hours or driven less than1.6 km (one mile).Recommended pressures must bemaintained for the best ride, top vehi-cle handling, and minimum tyrewear.For recommended inflation pressurerefer to “Tyre and wheels” in section9.

All specifications (sizes and pres-sures) can be found on a labelattached to the vehicle.

WARNING - Tyre underin-flation

Severe underinflation (70 kPa(10 psi) or more) can lead tosevere heat build-up, causingblowouts, tread separation andother tyre failures that canresult in the loss of vehicle con-trol leading to severe injury ordeath. This risk is much higheron hot days and when drivingfor long periods at high speeds.

OHD086003R

Maintenance

447

WARNING - Tyre inflationOverinflation or underinflationcan reduce tyre life, adverselyaffect vehicle handling, andlead to sudden tyre failure. Thiscould result in loss of vehiclecontrol and potential injury.

CAUTION - Tyre pressureAlways observe the following:• Check tyre pressure when the

tyres are cold. (After vehiclehas been parked for at leastthree hours or hasn't beendriven more than 1.6 km (onemile) since startup.)

• Check the pressure of yourspare tyre each time youcheck the pressure of othertyres.

• Never overload your vehicle.Be careful not to overload avehicle luggage rack if yourvehicle is equipped with one.

• Worn, old tyres can causeaccidents. If your tread isbadly worn, or if your tyreshave been damaged, replacethem.

CAUTION• Underinflation also results in

excessive wear, poor handlingand reduced fuel economy.Wheel deformation also ispossible. Keep your tyre pres-sures at the proper levels. If atyre frequently needs refilling,have it checked by an autho-rised HYUNDAI dealer.

• Overinflation produces aharsh ride, excessive wear atthe centre of the tyre tread,and a greater possibility ofdamage from road hazards.

CAUTION• Warm tyres normally exceed

recommended cold tyre pres-sures by 28 to 41 kPa (4 to 6psi). Do not release air fromwarm tyres to adjust the pres-sure or the tyres will be under-inflated.

• Be sure to reinstall the tyreinflation valve caps. Withoutthe valve cap, dirt or moisturecould get into the valve coreand cause air leakage. If avalve cap is missing, install anew one as soon as possible.

7 45

Maintenance

G200300AUN-EA

Checking tyre inflation pressureCheck your tyres once a month ormore.Also, check the tyre pressure of thespare tyre.

G200301AFD-EA

How to checkUse a good quality gauge to checktyre pressures.You can not tell if yourtyres are properly inflated simply bylooking at them. Radial tyres maylook properly inflated even whenthey're underinflated.Check the tyre's inflation pressurewhen the tyres are cold. - "Cold"means your vehicle has been sittingfor at least three hours or driven nomore than 1.6 km (1 mile).

Remove the valve cap from the tyrevalve stem. Press the tyre gaugefirmly onto the valve to get a pres-sure measurement. If the cold tyreinflation pressure matches the rec-ommended pressure on the tyre andloading information label, no furtheradjustment is necessary. If the pres-sure is low, add air until you reachthe recommended amount.If you overfill the tyre, release air bypushing on the metal stem in thecentre of the tyre valve. Recheck thetyre pressure with the tyre gauge. Besure to put the valve caps back onthe valve stems. They help preventleaks by keeping out dirt and mois-ture.

WARNING• Inspect your tyres frequently

for proper inflation as well aswear and damage. Always usea tyre pressure gauge.

• Tyres with too much or too lit-tle pressure wear unevenlycausing poor handling, loss ofvehicle control, and suddentyre failure leading to acci-dents, injuries, and even death.The recommended cold tyrepressure for your vehicle canbe found in this manual and onthe tyre label located on thedriver's side centre pillar.

• Worn tyres can cause acci-dents. Replace tyres that areworn, show uneven wear, orare damaged.

• Remember to check the pres-sure of your spare tyre.HYUNDAI recommends thatyou check the spare everytime you check the pressureof the other tyres on yourvehicle.

Maintenance

467

G200400AUN-EA

Tyre rotation To equalize tread wear, it is recom-mended that the tyres be rotatedevery 12,000 km (7,500 miles) orsooner if irregular wear develops.During rotation, check the tyres forcorrect balance.When rotating tyres, check foruneven wear and damage. Abnormalwear is usually caused by incorrecttyre pressure, improper wheel align-ment, out-of-balance wheels, severebraking or severe cornering. Look forbumps or bulges in the tread or sideof tyre. Replace the tyre if you findeither of these conditions. Replacethe tyre if fabric or cord is visible.After rotation, be sure to bring thefront and rear tyre pressures to spec-ification and check wheel nut tight-ness.Refer to “Tyre and wheels” in section9.

Disc brake pads should be inspectedfor wear whenever tyres are rotated.

✽✽ NOTICERotate radial tyres that have anasymmetric tread pattern only fromfront to rear and not from right toleft.

WARNING• Do not use the compact spare

tyre for tyre rotation.• Do not mix bias ply and radial

ply tyres under any circum-stances. This may causeunusual handling characteris-tics that could result in death,severe injury, or propertydamage.

S2BLA790

S2BLA790A

CBGQ0707A

Without a spare tyre

With a full-size spare tyre (if equipped)

Directional tyres (if equipped)

7 47

Maintenance

G200500AUN-EA

Wheel alignment and tyre balance The wheels on your vehicle werealigned and balanced carefully at thefactory to give you the longest tyrelife and best overall performance.In most cases, you will not need tohave your wheels aligned again.However, if you notice unusual tyrewear or your vehicle pulling one wayor the other, the alignment may needto be reset.If you notice your vehicle vibratingwhen driving on a smooth road, yourwheels may need to be rebalanced.

G200600BFD-EA

Tyre replacementIf the tyre is worn evenly, a treadwear indicator will appear as a solidband across the tread. This showsthere is less than 1.6 mm (1/16 inch)of tread left on the tyre. Replace thetyre when this happens.Do not wait for the band to appearacross the entire tread before replac-ing the tyre.

CAUTIONImproper wheel weights candamage your vehicle's alumini-um wheels. Use only approvedwheel weights.

1LDA5026

Tread wear indicator WARNING - Replacingtyres

• Driving on worn-out tyres isvery hazardous and willreduce braking effectiveness,steering accuracy, and trac-tion.

• Your vehicle is equipped withtyres designed to provide forsafe ride and handling capa-bility. Do not use a size andtype of tyre and wheel that isdifferent from the one that isoriginally installed on yourvehicle. It can affect the safetyand performance of your vehi-cle, which could lead to han-dling failure or rollover andserious injury.When replacingthe tyres, be sure to equip allfour tyres with the tyre andwheel of the same size, type,tread, brand and load-carryingcapacity.

(Continued)

Maintenance

487

G200601AUN-EA

Compact spare tyre replacement (ifequipped)A compact spare tyre has a shortertread life than a regular size tyre.Replace it when you can see thetread wear indicator bars on the tyre.The replacement compact spare tyreshould be the same size and designtyre as the one provided with yournew vehicle and should be mountedon the same compact spare tyrewheel. The compact spare tyre is notdesigned to be mounted on a regularsize wheel, and the compact sparetyre wheel is not designed for mount-ing a regular size tyre.

G200700AUN-EA

Wheel replacement When replacing the metal wheels forany reason, make sure the newwheels are equivalent to the originalfactory units in diameter, rim widthand offset.

(Continued)• The use of any other tyre size

or type may seriously affectride, handling, ground clear-ance, stopping distance, bodyto tyre clearance, snow tyreclearance, and speedometerreliability.

• It is best to replace all fourtyres at the same time. If thatis not possible, or necessary,then replace the two front ortwo rear tyres as a pair.Replacing just one tyre canseriously affect your vehicle’shandling.

• The ABS works by comparingthe speed of the wheels. Tyresize can affect wheel speed.When replacing tyres, all 4tyres must use the same sizeoriginally supplied with thevehicle. Using tyres of a dif-ferent size can cause the ABS(Anti-lock Brake System) andESP (Electronic StabilityProgram) (if equipped) towork irregularly.

WARNINGA wheel that is not the correctsize may adversely affect wheeland bearing life, braking andstopping abilities, handlingcharacteristics, ground clear-ance, body-to-tyre clearance,snow chain clearance,speedometer and odometer cal-ibration, headlight aim andbumper height.

7 49

Maintenance

G200800AUN-EA

Tyre tractionTyre traction can be reduced if youdrive on worn tyres, tyres that areimproperly inflated or on slipperyroad surfaces. Tyres should bereplaced when tread wear indicatorsappear. To reduce the possibility oflosing control, slow down wheneverthere is rain, snow or ice on the road.

G200900AUN-EA

Tyre maintenance In addition to proper inflation, correctwheel alignment helps to decreasetyre wear. If you find a tyre is wornunevenly, have your dealer check thewheel alignment.When you have new tyres installed,make sure they are balanced. Thiswill increase vehicle ride comfort andtyre life. Additionally, a tyre shouldalways be rebalanced if it is removedfrom the wheel.

G201000AUN-EA

Tyre sidewall labelingThis information identifies anddescribes the fundamental charac-teristics of the tyre and also providesthe tyre identification number (TIN)for safety standard certification. TheTIN can be used to identify the tyre incase of a recall.

G201001AUN

1. Manufacturer or brand nameManufacturer or Brand name isshown.

G201002AFD-EA

2. Tyre size designation A tyre’s sidewall is marked with a tyresize designation. You will need thisinformation when selecting replace-ment tyres for your car. The followingexplains what the letters and num-bers in the tyre size designationmean.Example tyre size designation:(These numbers are provided as anexample only; your tyre size designa-tor could vary depending on yourvehicle.)205/55R16 91H

205 - Tyre width in millimeters.55 - Aspect ratio. The tyre’s section

height as a percentage of itswidth.

R - Tyre construction code (Radial).16 - Rim diameter in inches.91 - Load Index, a numerical code

associated with the maximumload the tyre can carry.

H - Speed Rating Symbol. See thespeed rating chart in this sectionfor additional information.

I030B04JM

1

1

23

4

5,6

7

Maintenance

507

S 180 km/h (112 mph)

T 190 km/h (118 mph)

H 210 km/h (130 mph)

V 240 km/h (149 mph)

Z Above 240 km/h (149 mph)

Maximum SpeedSpeedRatingSymbol

Wheel size designation

Wheels are also marked with impor-tant information that you need if youever have to replace one. The follow-ing explains what the letters andnumbers in the wheel size designa-tion mean.

Example wheel size designation:6.0JX16

6.0 - Rim width in inches.J - Rim contour designation.16 - Rim diameter in inches.

Tyre speed ratings

The chart below lists many of the dif-ferent speed ratings currently beingused for passenger cars. The speedrating is part of the tyre size desig-nation on the sidewall of the tyre.This symbol corresponds to thattyre's designed maximum safe oper-ating speed.

G201003AEN-EA

3. Checking tyre life (TIN : TyreIdentification Number)

Any tyres that are over 6 years,based on the manufacturing date,tyre strength and performance,decline with age naturally (evenunused spare tyres). Therefore, thetyres (including the spare tyre)should be replaced by new ones.Youcan find the manufacturing date onthe tyre sidewall (possibly on theinside of the wheel), displaying theDOT Code. The DOT Code is aseries of numbers on a tyre consist-ing of numbers and English letters.The manufacturing date is designat-ed by the last four digits (characters)of the DOT code.

DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOOThe front part of the DOT means aplant code number, tyre size andtread pattern and the last four num-bers indicate week and year manu-factured.For example:DOT XXXX XXXX 1610 representsthat the tyre was produced in the16th week of 2010.

7 51

Maintenance

G201004AUN-EA

4. Tyre ply composition and materialThe number of layers or plies of rub-ber-coated fabric are in the tyre. Tyremanufacturers also must indicate thematerials in the tyre, which includesteel, nylon, polyester, and others.The letter "R" means radial ply con-struction; the letter "D" means diago-nal or bias ply construction; and theletter "B" means belted-bias ply con-struction.

G201005AUN-EA

5. Maximum permissible inflationpressure

This number is the greatest amountof air pressure that should be put inthe tyre. Do not exceed the maximumpermissible inflation pressure. Referto the Tyre and Loading Informationlabel for recommended inflationpressure.

G201006AUN-EA

6. Maximum load ratingThis number indicates the maximumload in kilograms and pounds thatcan be carried by the tyre. Whenreplacing the tyres on the vehicle,always use a tyre that has the sameload rating as the factory installedtyre.

G201007AUN-EA

7. Uniform tyre quality grading Quality grades can be found whereapplicable on the tyre sidewallbetween tread shoulder and maxi-mum section width.For example:TREADWEAR 200 TRACTION AA TEMPERATURE A

Tread wear

The tread wear grade is a compara-tive rating based on the wear rate ofthe tyre when tested under controlledconditions on a specified govern-ment test course. For example, a tyregraded 150 would wear one-and-a-half times (1½) as well on the gov-ernment course as a tyre graded100.The relative performance of tyresdepends upon the actual conditionsof their use, however, and maydepart significantly from the normbecause of variations in drivinghabits, service practices and differ-ences in road characteristics and cli-mate.These grades are moulded on theside-walls of passenger vehicletyres.The tyres available as standardor optional equipment on your vehi-cles may vary with respect to grade.

WARNING - Tyre ageTyres degrade over time, evenwhen they are not being used.Regardless of the remainingtread, it is recommended thattyres generally be replacedafter six (6) years of normalservice. Heat caused by not cli-mates or frequent high loadingconditions can accelerate theaging process. Failure to followthis Warning can result in sud-den tyre failure, which couldlead to a loss of control and anaccident involving seriousinjury or death.

Maintenance

527

Traction - AA, A, B & C

The traction grades, from highest tolowest, are AA, A, B and C. Thosegrades represent the tyres ability tostop on wet pavement as measuredunder controlled conditions on spec-ified government test surfaces ofasphalt and concrete. A tyre markedC may have poor traction perform-ance.

Temperature -A, B & C

The temperature grades are A (thehighest), B and C representing thetyre’s resistance to the generation ofheat and its ability to dissipate heatwhen tested under controlled condi-tions on a specified indoor laboratorytest wheel.Sustained high temperature cancause the material of the tyre todegenerate and reduce tyre life, andexcessive temperature can lead tosudden tyre failure. Grades B and Arepresent higher levels of perform-ance on the laboratory test wheelthan the minimum required by thelaw.

WARNING The traction grade assigned tothis tyre is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests,and does not include accelera-tion, cornering, hydroplaning,or peak traction characteristics.

WARNING - Tyre temperature

The temperature grade for thistyre is established for a tyre thatis properly inflated and notoverloaded. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or incombination, can cause heatbuild-up and possible suddentyre failure. This can cause lossof vehicle control and seriousinjury or death.

7 53

Maintenance

FUSES

G210000AFD-EA

A vehicle’s electrical system is protectedfrom electrical overload damage byfuses.

This vehicle has 2 (or 3) fuse panels, onelocated in the driver’s side panel bolster,the other in the engine compartmentnear the battery.If any of your vehicle’s lights, acces-sories, or controls do not work, check theappropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse hasblown, the element inside the fuse will bemelted.If the electrical system does not work,first check the driver’s side fuse panel.Always replace a blown fuse with one ofthe same rating.If the replacement fuse blows, this indi-cates an electrical problem. Avoid usingthe system involved and immediatelyconsult an authorised HYUNDAI dealer.Three kinds of fuses are used: blade typefor lower amperage rating, cartridge type,and fusible link for higher amperage rat-ings.

1VQA4037

Normal

Normal

Blade type

Cartridge type

Fusible link

Blown

Blown

Normal Blown

WARNING - Fuse replace-ment

• Never replace a fuse with any-thing but another fuse of thesame rating.

• A higher capacity fuse couldcause damage and possibly afire.

• Never install a wire instead of theproper fuse - even as a temporaryrepair. It may cause extensivewiring damage and a possible fire.

CAUTIONDo not use a screwdriver or anyother metal object to remove fusesbecause it may cause a short circuitand damage the system.

Maintenance

547

G210100AUN-EA

Inner panel fuse replacement1. Turn the ignition switch and all other

switches off.2. Open the fuse panel cover.

3. Pull the suspected fuse straight out.Use the removal tool provided in theengine compartment fuse panel.

4. Check the removed fuse; replace it if itis blown.

5. Push in a new fuse of the same rating,and make sure it fits tightly in the clips.

If it fits loosely, consult an authorisedHYUNDAI dealer.If you do not have a spare, use a fuse ofthe same rating from a circuit you maynot need for operating the vehicle, suchas the cigar lighter fuse.

If the headlights or other electrical com-ponents do not work and the fuses areOK, check the fuse block in the enginecompartment. If a fuse is blown, it mustbe replaced.

OHD076025R

Driver’s side panel

OFD077038

7 55

Maintenance

G210101AUN

Memory fuseYour vehicle is equipped with the memo-ry fuse to prevent battery discharge ifyour vehicle is parked without beingoperated for prolonged periods. Use thefollowing procedures before parking thevehicle for prolonged periods.

1. Turn off the engine.2. Turn off the headlights and tail lights.3. Open the driver’s side panel cover and

pull up the memory fuse.

✽✽ NOTICE• If the memory fuse is pulled up from

the fuse panel, the warning chime,audio, clock and interior lamps, etc.,will not operate. Some items must bereset after replacement. Refer to“Battery” in this section.

• Even though the memory fuse ispulled up, the battery can still be dis-charged by operation of the head-lights or other electrical devices.

G210200AFD-EA

Engine compartment panel fusereplacement1. Turn the ignition switch and all other

switches off.2. Remove the fuse box cover by press-

ing the tap and pulling up.3. Check the removed fuse; replace it if it

is blown. To remove or insert the fuse,use the fuse puller in the engine com-partment fuse panel.

OHD076027R

OFD077039

OFD077040

Diesel only

Maintenance

567

4. Push in a new fuse of the same rating,and make sure it fits tightly in the clips.If it fits loosely, consult an authorisedHYUNDAI dealer.

G210201AFD-EA

Main fuseIf the main fuse is blown, it must beremoved as follows:1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.2. Remove the nuts shown in the picture

above.3. Replace the fuse with a new one of the

same rating.4. Reinstall in the reverse order of

removal.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the main fuse is blown, consult anauthorised HYUNDAI Dealer.

CAUTIONAfter checking the fuse box in theengine compartment, securelyinstall the fuse box cover. If not,electrical failures may occur fromwater leaking in.

OHD076030

7 57

Maintenance

✽✽ NOTICENot all fuse panel descriptions in thismanual may be applicable to your vehi-cle. It is accurate at the time of printing.When you inspect the fuse box on yourvehicle, refer to the fuse box label.

G210300AFD-EA

Fuse/Relay panel descriptionInside the fuse/relay box covers, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relayname and capacity.

Engine compartmentOHD076031R/OFD077041/OFD077042

Diesel onlyDriver’s side panel

Maintenance

587

Driver's side fuse panel

Description Fuse rating Protected componentSTART 10A Ignition lock switch, Antitheft alarm, Transaxle range switchA/CON SW 10A A/C control moduleHTD MIRR 10A Outside heated mirror motorSEAT HTR 15A Seat warmer (switch, power)A/CON 10A Blower relay, A/C control module, Sunroof control module, Rain sensorFR FOG 10A Front fog lamp relayFR WIPER 25A Front wiper relayREAR WIPER 15A Rear wiper relayRR FOG 10A Rear fog lamp relayP/WDW LH 25A Front and rear power window switch(LH)CLOCK 10A Digital clock, AudioC/LIGHTER 15A Power outletDR LOCK 20A Sunroof control module, Door unlock/lock relayDEICER 15A Front windshield deicerSTOP 15A Stop lamp switchROOM LP 15A Boot room lamp, Dome lamp, Map lamp, Digital clockAUDIO 15A AudioT/GATE 15A Tail gate unlock relaySAFETY P/WDW RH 25A Front and rear safety power window switch (RH)SAFETY P/WDW LH 25A Front and rear safety power window switch (LH)P/WDW RH 25A Front & rear power window switch(RH)FR P/OUTLET 15A Power outletT/SIG 10A Hazard switch, Turn signalA/BAG IND 10A Airbag indicator(instrument cluster), SBR (passenger, rear)

7 59

Maintenance

Description Fuse rating Protected componentCLUSTER 10A Instrument cluster, TPMSA/BAG 15A SRS control moduleIGN 1 15A EPS module, ESP switchHEAD LAMP 15A Head lamp relayTAIL RH 10A Head lamp(RH), Glove box lamp, Rear combination lamp(RH), License lampTAIL LH 10A Head lamp(LH), Power window main switch, Rear combination lamp(LH), License lamp

Maintenance

607

Engine compartment

Description Fuse rating Protected componentALTERNATOR 150A Generator, Fusible link box(D4FB/D4EA)MDPS 80A EPS control moduleABS.2 20A ESP control module, ABS control module, Multi purpose check connectorABS.1 40A ESP control module, ABS control module, Multi purpose check connectorB+.1 50A Instrument panel junction box

Fusible link RR HTD 40A Instrument panel junction boxBLOWER 40A Blower relayC/FAN 40A Condenser fan #1, 2 relayB+.2 50A Instrument panel junction boxIGN.2 40A Ignition switch, Start relayIGN.1 30A Ignition switchECU 30A Main relay, Powertrain control module(G4GC)SPARE.1 20A (Spare)FR FOG 15A Front fog lamp relayA/CON 10A A/C relayHAZARD 15A Hazard switch, Hazard relayF/PUMP 15A Fuel pump relayECU.1 10A ECM(G4FC), PCM(G4FC), TCM(D4FB), Generator (D4EA)

Fuse ECU.3 10A ECM(D4FB/D4EA)ECU.4 20A ECM(D4FB/D4EA)INJ 15A A/C relay, Fuel pump relay, Injector #1,2,3,4(G4FC/G4GC), PCM(G4FC/G4GC), Idle speed

actuator(G4FC/G4GC), Immobiliser module(D4FB) etc.SNSR.2 10A Pulse generator 'A', 'B, 'TCM(D4FB), Stop lamp switch(G4FC/G4GC), Vehicle speed sensor etc.HORN 15A Horn relay

7 61

Maintenance

Description Fuse rating Protected componentABS 10A ESP control module, ABS control module, Multi purpose check connectorECU.2 10A Ignition coil #1,2,3,4(G4FC), PCM(G4GC)B/UP 10A Back up lamp switch, Transaxle range switch, Cruise control moduleH/LP LO RH 10A Head lamp(RH), Head lamp leveling actuator(RH)

Fuse H/LP LO LH 10A Head lamp(LH), Head lamp leveling actuator(LH), Head lamp leveling switch H/LP HI 20A Head lamp Hi relaySNSR.1 10A Immobiliser module(G4FC/G4GC), Stop lamp switch(D4FB), Lambda sensor(D4FB) etc.SPARE 10A (Spare)SPARE 15A (Spare)SPARE 20A (Spare)

Description Fuse rating Protected componentGLOW PLUG FUSIBLE LINK 80A Glow plug, Air heaterPTC HEATER #1 FUSIBLE LINK 50A PTC heater 1PTC HEATER #2 FUSIBLE LINK 50A PTC heater 2PTC HEATER #3 FUSIBLE LINK 50A PTC heater 3FUEL FILTER HEATER FUSIBLE LINK 30A Fuel filter heaterGLOW PLUG RELAY - Glow plug relayPTC HEATER RELAY #1 - PTC heater relay 1PTC HEATER RELAY #2 - PTC heater relay 2PTC HEATER RELAY #3 - PTC heater relay 3FUEL FILTER HEATER RELAY - Fuel filter heater relay

Engine compartment (Diesel box)

Maintenance

627

LIGHT BULBSG220000AFD-EA

Use only the bulbs of the specifiedwattage.All bulbs are available from yourHYUNDAI dealers Parts Department.

✽✽ NOTICEAfter heavy, driving rain or washing,headlight and taillight lenses couldappear frosty. This condition is caused bythe temperature difference between thelamp inside and outside. This is similarto the condensation on your windowsinside your vehicle during the rain anddoesn’t indicate a problem with yourvehicle. If the water leaks into the lampbulb circuitry, have the vehicle checkedby an authorised HYUNDAI dealer.

WARNING - Working onthe lights

Prior to working on the light, firmlyapply the hand brake, ensure thatthe ignition switch is turned to the“LOCK” position and turn off thelights to avoid sudden movementof the vehicle and burning your fin-gers or receiving an electric shock.

CAUTIONBe sure to replace the burned-outbulb with one of the same wattagerating. Otherwise, it may causedamage to the fuse or electricwiring system.

CAUTIONIf you don’t have necessary tools,the correct bulbs and the expertise,consult an authorised HYUNDAIdealer. In many cases, it is difficultto replace vehicle light bulbsbecause other parts of the vehiclemust be removed before you canget to the bulb. This is especiallytrue if you have to remove the head-light assembly to get to the bulb(s).Removing/installing the headlightassembly can result in damage tothe vehicle.

7 63

Maintenance

G220100AUN

Headlight, position light, turn sig-nal light, front fog light bulbreplacement(1) Headlight (High)(2) Headlight (Low)(3) Position light(4) Front turn signal light(5) Front fog light (if equipped)

G220101AFD-EA

Headlight bulb

OFD067021 OHD076046

WARNING - Halogen bulbs• Halogen bulbs contain pressur-

ized gas that will produce flyingpieces of glass if broken.

• Always handle them carefully,and avoid scratches and abra-sions. If the bulbs are lit, avoidcontact with liquids. Never touchthe glass with bare hands.Residual oil may cause the bulbto overheat and burst when lit. Abulb should be operated onlywhen installed in a headlight.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If a bulb becomes damaged or

cracked, replace it immediatelyand carefully dispose of it.

• Wear eye protection when chang-ing a bulb. Allow the bulb to cooldown before handling it.

Maintenance

647

1. Open the bonnet.2. Remove the headlight assembly by

loosening the headlight installationbolts(3EA). (for replacement of lowbeam bulb)

3. Remove the headlight bulb cover byturning it counterclockwise.

4. Disconnect the headlight bulb socket-connector.

5. Unsnap the headlight bulb retainingwire by depressing the end and push-ing it upward.

6. Remove the bulb from the headlightassembly.

7. Install a new headlight bulb and snapthe headlight bulb retaining wire intoposition by aligning the wire with thegroove on the bulb.

8. Connect the headlight bulb socket-connector.

9. Install the headlight bulb cover by turn-ing it clockwise.

10. Install the headlight assembly. (forlow beam bulb)

✽✽ NOTICEIf the headlight aiming adjustment isnecessary after the headlight assembly isreinstalled, consult an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

G220102AFD

Turn signal light/position light, foglight bulb (if equipped)Turn signal light/position light

1. Remove the headlight assembly byloosening the headlight installationbolts(3EA).

2. Replace the malfunctioned light bulb.3. Install the headlight assembly.

Fog light bulb

1. Remove the fog light under cover byloosening the screw(2EA).

2. Replace the malfunctioned light bulb.3. Install the fog light under cover.

F220200AUN

Side repeater light bulb replace-ment (if equipped) 1. Remove the light assembly from the

vehicle by prying the lens and pullingthe assembly out.

2. Disconnect the bulb electrical connec-tor.

3. Separate the socket and the lens partsby turning the socket counterclockwiseuntil the tabs on the socket align withthe slots on the lens part.

OHD076035 OFD077023

7 65

Maintenance

4. Remove the bulb by pulling it straightout.

5. Insert a new bulb in the socket.6. Reassemble the socket and the lens

part.7. Connect the bulb electrical connector.8. Reinstall the light assembly to the

body of the vehicle.

G220300BFD

Rear combination light bulbreplacement5 Door(1) Stop and tail light or tail light(2) Rear turn signal light(3) Back-up light(4) Rear fog light (if equipped) or stop

light

Wagon(1) Tail light(2) Rear turn signal light(3) Back-up light(4) Stop light

1. Open the tailgate.2. Loosen the light assembly retaining

screws with a cross-tip screwdriver.3. Remove the rear combination light

assembly from the body of the vehicle.

OFD067024/OFD067040

5 Door Wagon

OFD067025

OFD067041

5 Door

Wagon

Maintenance

667

4. Remove the socket from the assemblyby turning the socket counterclockwiseuntil the tabs on the socket align withthe slots on the assembly.

5. Remove the bulb from the socket bypressing it in and rotating it counter-clockwise until the tabs on the bulbalign with the slots in the socket. Pullthe bulb out of the socket.

6. Insert a new bulb by inserting it intothe socket and rotating it until it locksinto place.

7. Install the socket in the assembly byaligning the tabs on the socket with theslots in the assembly. Push the socketinto the assembly and turn the socketclockwise.

8. Reinstall the light assembly to thebody of the vehicle.

G220400AFD-EA

High mounted stop light replace-mentIf the light is not operating, have the vehi-cle checked by an authorised HYUNDAIdealer.

G220400AFD

License plate light bulb replace-ment 1. Remove the lens by pressing the tabs.2. Remove the socket from the lens.3. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight

out.4. Install a new bulb in the socket and

install the socket to the lens.5. Reinstall the lens securely.

OFD067027 OED076055 OFD067030

7 67

Maintenance

G220600AUN

Interior light bulb replacement1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently

pry the lens from the interior lighthousing.

2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straightout.

3. Install a new bulb in the socket.4. Align the lens tabs with the interior

light housing notches and snap thelens into place.

Front map lamp

Dome lamp

Sunvisor lamp

OFD077034R

Glove box lamp (if equipped)

WARNING Prior to working on the InteriorLights, ensure that the “OFF” but-ton is depressed to avoid burningyour fingers or receiving an electricshock.

OFD077035

Luggage room lamp (if equipped)

CAUTIONUse care not to dirty or damagelens, lens tab, and plastic housings.

OFD077031

OFD077032

OFD077033R

Maintenance

687

APPEARANCE CAREExterior careG230101AUN

Exterior general caution It is very important to follow the labeldirections when using any chemicalcleaner or polish. Read all warning andcaution statements that appear on thelabel.

G230102DUN-EA

Finish maintenanceWashing

To help protect your vehicle’s finish fromrust and deterioration, wash it thoroughlyand frequently at least once a month withlukewarm or cold water.If you use your vehicle for off-road driv-ing, you should wash it after each off-road trip. Pay special attention to theremoval of any accumulation of salt, dirt,mud, and other foreign materials. Makesure the drain holes in the lower edges ofthe doors and rocker panels are keptclear and clean.Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,industrial pollution and similar depositscan damage your vehicle’s finish if notremoved immediately.Even prompt washing with plain watermay not completely remove all thesedeposits. A mild soap, safe for use onpainted surfaces, may be used.

After washing, rinse the vehicle thor-oughly with lukewarm or cold water. Donot allow soap to dry on the finish.

WARNING - Wet brakesAfter washing the vehicle, test thebrakes while driving slowly to see ifthey have been affected by water. Ifbraking performance is impaired,dry the brakes by applying themlightly while maintaining a slow for-ward speed.

CAUTION• Do not use strong soap, chemical

detergents or hot water, and donot wash the vehicle in directsunlight or when the body of thevehicle is warm.

• Be careful when washing the sidewindows of your vehicle.Especially, with high-pressurewater. Water may leak through thewindows and wet the interior.

• To prevent damage to the plasticparts, do not clean with chemicalsolvents or strong detergents.

CAUTION• Water washing in the engine com-

partment including high pressurewater washing may cause the fail-ure of electrical circuits located inthe engine compartment.

• Never allow water or other liquidsto come in contact with electri-cal/electronic components insidethe vehicle as this may damagethem.

OJB037800

7 69

Maintenance

Waxing

Wax the vehicle when water will nolonger bead on the paint.Always wash and dry the vehicle beforewaxing. Use a good quality liquid orpaste wax, and follow the manufacturer’sinstructions. Wax all metal trim to protectit and to maintain its luster.Removing oil, tar, and similar materialswith a spot remover will usually strip thewax from the finish. Be sure to re-waxthese areas even if the rest of the vehicledoes not yet need waxing.

G230103AUN

Finish damage repair Deep scratches or stone chips in thepainted surface must be repairedpromptly. Exposed metal will quickly rustand may develop into a major repairexpense.

✽✽ NOTICEIf your vehicle is damaged and requiresany metal repair or replacement, be surethe body shop applies anti-corrosionmaterials to the parts repaired orreplaced.

B230104AUN

Bright-metal maintenance• To remove road tar and insects, use a

tar remover, not a scraper or othersharp object.

• To protect the surfaces of bright-metalparts from corrosion, apply a coating ofwax or chrome preservative and rub toa high luster.

• During winter weather or in coastalareas, cover the bright metal parts witha heavier coating of wax or preserva-tive. If necessary, coat the parts withnon-corrosive petroleum jelly or otherprotective compound.CAUTION

• Wiping dust or dirt off the bodywith a dry cloth will scratch thefinish.

• Do not use steel wool, abrasivecleaners, or strong detergentscontaining high alkaline or caus-tic agents on chrome-plated oranodized aluminium parts. Thismay result in damage to the pro-tective coating and cause discol-oration or paint deterioration.

Maintenance

707

G230105AUN

Underbody maintenanceCorrosive materials used for ice andsnow removal and dust control may col-lect on the underbody. If these materialsare not removed, accelerated rusting canoccur on underbody parts such as thefuel lines, frame, floor pan and exhaustsystem, even though they have beentreated with rust protection.Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbodyand wheel openings with lukewarm orcold water once a month, after off-roaddriving and at the end of each winter. Payspecial attention to these areas becauseit is difficult to see all the mud and dirt. Itwill do more harm than good to wet downthe road grime without removing it. Thelower edges of doors, rocker panels, andframe members have drain holes thatshould not be allowed to clog with dirt;trapped water in these areas can causerusting.

G230106AUN-EA

Aluminium wheel maintenance The aluminium wheels are coated with aclear protective finish.• Do not use any abrasive cleaner, pol-

ishing compound, solvent, or wirebrushes on aluminium wheels. Theymay scratch or damage the finish.

• Use only a mild soap or neutral deter-gent, and rinse thoroughly with water.Also, be sure to clean the wheels afterdriving on salted roads. This helps pre-vent corrosion.

• Avoid washing the wheels with high-speed car wash brushes.

• Do not use any cleaners containingacid or acid detergents. It may damageand corrode the aluminium wheelscoated with a clear protective finish.

WARNINGAfter washing the vehicle, test thebrakes while driving slowly to see ifthey have been affected by water. Ifbraking performance is impaired,dry the brakes by applying themlightly while maintaining a slow for-ward speed.

7 71

Maintenance

G230107AUN-EA

Corrosion protectionProtecting your vehicle from corrosion

By using the most advanced design andconstruction practices to combat corro-sion, HYUNDAI produces cars of thehighest quality. However, this is only partof the job. To achieve the long-term cor-rosion resistance your vehicle can deliv-er, the owner's cooperation and assis-tance is also required.

Common causes of corrosion

The most common causes of corrosionon your car are:• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is

allowed to accumulate underneath thecar.

• Removal of paint or protective coatingsby stones, gravel, abrasion or minorscrapes and dents which leave unpro-tected metal exposed to corrosion.

High-corrosion areas

If you live in an area where your car isregularly exposed to corrosive materials,corrosion protection is particularly impor-tant. Some of the common causes ofaccelerated corrosion are road salts,dust control chemicals, ocean air andindustrial pollution.

Moisture breeds corrosion

Moisture creates the conditions in whichcorrosion is most likely to occur. Forexample, corrosion is accelerated byhigh humidity, particularly when tempera-tures are just above freezing. In suchconditions, the corrosive material is keptin contact with the car surfaces by mois-ture that is slow to evaporate.Mud is particularly corrosive because it isslow to dry and holds moisture in contactwith the vehicle. Although the mudappears to be dry, it can still retain themoisture and promote corrosion.High temperatures can also acceleratecorrosion of parts that are not properlyventilated so the moisture can be dis-persed. For all these reasons, it is par-ticularly important to keep your car cleanand free of mud or accumulations ofother materials. This applies not only tothe visible surfaces but particularly to theunderside of the car.

Maintenance

727

To help prevent corrosion

You can help prevent corrosion from get-ting started by observing the following:

Keep your car cleanThe best way to prevent corrosion is tokeep your car clean and free of corrosivematerials. Attention to the underside ofthe car is particularly important.

• If you live in a high-corrosion area —where road salts are used, near theocean, areas with industrial pollution,acid rain, etc.—, you should take extracare to prevent corrosion. In winter,hose off the underside of your car atleast once a month and be sure toclean the underside thoroughly whenwinter is over.

• When cleaning underneath the car,give particular attention to the compo-nents under the fenders and otherareas that are hidden from view. Do athorough job; just dampening the accu-mulated mud rather than washing itaway will accelerate corrosion ratherthan prevent it. Water under high pres-sure and steam are particularly effec-tive in removing accumulated mud andcorrosive materials.

• When cleaning lower door panels,rocker panels and frame members, besure that drain holes are kept open sothat moisture can escape and not betrapped inside to accelerate corrosion.

Keep your garage dryDon't park your car in a damp, poorlyventilated garage. This creates a favor-able environment for corrosion. This isparticularly true if you wash your car inthe garage or drive it into the garagewhen it is still wet or covered with snow,ice or mud. Even a heated garage cancontribute to corrosion unless it is wellventilated so moisture is dispersed.

Keep paint and trim in good conditionScratches or chips in the finish should becovered with "touch-up" paint as soon aspossible to reduce the possibility of cor-rosion. If bare metal is showing through,the attention of a qualified body and paintshop is recommended.

Bird droppings : Bird droppings are high-ly corrosive and may damage paintedsurfaces in just a few hours. Alwaysremove bird droppings as soon as possi-ble.

Don't neglect the interiorMoisture can collect under the floor matsand carpeting to cause corrosion. Checkunder the mats periodically to be surethe carpeting is dry. Use particular care ifyou carry fertilisers, cleaning materials orchemicals in the car.These should be carried only in propercontainers and any spills or leaks shouldbe cleaned up, flushed with clean waterand thoroughly dried.

7 73

Maintenance

Interior careG230201BUN

Interior general precautions Prevent caustic solutions such as per-fume and cosmetic oil from contactingthe dashboard because they may causedamage or discoloration. If they do con-tact the dashboard, wipe them off imme-diately. See the instructions that follow forthe proper way to clean vinyl.

G230202AUN

Cleaning the upholstery and interiortrim Vinyl

Remove dust and loose dirt from vinylwith a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.Clean vinyl surfaces with a vinyl cleaner.

Fabric

Remove dust and loose dirt from fabricwith a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.Clean with a mild soap solution recom-mended for upholstery or carpets.Remove fresh spots immediately with afabric spot cleaner. If fresh spots do notreceive immediate attention, the fabriccan be stained and its color can beaffected. Also, its fire-resistant propertiescan be reduced if the material is notproperly maintained.

G230203AUN

Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt web-bing Clean the belt webbing with any mildsoap solution recommended for cleaningupholstery or carpet. Follow the instruc-tions provided with the soap. Do notbleach or re-dye the webbing becausethis may weaken it.

G230204AUN

Cleaning the interior window glass If the interior glass surfaces of the vehi-cle become fogged (that is, covered withan oily, greasy or waxy film), they shouldbe cleaned with glass cleaner. Follow thedirections on the glass cleaner container.

CAUTIONNever allow water or other liquidsto come in contact withelectrical/electronic componentsinside the vehicle as this may dam-age them.

CAUTIONUsing anything but recommendedcleaners and procedures may affectthe fabric’s appearance and fire-resistant properties.

CAUTIONDo not scrape or scratch the insideof the rear window. This may resultin damage to the rear windowdefroster grid.

CAUTIONWhen cleaning leather products(steering wheel, seats etc.), useneutral detergents or low alcoholcontent solutions. If you use highalcohol content solutions oracid/alkaline detergents, the colorof the leather may fade or the sur-face may get stripped off.

Maintenance

747

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMG270000AFD-EA

The emission control system of yourvehicle is covered by a written limitedwarranty. Please see the warranty infor-mation contained in the Service Passportin your vehicle.Your vehicle is equipped with an emis-sion control system to meet all AustralianDesign Rules (ADR) requirements.There are three emission control sys-tems which are as follows.

(1) Crankcase emission control system(2) Evaporative emission control system(3) Exhaust emission control system

In order to assure the proper function ofthe emission control systems, it is rec-ommended that you have your carinspected and maintained by an autho-rised HYUNDAI dealer in accordancewith the maintenance schedule in thismanual.

Caution for the Inspection andMaintenance Test (With ElectronicStability Program (ESP) system)• To prevent the vehicle from misfir-

ing during dynamometer testing,turn the Electronic StabilityProgram (ESP) system off by press-ing the ESP switch.

• After dynamometer testing is com-pleted, turn the ESP system back onby pressing the ESP switch again.

G270100AUN

1. Crankcase emission controlsystem

The positive crankcase ventilation sys-tem is employed to prevent air pollutioncaused by blow-by gases being emittedfrom the crankcase. This system suppliesfresh filtered air to the crankcase throughthe air intake hose. Inside the crankcase,the fresh air mixes with blow-by gases,which then pass through the PCV valveinto the induction system.

G270200AFD-EA

2. Evaporative emission controlSystem

The Evaporative Emission ControlSystem is designed to prevent fuelvapours from escaping into the atmos-phere.

G270201AUN-EA

CanisterFuel vapours generated inside the fueltank are absorbed and stored in theonboard canister. When the engine isrunning, the fuel vapours absorbed in thecanister are drawn into the surge tankthrough the purge control solenoid valve.

G270202AUN

Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)The purge control solenoid valve is con-trolled by the Engine Control Module(ECM); when the engine coolant temper-ature is low during idling, the PCSV clos-es so that evaporated fuel is not takeninto the engine. After the engine warms-up during ordinary driving, the PCSVopens to introduce evaporated fuel to theengine.

7 75

Maintenance

G270300AUN

3. Exhaust emission control system

The Exhaust Emission Control System isa highly effective system which controlsexhaust emissions while maintaininggood vehicle performance.

G270301AUN

Vehicle modifications This vehicle should not be modified.Modification of your vehicle could affectits performance, safety or durability andmay even violate governmental safetyand emissions regulations.In addition, damage or performanceproblems resulting from any modificationmay not be covered under warranty.

G270302AUN-EA

Engine exhaust gas precautions (car-bon monoxide) • Carbon monoxide can be present with

other exhaust fumes. Therefore, if yousmell exhaust fumes of any kind insideyour vehicle, have it inspected andrepaired immediately. If you ever sus-pect exhaust fumes are coming intoyour vehicle, drive it only with all thewindows fully open. Have your vehiclechecked and repaired immediately.

• Do not operate the engine in confinedor closed areas (such as garages) anymore than what is necessary to movethe vehicle in or out of the area.

• When the vehicle is stopped in anopen area for more than a short timewith the engine running, adjust theventilation system (as needed) to drawoutside air into the vehicle.

• Never sit in a parked or stopped vehi-cle for any extended time with theengine running.

• When the engine stalls or fails to start,excessive attempts to restart theengine may cause damage to theemission control system.

G270303AFD-EA

Operating precautions for catalyticconverters (if equipped)

Your vehicle is equipped with a catalyticconverter emission control device.Therefore, the following precautionsmust be observed:• Use only UNLEADED FUEL for petrol

engine.• Do not operate the vehicle when there

are signs of engine malfunction, suchas misfire or a noticeable loss of per-formance.

• Do not misuse or abuse the engine.Examples of misuse are coasting withthe ignition off and descending steepgrades in gear with the ignition off.

WARNING - ExhaustEngine exhaust gases contain car-bon monoxide (CO). Thoughcolourless and odourless, it is dan-gerous and could be lethal ifinhaled. Follow the instructionsfollowing to avoid CO poisoning.

WARNING - FireA hot exhaust system can igniteflammable items under your vehi-cle. Do not park, idle, or drive thevehicle over or near flammableobjects, such as grass, vegetation,paper, leaves, etc.

Maintenance

767

• Do not operate the engine at high idlespeed for extended periods (5 minutesor more).

• Do not modify or tamper with any partof the engine or emission control sys-tem. All inspections and adjustmentsmust be made by an authorisedHYUNDAI dealer.

• Avoid driving with a very low fuel level.If you run out of petrol, it could causethe engine to misfire and result inexcessive loading of the catalytic con-verter.

Failure to observe these precautionscould result in damage to the catalyticconverter and to your vehicle.Additionally, such actions could void yourwarranty.

Diesel Particulate Filter (if equipped)The Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) sys-tem removes the soot emitted from thevehicle.Unlike a disposable air filter, the DPFsystem automatically burns (oxidizes)and removes the accumulated sootaccording to the driving condition. Inother words, the active burning by enginecontrol system and high exhaust gastemperature caused by normal/high driv-ing condition burns and removes theaccumulated soot.However, if the vehicle continues to bedriven at low speed for long time, theaccumulated soot may not be automati-cally removed because of low exhaustgas temperature. In this particular case,the amount of soot is out of detectionlimit, the soot oxidation process byengine control system may not happenand the malfunction indicator light mayblink.When the malfunction indicator lightblinks, it may stop blinking by driving thevehicle at more than 60km/h (37 mph) orat more than second gear with 1500 ~2000 engine rpm for a certain time (forabout 25 minutes).

If the malfunction indicator light contin-ues to be blinked in spite of the proce-dure, please visit an authorisedHYUNDAI dealer and then check theDPF system.If you continue to drive with the malfunc-tion indicator light blinking for a longtime, the DPF system can be damagedand fuel consumption can be worsen.

CAUTION - Diesel Fuel (if equipped with DPF)

It is recommended to use the regu-lated automotive diesel fuel fordiesel vehicle equipped with theDPF system.If you use diesel fuel including highsulfur (more than 50 ppm sulfur)and unspecified additives, it cancause the DPF system to be dam-aged and white smoke can be emit-ted.

8

Vehicle identification number (VIN) / 8-2

Tyre specification and pressure label / 8-2

Engine number / 8-3



28

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATIONNUMBER (VIN)

H010000BFD-EA

The vehicle identification number (VIN) isthe number used in registering your carand in all legal matters pertaining to itsownership, etc.The number is punched on the floorunder the driver seat. To check the num-ber, open the cover (1).

The VIN is also on a plate attached to thetop of the dashboard. The number on theplate can easily be seen through thewindshield from outside.

TYRE SPECIFICATION ANDPRESSURE LABEL

H030000AUN-EA

The tyres supplied on your new vehicleare chosen to provide the best perform-ance for normal driving.The tyre label located on the driver's sidecentre pillar gives the tyre pressures rec-ommended for your car.

OHD086003ROHD086001 OFD087002

Type A Type B

8 3


ENGINE NUMBER

OFD087004

1.6L Petrol engine

OFD087005

2.0L Petrol engine

OFD087006

1.6L Diesel engine

OFD081006

Type B

Type A

H04000AUN-EE

The engine number is stamped on the engine block as shown in the drawing.

9

Dimensions / 9-2

Bulb wattage / 9-2

Tyres and wheels / 9-3

Recommended lubricants and capacities / 9-4

Specifications

Specifications

29

DIMENSIONSI010000BFD

Light Bulb WattageHeadlights (Low) 55Headlights (High) 55Front turn signal/Position lights 21/5Side repeater lights* 5Front fog lights* 27Rear fog light* 21/5Stop and tail lights 21/5Rear turn signal lights 21Back-up lights 16High mounted stop light LEDLicense plate lights 5Front map lamps* 10Centre dome lamps 10Luggage room lamp* 5Glove box lamp* 5Vanity mirror lamps* 5Side repeater lights* (outside mirror) LED

BULB WATTAGEI030000BFD-EA

* : If equipped

Item 5 Door Wagon

Overall length 4245 (167.1) 4475 (176.2)

Overall width 1775 (69.9)

Overall height 1480 (58.3) 1520 (59.8)

185/65R15 1552/1546 (61.1/60.9)

Front tread195/65R15 (aluminium/steel)

205/55R16 1538 (60.6)

225/45R17 1528 (60.2)

185/65R15 1550/1544 (61.0/60.8)

Rear tread195/65R15 (aluminium/steel)

205/55R16 1536 (60.5)

225/45R17 1527 (60.1)

Wheelbase 2650 (104.3) 2700 (106.3)

mm (in)

9 3

Specifications

TYRES AND WHEELSI020000BFD-EA

Inflation pressure kPa (psi)

Front Rear Front Rear

185/65R15 5.5J×15

195/65R15 5.5J×15 220 220 240 260

205/55R16 6.0J×16 (32) (32) (35) (38)

225/45R17 7.0J×17

T125/80D15 95M 4.0T×15420 420 420 420

(60) (60) (60) (60)

Full size tyre

Compactspare tyre

(If equipped)

Wheel lug nut torque kg•m

(lb•ft, N•m)

9~11

(65~79 , 88~107)

ItemTyre

sizeWheel size Normal load *1 Maximum load

*1 Normal load : Up to 2 persons

Specifications

49

RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES

*1: Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on page 9-6.*2: Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel economy by reducing

the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving, but in a year’stime, they can offer significant cost and energy savings.

*3: If the API service SM engine oil is not available in your country, you are able to use API service SL.

I040000BFD-EA

To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality. The correctlubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.

Lubricant Volume ClassificationEngine oil *1 *2

(drain and refill) Petrol Engine1.6L 3.3 l (3.49 US qt.)

API Service SM *3, ILSAC GF-4 or above2.0L 4.0 l (4.23 US qt.)

Diesel Engine 1.6L 5.3 l (5.60 US qt.)Without CPF ; API Service CH-4 or above,

ACEA B4 With CPF (Catalyzed Particulate filter) ; ACEA C3

Engine oil consumptionNormal driving condition MAX. 1 l /1500 km -

Severe driving condition MAX. 1 l /1000 km -

Manual transaxle fluid

Petrol Engine 1.6L 1.9 l (2.01 US qt.)

API Service GL-4 (SAE 75W-85, fill for-life)Petrol Engine 2.0L/Diesel Engine 1.6L

2.0 l (2.11 US qt.)

Automatic transaxle fluid

Petrol Engine 1.6L 6.8 l (7.19 US qt.)

DIAMOND ATF SP-III, SK ATF SP-IIIPetrol Engine 2.0L/ Diesel Engine 1.6L

6.6 l (6.97 US qt.)

9 5

Specifications

Lubricant Volume Classification

Coolant Petrol Engine

1.6L 6.0 l (6.34 US qt.) MIXTURE, Antifreeze with water (Ethylene glycol base coolant for aluminium

radiator)2.0L 6.6 l (6.97 US qt.)

Diesel Engine 1.6L 6.8 l (7.19 US qt.)

Brake/Clutch fluid0.7~0.8 l

(0.7~0.8 US qt.)FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4

Fuel 53 l (14 US gal.) -

I040100AFD-EA

Recommended SAE viscositynumber

Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has aneffect on fuel economy and cold weatheroperation (engine start and engine oilflowability). Lower viscosity engine oilscan provide better fuel economy and coldweather performance, however, higherviscosity engine oils are required for sat-isfactory lubrication in hot weather. Usingoils of any viscosity other than those rec-ommended could result in engine dam-age.

When choosing an oil, consider the rangeof temperature your vehicle will be oper-ated in before the next oil change.Proceed to select the recommended oilviscosity from the chart.CAUTION

Always be sure to clean the areaaround any filler plug, drain plug, ordipstick before checking or drain-ing any lubricant. This is especiallyimportant in dusty or sandy areasand when the vehicle is used onunpaved roads. Cleaning the plugand dipstick areas will prevent dirtand grit from entering the engineand other mechanisms that couldbe damaged.

Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers

Temperature

Petrol Engine Oil *1

°C(°F)

-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50-10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120

DieselEngine Oil 5W-30

15W-40

10W-30

0W-30 *2

*1. For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE5W-20 (API SM / ILSAC GF-4). However, if the engine oil is not available in your country,select the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart.

*2. It is only for extreme cold area and to be restricted by driving condition and area.(Especially, not recommended for sustained high loaded and high speed operation.)

20W-50

10W-30

15W-40

5W-20, 5W-30

9 6

Specifications

IIndex

Index

2I

Air bags···········································································3-34Air bag warning label................................................3-54Air bag warning light ................................................3-51Curtain air bag ..........................................................3-42Driver's and passenger's front air bag ......................3-37Side air bag................................................................3-40

Air cleaner·······································································7-33Alarm system ····································································4-6Antenna ·········································································4-101Anti-lock brake system (ABS)········································5-20Appearance care······························································7-68

Exterior care ······························································7-68Interior care ·······························································7-73

Armrest ·············································································3-8Ashtray············································································4-89Audio system ································································4-101

Antenna ···································································4-101Aux, USB and iPod···················································4-93Steering wheel audio control ··································4-102

Automatic climate control system ··································4-73Air conditioning ························································4-80Automatic heating and air conditioning····················4-75Manual heating and air conditioning ························4-76

Automatic transaxle ························································5-11Ignition key interlock system····································5-15Shift lock system·······················································5-15

Barrier net ·······································································4-95Battery·············································································7-40Battery saver function ·····················································4-51Before driving ···································································5-3Bottle holders, see cup holders ·······································4-90Bonnet ·············································································4-19Brake system···································································5-17

Anti-lock brake system (ABS)··································5-20Electronic stability program (ESP) ···························5-22Hand brake ································································5-18Power brakes ·····························································5-17

Brakes/clutch fluid ··························································7-28Bulb replacement ····························································7-62

Front fog light bulb replacement·······························7-64Headlight bulb replacement ······································7-63High mounted stop light replacement ·······················7-66Interior light bulb replacement··································7-67License plate light bulb replacement ························7-66Position light bulb replacement·································7-64Rear combination light bulb replacement ·················7-65Side repeater light bulb replacement·························7-64Turn signal light bulb replacement ···························7-64

Bulb wattage ·····································································9-2

A B

I 3

Index

Capacities (Lubricants) ·····················································9-4Care

Exterior care ······························································7-68Interior care ·······························································7-73Tyre care····································································7-43

Cargo security screen······················································4-97Cargo weight···································································5-49Center console storage ····················································4-85Central door lock switch···················································4-9Changing tyres ··································································6-8Chains

Tyre chains ································································5-38Checking tyre inflation pressure·····································7-45Child restraint system ·····················································3-26

Anchorage fitting packages system···························3-31ISOFIX system ·························································3-31

Child-protector rear door lock ·······································4-11Climate control system (Automatic)·······························4-73

Air conditioning ·······················································4-80Automatic heating and air conditioning ···················4-75Manual heating and air conditioning ·······················4-76

Climate control system (Manual) ··································4-64Air conditioning ························································4-69Climate control air filter············································4-71Heating and air conditioning·····································4-65

Cigarette lighter ······························································4-89

Climate control air filter ········································4-71, 7-34Clock (Digital) ·········································4-92, 4-112, 4-125Clothes hanger ································································4-93Combined instrument, see instrument cluster ················4-34Compact spare tyre ·························································6-13Compact spare tyre replacement·····································7-48Coolant ············································································7-25Cooling fluid, see engine coolant ···································7-25Crankcase emission control system ·······························7-74Cruise control system ····················································5-27Cup holder·······································································4-90Curtain air bag ································································3-42

Dashboard, see instrument cluster ··································4-34Dashboard illumination, see instrument

panel illumination ························································4-35Deadlocks········································································4-10Defogging (Windshield) ·················································4-81Defogging logic (Windshield) ········································4-83Defroster ·········································································4-63

Front windshield deicer·············································4-63Rear window defroster ··············································4-63

Defrosting (Windshield) ·················································4-82Digital clock·············································4-92, 4-112, 4-125Dimensions ·······································································9-2Displays, see instrument cluster ·····································4-34

C

D

Index

4I

Display illumination, see instrument panel illumination ·······················································4-34

Door locks·········································································4-8Central door lock switch ············································4-9Child-protector rear door lock ·································4-11Deadlocks ··································································4-10

Drinks holders, see cup holders ·····································4-90Driver's air bag ·······························································3-37Driving at night ······························································5-34Driving in flooded areas ················································5-35Driving in the rain ··························································5-35

Economical operation ····················································5-31Electric chromic mirror (ECM) ·····································4-30Electric power steering (EPS)·········································4-28Electronic stability program (ESP) ................................5-22Emergency starting ..........................................................6-4

Jump starting ······························································6-4Push starting ·······························································6-5

Emergency tailgate safety release ··································4-13Emergency towing ·························································6-17Emergency while driving ·················································6-2Emission control system ················································7-74

Crankcase emission control system ·························7-74Evaporative emission control system ·······················7-74Exhaust emission control system ·····························7-75

Engine compartment ························································7-2Engine coolant ·······························································7-25Engine number ·································································8-3Engine oil ·······································································7-24Engine overheats ······························································6-6Engine temperature gauge ·············································4-36Engine will not start ·························································6-3Evaporative emission control system ····························7-74Exhaust emission control system ···································7-75Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ················7-21Exterior care ···································································7-68Exterior features ·····························································4-99

Mounting bracket for roof carrier ····························4-99Roof rack ··································································4-99

Flat tyre ············································································6-7Changing tyres ···························································6-8Compact spare tyre ··················································6-13Jack and tools ·····························································6-7Removing and storing the spare tyre ·························6-8

Floor mat anchor(s) ·······················································4-94Fluid

Automatic transaxle ··················································7-29Brakes/clutch fluid ···················································7-28Washer fluid ·····························································7-31

Folding the rear seat ························································3-9

E

F

I 5

Index

Front fog light bulb replacement ···································7-64Front seat adjustment ························································3-4Fuel filler lid ···································································4-21Fuel filter (for diesel)······················································7-32Fuel gauge·······································································4-36Fuel requirements ·····························································1-2Fuses ···············································································7-53

Fuse/relay panel description······································7-57Main fuse···································································7-56Memory fuse ·····························································7-55

GaugeEngine temperature gauge·········································4-36Fuel gauge ·································································4-36

Glassroof, see sunroof ····················································4-24Glove box········································································4-85

Hand brake ······································································5-18Hand brake inspection ····················································7-31Hazard warning flasher···················································4-50Hazardous driving conditions ·········································5-33Headlight bulb replacement ············································7-63Headlight escort function················································4-41Headlight welcome function ··········································4-41

Headrest ·····································································3-5, 3-7Heating and air conditioning ··········································4-65High mounted stop light replacement·····························7-66Highway driving ·····························································5-35Horn ················································································4-29How to use this manual ····················································1-2

Ignition key interlock system··········································5-15Immobilizer system···························································4-2Indicators and warnings ··················································4-40Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster·····················1-6Inside rearview mirror ····················································4-30Instrument cluster ···························································4-34

Engine temperature gauge·········································4-36Fuel gauge ·································································4-36Instrument panel illumination ···································4-35Odometer/Tripmeter ··················································4-37Speedometer ······························································4-35Tachometer ································································4-35Trip computer ····························································4-38Warning and indicators ·············································4-40

Instrument panel illumination·········································4-35Instrument panel overview················································2-3Interior care·····································································7-73Interior features·······························································4-89

Ashtray ·····································································4-89

G

H

I

Index

6I

Aux, USB and iPod ··················································4-93Barrier net··································································4-95Cargo security screen ···············································4-97Cigarette lighter ························································4-89Clothes hanger···························································4-93Cup holder ································································4-90Digital clock ······································4-92, 4-112, 4-125Floor mat anchor(s) ··················································4-94Luggage net (holder) ················································4-94Power outlet ·····························································4-90Shopping bag holder ·················································4-93Sunvisor ····································································4-90

Interior light ···································································4-60Interior light bulb replacement ······································7-67Interior overview ······························································2-2Interlock system ·····························································5-15ISOFIX system ·······························································3-31

Jack and tools ···································································6-7Jump starting ····································································6-4

Key positions ···································································5-4Keys ·················································································4-2

LabelAir bag warning label ···············································3-54Tyre sidewall labeling ··············································7-49Tyre specification and pressure label ·························8-2

Latch system, see ISOFIX system ·································3-31License plate light bulb replacement ·····························7-66Light bulbs ·····································································7-62

Front fog light bulb replacement·······························7-64Headlight bulb replacement ······································7-63High mounted stop light replacement ·······················7-66Interior light bulb replacement··································7-67License plate light bulb replacement ························7-66Position light bulb replacement·································7-64Rear combination light bulb replacement ·················7-65Side repeater light bulb replacement·························7-64Turn signal light bulb replacement ···························7-64

Lighting ··········································································4-51Battery saver function ··············································4-51Headlight escort function ·········································4-51Headlight welcome function ····································4-51

Lubricants and capacities ·················································9-4Luggage box ···································································4-87Luggage net (holder) ······················································4-94Luggage rack, see roof rack ···········································4-99Lumbar support ································································3-7

L

K

J

I 7

Index

Main fuse ········································································7-56Maintenance

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ···········7-21Maintenance services ················································· 7-4Maintenance under severe usage conditions (Diesel) ···················································7-19Maintenance under severe usage conditions (Petrol) ····················································7-13Normal maintenance schedule (Diesel) ····················7-15Normal maintenance schedule (Petrol) ······················7-9Owner maintenance ····················································7-6Scheduled maintenance service ·································7-8Tyre maintenance ·····················································7-49

Maintenance services ·······················································7-4Manual climate control system ······································4-64

Air conditioning ·······················································4-69Climate control air filter ···········································4-71Heating and air conditioning ····································4-65

Manual heating and air conditioning ·····························4-76Manual transaxle ······························································5-8Memory fuse ··································································7-55Mirrors ···········································································4-30

Day/night rearview mirror ·······································4-30Electric chromic mirror (ECM) ·······························4-30Inside rearview mirror ··············································4-30Outside rearview mirror ···········································4-31

Moonroof, see sunroof ···················································4-24Mounting bracket for roof carrier ···································4-99Multibox··········································································4-87

Neck restraints, see headrest ·····································3-5, 3-7

Odometer/Tripmeter························································4-37Oil (Engine) ····································································7-24Outside rearview mirror··················································4-31Overheats ··········································································6-6Owner maintenance ··························································7-6

Passenger's front air bag ················································3-37Position light bulb replacement ·····································7-64Power brakes ··································································5-17Power outlet ···································································4-90Power window lock button ············································4-17Pre-tensioner seat belt ····················································3-19Push starting ·····································································6-5

O

P

M

N

Index

8I

Rear combination light bulb replacement ······················7-65Rear seat adjustment ·························································3-7Rear parking assist system··············································4-48Recommended cold tyre inflation pressures···················7-43Recommended lubricants and capacities ··························9-4

Recommended SAE viscosity number························9-5Remote keyless entry ························································4-4Road warning ····································································6-2Rocking the vehicle ························································5-33Roof rack·········································································4-99

Scheduled maintenance service ········································7-8Normal maintenance schedule(Diesel) ·····················7-15Normal maintenance schedule(Petrol) ························7-9Maintenance under severe usage

conditions (Diesel) ·················································7-19Maintenance under severe usage

conditions (Petrol)··················································7-13Seat belts ·········································································3-13

3 point rear center seat belt ·······································3-17Lap/shoulder belt·······················································3-15Pre-tensioner seat belt ···············································3-19

Seat belt warning ····························································3-14Seatback pocket ·······························································3-7

Seats ·················································································3-2Armrest ·······································································3-8Folding the rear seat ···················································3-9Front seat adjustment ··················································3-4Headrest ······························································3-5, 3-7Lumbar support ···························································3-7Rear seat adjustment ···················································3-7Seatback pocket ··························································3-7

Shift lock system ···························································5-15Shopping bag holder ·······················································4-93Side air bag ····································································3-40Side repeater light bulb replacement ·····························7-64Smooth cornering ···························································5-34Snow tyres ······································································5-37Spare tyre

Compact spare tyre ··················································6-13Compact spare tyre replacement ······························7-48Removing and storing the spare tyre ·························6-8

Special driving conditions ·············································5-33Driving at night ························································5-34Driving in flooded areas ···········································5-35Driving in the rain ····················································5-35Hazardous driving conditions ··································5-33Highway driving ·······················································5-35Rocking the vehicle ··················································5-33Smooth cornering ·····················································5-34

Speedometer ···································································4-35Starting difficulties, see engine will not start ··················6-3

R

S

I 9

Index

Starting the engine ···························································5-5Steering wheel ·······························································4-28

Electric power steering ·············································4-28Horn ··········································································4-29Tilt steering ······························································4-28

Steering wheel audio control ·······································4-102Storage compartment ·····················································4-85

Center console storage ·············································4-85Glove box ·································································4-85Luggage box······························································4-87Multibox ····································································4-87Sunglass holder ························································4-86

Sunroof············································································4-24Sunvisor ··········································································4-90

Tachometer ·····································································4-35Tailgate ···········································································4-12

Emergency tailgate safety release ····························4-13Theft-alarm system ··························································4-6Tie-down hook ·······························································6-19Tilt steering ····································································4-28Tyre specification and pressure label ·······························8-3Tyres and wheels ····················································7-43, 9-3

Checking tyre inflation pressure ······························7-45Compact spare tyre replacement ······························7-48Recommended cold tyre inflation pressures ············7-43

Tyre care ···································································7-43Tyre maintenance ·····················································7-49Tyre replacement ······················································7-47Tyre rotation ·····························································7-46Tyre sidewall labeling ··············································7-49Tyre traction ·····························································7-49Wheel alignment and tyre balance ···························7-47Wheel replacement ···················································7-48

Towing ···········································································6-15Emergency towing ····················································6-17Removable towing hook ···········································6-16Tie-down hook (for flatbed towing) ·························6-19

Trailer towing··································································5-41Transaxle

Automatic transaxle ·················································5-11Manual transaxle ························································5-8

Tripmeter ········································································4-37Trip computer ································································4-38Turn signal light bulb replacement ································7-64

T

Index

10I

Vehicle run-in process ·····················································1-5Vehicle identification number (VIN) ·······························8-2Vehicle weight ·······························································5-49

Base curb weight ······················································5-49Cargo weight ····························································5-49GAW (Gross axle weight) ········································5-49GAWR (Gross axle weight rating) ···························5-49GVW (Gross vehicle weight) ···································5-49GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating) ·····················5-49

Washer fluid ···································································7-31Waste tray, see ashtray ···················································4-89Warnings and indicators ················································4-40Weight ············································································5-49

Base curb weight ······················································5-49Cargo weight ····························································5-49GAW (Gross axle weight) ········································5-49GAWR (Gross axle weight rating) ···························5-49GVW (Gross vehicle weight) ···································5-49GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating) ·····················5-49

Wheel alignment and tyre balance ································7-47Wheel replacement ························································7-48Windows ········································································4-14

Auto down window ··················································4-15

Auto up/down window ·············································4-16Manual windows ·······················································4-18Power window lock button ·······································4-17

Windshield defrosting and defogging ····························4-81Defogging logic ························································4-83

Winter driving ································································5-37Snow tyres ································································5-37Tyre chains ·······························································5-38

Wiper blades ··································································7-36Wipers and washers ·······················································4-56

V

W

hyundai i30 manual

Documents

Transcript of hyundai i30 manual